| File: | src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/IR/Instructions.cpp |
| Warning: | line 441, column 3 Returning null reference |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
| 1 | //===- Instructions.cpp - Implement the LLVM instructions -----------------===// | |||
| 2 | // | |||
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | |||
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | |||
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | |||
| 6 | // | |||
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 8 | // | |||
| 9 | // This file implements all of the non-inline methods for the LLVM instruction | |||
| 10 | // classes. | |||
| 11 | // | |||
| 12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 13 | ||||
| 14 | #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h" | |||
| 15 | #include "LLVMContextImpl.h" | |||
| 16 | #include "llvm/ADT/None.h" | |||
| 17 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" | |||
| 18 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" | |||
| 19 | #include "llvm/IR/Attributes.h" | |||
| 20 | #include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h" | |||
| 21 | #include "llvm/IR/Constant.h" | |||
| 22 | #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h" | |||
| 23 | #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" | |||
| 24 | #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h" | |||
| 25 | #include "llvm/IR/Function.h" | |||
| 26 | #include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h" | |||
| 27 | #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h" | |||
| 28 | #include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h" | |||
| 29 | #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h" | |||
| 30 | #include "llvm/IR/MDBuilder.h" | |||
| 31 | #include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h" | |||
| 32 | #include "llvm/IR/Module.h" | |||
| 33 | #include "llvm/IR/Operator.h" | |||
| 34 | #include "llvm/IR/Type.h" | |||
| 35 | #include "llvm/IR/Value.h" | |||
| 36 | #include "llvm/Support/AtomicOrdering.h" | |||
| 37 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" | |||
| 38 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" | |||
| 39 | #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" | |||
| 40 | #include "llvm/Support/TypeSize.h" | |||
| 41 | #include <algorithm> | |||
| 42 | #include <cassert> | |||
| 43 | #include <cstdint> | |||
| 44 | #include <vector> | |||
| 45 | ||||
| 46 | using namespace llvm; | |||
| 47 | ||||
| 48 | static cl::opt<bool> DisableI2pP2iOpt( | |||
| 49 | "disable-i2p-p2i-opt", cl::init(false), | |||
| 50 | cl::desc("Disables inttoptr/ptrtoint roundtrip optimization")); | |||
| 51 | ||||
| 52 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 53 | // AllocaInst Class | |||
| 54 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 55 | ||||
| 56 | Optional<TypeSize> | |||
| 57 | AllocaInst::getAllocationSizeInBits(const DataLayout &DL) const { | |||
| 58 | TypeSize Size = DL.getTypeAllocSizeInBits(getAllocatedType()); | |||
| 59 | if (isArrayAllocation()) { | |||
| 60 | auto *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(getArraySize()); | |||
| 61 | if (!C) | |||
| 62 | return None; | |||
| 63 | assert(!Size.isScalable() && "Array elements cannot have a scalable size")((void)0); | |||
| 64 | Size *= C->getZExtValue(); | |||
| 65 | } | |||
| 66 | return Size; | |||
| 67 | } | |||
| 68 | ||||
| 69 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 70 | // SelectInst Class | |||
| 71 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 72 | ||||
| 73 | /// areInvalidOperands - Return a string if the specified operands are invalid | |||
| 74 | /// for a select operation, otherwise return null. | |||
| 75 | const char *SelectInst::areInvalidOperands(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, Value *Op2) { | |||
| 76 | if (Op1->getType() != Op2->getType()) | |||
| 77 | return "both values to select must have same type"; | |||
| 78 | ||||
| 79 | if (Op1->getType()->isTokenTy()) | |||
| 80 | return "select values cannot have token type"; | |||
| 81 | ||||
| 82 | if (VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Op0->getType())) { | |||
| 83 | // Vector select. | |||
| 84 | if (VT->getElementType() != Type::getInt1Ty(Op0->getContext())) | |||
| 85 | return "vector select condition element type must be i1"; | |||
| 86 | VectorType *ET = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Op1->getType()); | |||
| 87 | if (!ET) | |||
| 88 | return "selected values for vector select must be vectors"; | |||
| 89 | if (ET->getElementCount() != VT->getElementCount()) | |||
| 90 | return "vector select requires selected vectors to have " | |||
| 91 | "the same vector length as select condition"; | |||
| 92 | } else if (Op0->getType() != Type::getInt1Ty(Op0->getContext())) { | |||
| 93 | return "select condition must be i1 or <n x i1>"; | |||
| 94 | } | |||
| 95 | return nullptr; | |||
| 96 | } | |||
| 97 | ||||
| 98 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 99 | // PHINode Class | |||
| 100 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 101 | ||||
| 102 | PHINode::PHINode(const PHINode &PN) | |||
| 103 | : Instruction(PN.getType(), Instruction::PHI, nullptr, PN.getNumOperands()), | |||
| 104 | ReservedSpace(PN.getNumOperands()) { | |||
| 105 | allocHungoffUses(PN.getNumOperands()); | |||
| 106 | std::copy(PN.op_begin(), PN.op_end(), op_begin()); | |||
| 107 | std::copy(PN.block_begin(), PN.block_end(), block_begin()); | |||
| 108 | SubclassOptionalData = PN.SubclassOptionalData; | |||
| 109 | } | |||
| 110 | ||||
| 111 | // removeIncomingValue - Remove an incoming value. This is useful if a | |||
| 112 | // predecessor basic block is deleted. | |||
| 113 | Value *PHINode::removeIncomingValue(unsigned Idx, bool DeletePHIIfEmpty) { | |||
| 114 | Value *Removed = getIncomingValue(Idx); | |||
| 115 | ||||
| 116 | // Move everything after this operand down. | |||
| 117 | // | |||
| 118 | // FIXME: we could just swap with the end of the list, then erase. However, | |||
| 119 | // clients might not expect this to happen. The code as it is thrashes the | |||
| 120 | // use/def lists, which is kinda lame. | |||
| 121 | std::copy(op_begin() + Idx + 1, op_end(), op_begin() + Idx); | |||
| 122 | std::copy(block_begin() + Idx + 1, block_end(), block_begin() + Idx); | |||
| 123 | ||||
| 124 | // Nuke the last value. | |||
| 125 | Op<-1>().set(nullptr); | |||
| 126 | setNumHungOffUseOperands(getNumOperands() - 1); | |||
| 127 | ||||
| 128 | // If the PHI node is dead, because it has zero entries, nuke it now. | |||
| 129 | if (getNumOperands() == 0 && DeletePHIIfEmpty) { | |||
| 130 | // If anyone is using this PHI, make them use a dummy value instead... | |||
| 131 | replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(getType())); | |||
| 132 | eraseFromParent(); | |||
| 133 | } | |||
| 134 | return Removed; | |||
| 135 | } | |||
| 136 | ||||
| 137 | /// growOperands - grow operands - This grows the operand list in response | |||
| 138 | /// to a push_back style of operation. This grows the number of ops by 1.5 | |||
| 139 | /// times. | |||
| 140 | /// | |||
| 141 | void PHINode::growOperands() { | |||
| 142 | unsigned e = getNumOperands(); | |||
| 143 | unsigned NumOps = e + e / 2; | |||
| 144 | if (NumOps < 2) NumOps = 2; // 2 op PHI nodes are VERY common. | |||
| 145 | ||||
| 146 | ReservedSpace = NumOps; | |||
| 147 | growHungoffUses(ReservedSpace, /* IsPhi */ true); | |||
| 148 | } | |||
| 149 | ||||
| 150 | /// hasConstantValue - If the specified PHI node always merges together the same | |||
| 151 | /// value, return the value, otherwise return null. | |||
| 152 | Value *PHINode::hasConstantValue() const { | |||
| 153 | // Exploit the fact that phi nodes always have at least one entry. | |||
| 154 | Value *ConstantValue = getIncomingValue(0); | |||
| 155 | for (unsigned i = 1, e = getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) | |||
| 156 | if (getIncomingValue(i) != ConstantValue && getIncomingValue(i) != this) { | |||
| 157 | if (ConstantValue != this) | |||
| 158 | return nullptr; // Incoming values not all the same. | |||
| 159 | // The case where the first value is this PHI. | |||
| 160 | ConstantValue = getIncomingValue(i); | |||
| 161 | } | |||
| 162 | if (ConstantValue == this) | |||
| 163 | return UndefValue::get(getType()); | |||
| 164 | return ConstantValue; | |||
| 165 | } | |||
| 166 | ||||
| 167 | /// hasConstantOrUndefValue - Whether the specified PHI node always merges | |||
| 168 | /// together the same value, assuming that undefs result in the same value as | |||
| 169 | /// non-undefs. | |||
| 170 | /// Unlike \ref hasConstantValue, this does not return a value because the | |||
| 171 | /// unique non-undef incoming value need not dominate the PHI node. | |||
| 172 | bool PHINode::hasConstantOrUndefValue() const { | |||
| 173 | Value *ConstantValue = nullptr; | |||
| 174 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) { | |||
| 175 | Value *Incoming = getIncomingValue(i); | |||
| 176 | if (Incoming != this && !isa<UndefValue>(Incoming)) { | |||
| 177 | if (ConstantValue && ConstantValue != Incoming) | |||
| 178 | return false; | |||
| 179 | ConstantValue = Incoming; | |||
| 180 | } | |||
| 181 | } | |||
| 182 | return true; | |||
| 183 | } | |||
| 184 | ||||
| 185 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 186 | // LandingPadInst Implementation | |||
| 187 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 188 | ||||
| 189 | LandingPadInst::LandingPadInst(Type *RetTy, unsigned NumReservedValues, | |||
| 190 | const Twine &NameStr, Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 191 | : Instruction(RetTy, Instruction::LandingPad, nullptr, 0, InsertBefore) { | |||
| 192 | init(NumReservedValues, NameStr); | |||
| 193 | } | |||
| 194 | ||||
| 195 | LandingPadInst::LandingPadInst(Type *RetTy, unsigned NumReservedValues, | |||
| 196 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 197 | : Instruction(RetTy, Instruction::LandingPad, nullptr, 0, InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 198 | init(NumReservedValues, NameStr); | |||
| 199 | } | |||
| 200 | ||||
| 201 | LandingPadInst::LandingPadInst(const LandingPadInst &LP) | |||
| 202 | : Instruction(LP.getType(), Instruction::LandingPad, nullptr, | |||
| 203 | LP.getNumOperands()), | |||
| 204 | ReservedSpace(LP.getNumOperands()) { | |||
| 205 | allocHungoffUses(LP.getNumOperands()); | |||
| 206 | Use *OL = getOperandList(); | |||
| 207 | const Use *InOL = LP.getOperandList(); | |||
| 208 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = ReservedSpace; I != E; ++I) | |||
| 209 | OL[I] = InOL[I]; | |||
| 210 | ||||
| 211 | setCleanup(LP.isCleanup()); | |||
| 212 | } | |||
| 213 | ||||
| 214 | LandingPadInst *LandingPadInst::Create(Type *RetTy, unsigned NumReservedClauses, | |||
| 215 | const Twine &NameStr, | |||
| 216 | Instruction *InsertBefore) { | |||
| 217 | return new LandingPadInst(RetTy, NumReservedClauses, NameStr, InsertBefore); | |||
| 218 | } | |||
| 219 | ||||
| 220 | LandingPadInst *LandingPadInst::Create(Type *RetTy, unsigned NumReservedClauses, | |||
| 221 | const Twine &NameStr, | |||
| 222 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 223 | return new LandingPadInst(RetTy, NumReservedClauses, NameStr, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 224 | } | |||
| 225 | ||||
| 226 | void LandingPadInst::init(unsigned NumReservedValues, const Twine &NameStr) { | |||
| 227 | ReservedSpace = NumReservedValues; | |||
| 228 | setNumHungOffUseOperands(0); | |||
| 229 | allocHungoffUses(ReservedSpace); | |||
| 230 | setName(NameStr); | |||
| 231 | setCleanup(false); | |||
| 232 | } | |||
| 233 | ||||
| 234 | /// growOperands - grow operands - This grows the operand list in response to a | |||
| 235 | /// push_back style of operation. This grows the number of ops by 2 times. | |||
| 236 | void LandingPadInst::growOperands(unsigned Size) { | |||
| 237 | unsigned e = getNumOperands(); | |||
| 238 | if (ReservedSpace >= e + Size) return; | |||
| 239 | ReservedSpace = (std::max(e, 1U) + Size / 2) * 2; | |||
| 240 | growHungoffUses(ReservedSpace); | |||
| 241 | } | |||
| 242 | ||||
| 243 | void LandingPadInst::addClause(Constant *Val) { | |||
| 244 | unsigned OpNo = getNumOperands(); | |||
| 245 | growOperands(1); | |||
| 246 | assert(OpNo < ReservedSpace && "Growing didn't work!")((void)0); | |||
| 247 | setNumHungOffUseOperands(getNumOperands() + 1); | |||
| 248 | getOperandList()[OpNo] = Val; | |||
| 249 | } | |||
| 250 | ||||
| 251 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 252 | // CallBase Implementation | |||
| 253 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 254 | ||||
| 255 | CallBase *CallBase::Create(CallBase *CB, ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, | |||
| 256 | Instruction *InsertPt) { | |||
| 257 | switch (CB->getOpcode()) { | |||
| 258 | case Instruction::Call: | |||
| 259 | return CallInst::Create(cast<CallInst>(CB), Bundles, InsertPt); | |||
| 260 | case Instruction::Invoke: | |||
| 261 | return InvokeInst::Create(cast<InvokeInst>(CB), Bundles, InsertPt); | |||
| 262 | case Instruction::CallBr: | |||
| 263 | return CallBrInst::Create(cast<CallBrInst>(CB), Bundles, InsertPt); | |||
| 264 | default: | |||
| 265 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown CallBase sub-class!")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 266 | } | |||
| 267 | } | |||
| 268 | ||||
| 269 | CallBase *CallBase::Create(CallBase *CI, OperandBundleDef OpB, | |||
| 270 | Instruction *InsertPt) { | |||
| 271 | SmallVector<OperandBundleDef, 2> OpDefs; | |||
| 272 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = CI->getNumOperandBundles(); i < e; ++i) { | |||
| 273 | auto ChildOB = CI->getOperandBundleAt(i); | |||
| 274 | if (ChildOB.getTagName() != OpB.getTag()) | |||
| 275 | OpDefs.emplace_back(ChildOB); | |||
| 276 | } | |||
| 277 | OpDefs.emplace_back(OpB); | |||
| 278 | return CallBase::Create(CI, OpDefs, InsertPt); | |||
| 279 | } | |||
| 280 | ||||
| 281 | ||||
| 282 | Function *CallBase::getCaller() { return getParent()->getParent(); } | |||
| 283 | ||||
| 284 | unsigned CallBase::getNumSubclassExtraOperandsDynamic() const { | |||
| 285 | assert(getOpcode() == Instruction::CallBr && "Unexpected opcode!")((void)0); | |||
| 286 | return cast<CallBrInst>(this)->getNumIndirectDests() + 1; | |||
| 287 | } | |||
| 288 | ||||
| 289 | bool CallBase::isIndirectCall() const { | |||
| 290 | const Value *V = getCalledOperand(); | |||
| 291 | if (isa<Function>(V) || isa<Constant>(V)) | |||
| 292 | return false; | |||
| 293 | return !isInlineAsm(); | |||
| 294 | } | |||
| 295 | ||||
| 296 | /// Tests if this call site must be tail call optimized. Only a CallInst can | |||
| 297 | /// be tail call optimized. | |||
| 298 | bool CallBase::isMustTailCall() const { | |||
| 299 | if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(this)) | |||
| 300 | return CI->isMustTailCall(); | |||
| 301 | return false; | |||
| 302 | } | |||
| 303 | ||||
| 304 | /// Tests if this call site is marked as a tail call. | |||
| 305 | bool CallBase::isTailCall() const { | |||
| 306 | if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(this)) | |||
| 307 | return CI->isTailCall(); | |||
| 308 | return false; | |||
| 309 | } | |||
| 310 | ||||
| 311 | Intrinsic::ID CallBase::getIntrinsicID() const { | |||
| 312 | if (auto *F = getCalledFunction()) | |||
| 313 | return F->getIntrinsicID(); | |||
| 314 | return Intrinsic::not_intrinsic; | |||
| 315 | } | |||
| 316 | ||||
| 317 | bool CallBase::isReturnNonNull() const { | |||
| 318 | if (hasRetAttr(Attribute::NonNull)) | |||
| 319 | return true; | |||
| 320 | ||||
| 321 | if (getDereferenceableBytes(AttributeList::ReturnIndex) > 0 && | |||
| 322 | !NullPointerIsDefined(getCaller(), | |||
| 323 | getType()->getPointerAddressSpace())) | |||
| 324 | return true; | |||
| 325 | ||||
| 326 | return false; | |||
| 327 | } | |||
| 328 | ||||
| 329 | Value *CallBase::getReturnedArgOperand() const { | |||
| 330 | unsigned Index; | |||
| 331 | ||||
| 332 | if (Attrs.hasAttrSomewhere(Attribute::Returned, &Index) && Index) | |||
| 333 | return getArgOperand(Index - AttributeList::FirstArgIndex); | |||
| 334 | if (const Function *F = getCalledFunction()) | |||
| 335 | if (F->getAttributes().hasAttrSomewhere(Attribute::Returned, &Index) && | |||
| 336 | Index) | |||
| 337 | return getArgOperand(Index - AttributeList::FirstArgIndex); | |||
| 338 | ||||
| 339 | return nullptr; | |||
| 340 | } | |||
| 341 | ||||
| 342 | /// Determine whether the argument or parameter has the given attribute. | |||
| 343 | bool CallBase::paramHasAttr(unsigned ArgNo, Attribute::AttrKind Kind) const { | |||
| 344 | assert(ArgNo < getNumArgOperands() && "Param index out of bounds!")((void)0); | |||
| 345 | ||||
| 346 | if (Attrs.hasParamAttribute(ArgNo, Kind)) | |||
| 347 | return true; | |||
| 348 | if (const Function *F = getCalledFunction()) | |||
| 349 | return F->getAttributes().hasParamAttribute(ArgNo, Kind); | |||
| 350 | return false; | |||
| 351 | } | |||
| 352 | ||||
| 353 | bool CallBase::hasFnAttrOnCalledFunction(Attribute::AttrKind Kind) const { | |||
| 354 | if (const Function *F = getCalledFunction()) | |||
| 355 | return F->getAttributes().hasFnAttribute(Kind); | |||
| 356 | return false; | |||
| 357 | } | |||
| 358 | ||||
| 359 | bool CallBase::hasFnAttrOnCalledFunction(StringRef Kind) const { | |||
| 360 | if (const Function *F = getCalledFunction()) | |||
| 361 | return F->getAttributes().hasFnAttribute(Kind); | |||
| 362 | return false; | |||
| 363 | } | |||
| 364 | ||||
| 365 | void CallBase::getOperandBundlesAsDefs( | |||
| 366 | SmallVectorImpl<OperandBundleDef> &Defs) const { | |||
| 367 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumOperandBundles(); i != e; ++i) | |||
| 368 | Defs.emplace_back(getOperandBundleAt(i)); | |||
| 369 | } | |||
| 370 | ||||
| 371 | CallBase::op_iterator | |||
| 372 | CallBase::populateBundleOperandInfos(ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, | |||
| 373 | const unsigned BeginIndex) { | |||
| 374 | auto It = op_begin() + BeginIndex; | |||
| 375 | for (auto &B : Bundles) | |||
| 376 | It = std::copy(B.input_begin(), B.input_end(), It); | |||
| 377 | ||||
| 378 | auto *ContextImpl = getContext().pImpl; | |||
| 379 | auto BI = Bundles.begin(); | |||
| 380 | unsigned CurrentIndex = BeginIndex; | |||
| 381 | ||||
| 382 | for (auto &BOI : bundle_op_infos()) { | |||
| 383 | assert(BI != Bundles.end() && "Incorrect allocation?")((void)0); | |||
| 384 | ||||
| 385 | BOI.Tag = ContextImpl->getOrInsertBundleTag(BI->getTag()); | |||
| 386 | BOI.Begin = CurrentIndex; | |||
| 387 | BOI.End = CurrentIndex + BI->input_size(); | |||
| 388 | CurrentIndex = BOI.End; | |||
| 389 | BI++; | |||
| 390 | } | |||
| 391 | ||||
| 392 | assert(BI == Bundles.end() && "Incorrect allocation?")((void)0); | |||
| 393 | ||||
| 394 | return It; | |||
| 395 | } | |||
| 396 | ||||
| 397 | CallBase::BundleOpInfo &CallBase::getBundleOpInfoForOperand(unsigned OpIdx) { | |||
| 398 | /// When there isn't many bundles, we do a simple linear search. | |||
| 399 | /// Else fallback to a binary-search that use the fact that bundles usually | |||
| 400 | /// have similar number of argument to get faster convergence. | |||
| 401 | if (bundle_op_info_end() - bundle_op_info_begin() < 8) { | |||
| ||||
| 402 | for (auto &BOI : bundle_op_infos()) | |||
| 403 | if (BOI.Begin <= OpIdx && OpIdx < BOI.End) | |||
| 404 | return BOI; | |||
| 405 | ||||
| 406 | llvm_unreachable("Did not find operand bundle for operand!")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 407 | } | |||
| 408 | ||||
| 409 | assert(OpIdx >= arg_size() && "the Idx is not in the operand bundles")((void)0); | |||
| 410 | assert(bundle_op_info_end() - bundle_op_info_begin() > 0 &&((void)0) | |||
| 411 | OpIdx < std::prev(bundle_op_info_end())->End &&((void)0) | |||
| 412 | "The Idx isn't in the operand bundle")((void)0); | |||
| 413 | ||||
| 414 | /// We need a decimal number below and to prevent using floating point numbers | |||
| 415 | /// we use an intergal value multiplied by this constant. | |||
| 416 | constexpr unsigned NumberScaling = 1024; | |||
| 417 | ||||
| 418 | bundle_op_iterator Begin = bundle_op_info_begin(); | |||
| 419 | bundle_op_iterator End = bundle_op_info_end(); | |||
| 420 | bundle_op_iterator Current = Begin; | |||
| 421 | ||||
| 422 | while (Begin != End) { | |||
| 423 | unsigned ScaledOperandPerBundle = | |||
| 424 | NumberScaling * (std::prev(End)->End - Begin->Begin) / (End - Begin); | |||
| 425 | Current = Begin + (((OpIdx - Begin->Begin) * NumberScaling) / | |||
| 426 | ScaledOperandPerBundle); | |||
| 427 | if (Current >= End) | |||
| 428 | Current = std::prev(End); | |||
| 429 | assert(Current < End && Current >= Begin &&((void)0) | |||
| 430 | "the operand bundle doesn't cover every value in the range")((void)0); | |||
| 431 | if (OpIdx >= Current->Begin && OpIdx < Current->End) | |||
| 432 | break; | |||
| 433 | if (OpIdx >= Current->End) | |||
| 434 | Begin = Current + 1; | |||
| 435 | else | |||
| 436 | End = Current; | |||
| 437 | } | |||
| 438 | ||||
| 439 | assert(OpIdx >= Current->Begin && OpIdx < Current->End &&((void)0) | |||
| 440 | "the operand bundle doesn't cover every value in the range")((void)0); | |||
| 441 | return *Current; | |||
| ||||
| 442 | } | |||
| 443 | ||||
| 444 | CallBase *CallBase::addOperandBundle(CallBase *CB, uint32_t ID, | |||
| 445 | OperandBundleDef OB, | |||
| 446 | Instruction *InsertPt) { | |||
| 447 | if (CB->getOperandBundle(ID)) | |||
| 448 | return CB; | |||
| 449 | ||||
| 450 | SmallVector<OperandBundleDef, 1> Bundles; | |||
| 451 | CB->getOperandBundlesAsDefs(Bundles); | |||
| 452 | Bundles.push_back(OB); | |||
| 453 | return Create(CB, Bundles, InsertPt); | |||
| 454 | } | |||
| 455 | ||||
| 456 | CallBase *CallBase::removeOperandBundle(CallBase *CB, uint32_t ID, | |||
| 457 | Instruction *InsertPt) { | |||
| 458 | SmallVector<OperandBundleDef, 1> Bundles; | |||
| 459 | bool CreateNew = false; | |||
| 460 | ||||
| 461 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = CB->getNumOperandBundles(); I != E; ++I) { | |||
| 462 | auto Bundle = CB->getOperandBundleAt(I); | |||
| 463 | if (Bundle.getTagID() == ID) { | |||
| 464 | CreateNew = true; | |||
| 465 | continue; | |||
| 466 | } | |||
| 467 | Bundles.emplace_back(Bundle); | |||
| 468 | } | |||
| 469 | ||||
| 470 | return CreateNew ? Create(CB, Bundles, InsertPt) : CB; | |||
| 471 | } | |||
| 472 | ||||
| 473 | bool CallBase::hasReadingOperandBundles() const { | |||
| 474 | // Implementation note: this is a conservative implementation of operand | |||
| 475 | // bundle semantics, where *any* non-assume operand bundle forces a callsite | |||
| 476 | // to be at least readonly. | |||
| 477 | return hasOperandBundles() && getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::assume; | |||
| 478 | } | |||
| 479 | ||||
| 480 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 481 | // CallInst Implementation | |||
| 482 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 483 | ||||
| 484 | void CallInst::init(FunctionType *FTy, Value *Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, | |||
| 485 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, const Twine &NameStr) { | |||
| 486 | this->FTy = FTy; | |||
| 487 | assert(getNumOperands() == Args.size() + CountBundleInputs(Bundles) + 1 &&((void)0) | |||
| 488 | "NumOperands not set up?")((void)0); | |||
| 489 | ||||
| 490 | #ifndef NDEBUG1 | |||
| 491 | assert((Args.size() == FTy->getNumParams() ||((void)0) | |||
| 492 | (FTy->isVarArg() && Args.size() > FTy->getNumParams())) &&((void)0) | |||
| 493 | "Calling a function with bad signature!")((void)0); | |||
| 494 | ||||
| 495 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != Args.size(); ++i) | |||
| 496 | assert((i >= FTy->getNumParams() ||((void)0) | |||
| 497 | FTy->getParamType(i) == Args[i]->getType()) &&((void)0) | |||
| 498 | "Calling a function with a bad signature!")((void)0); | |||
| 499 | #endif | |||
| 500 | ||||
| 501 | // Set operands in order of their index to match use-list-order | |||
| 502 | // prediction. | |||
| 503 | llvm::copy(Args, op_begin()); | |||
| 504 | setCalledOperand(Func); | |||
| 505 | ||||
| 506 | auto It = populateBundleOperandInfos(Bundles, Args.size()); | |||
| 507 | (void)It; | |||
| 508 | assert(It + 1 == op_end() && "Should add up!")((void)0); | |||
| 509 | ||||
| 510 | setName(NameStr); | |||
| 511 | } | |||
| 512 | ||||
| 513 | void CallInst::init(FunctionType *FTy, Value *Func, const Twine &NameStr) { | |||
| 514 | this->FTy = FTy; | |||
| 515 | assert(getNumOperands() == 1 && "NumOperands not set up?")((void)0); | |||
| 516 | setCalledOperand(Func); | |||
| 517 | ||||
| 518 | assert(FTy->getNumParams() == 0 && "Calling a function with bad signature")((void)0); | |||
| 519 | ||||
| 520 | setName(NameStr); | |||
| 521 | } | |||
| 522 | ||||
| 523 | CallInst::CallInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, const Twine &Name, | |||
| 524 | Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 525 | : CallBase(Ty->getReturnType(), Instruction::Call, | |||
| 526 | OperandTraits<CallBase>::op_end(this) - 1, 1, InsertBefore) { | |||
| 527 | init(Ty, Func, Name); | |||
| 528 | } | |||
| 529 | ||||
| 530 | CallInst::CallInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, const Twine &Name, | |||
| 531 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 532 | : CallBase(Ty->getReturnType(), Instruction::Call, | |||
| 533 | OperandTraits<CallBase>::op_end(this) - 1, 1, InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 534 | init(Ty, Func, Name); | |||
| 535 | } | |||
| 536 | ||||
| 537 | CallInst::CallInst(const CallInst &CI) | |||
| 538 | : CallBase(CI.Attrs, CI.FTy, CI.getType(), Instruction::Call, | |||
| 539 | OperandTraits<CallBase>::op_end(this) - CI.getNumOperands(), | |||
| 540 | CI.getNumOperands()) { | |||
| 541 | setTailCallKind(CI.getTailCallKind()); | |||
| 542 | setCallingConv(CI.getCallingConv()); | |||
| 543 | ||||
| 544 | std::copy(CI.op_begin(), CI.op_end(), op_begin()); | |||
| 545 | std::copy(CI.bundle_op_info_begin(), CI.bundle_op_info_end(), | |||
| 546 | bundle_op_info_begin()); | |||
| 547 | SubclassOptionalData = CI.SubclassOptionalData; | |||
| 548 | } | |||
| 549 | ||||
| 550 | CallInst *CallInst::Create(CallInst *CI, ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> OpB, | |||
| 551 | Instruction *InsertPt) { | |||
| 552 | std::vector<Value *> Args(CI->arg_begin(), CI->arg_end()); | |||
| 553 | ||||
| 554 | auto *NewCI = CallInst::Create(CI->getFunctionType(), CI->getCalledOperand(), | |||
| 555 | Args, OpB, CI->getName(), InsertPt); | |||
| 556 | NewCI->setTailCallKind(CI->getTailCallKind()); | |||
| 557 | NewCI->setCallingConv(CI->getCallingConv()); | |||
| 558 | NewCI->SubclassOptionalData = CI->SubclassOptionalData; | |||
| 559 | NewCI->setAttributes(CI->getAttributes()); | |||
| 560 | NewCI->setDebugLoc(CI->getDebugLoc()); | |||
| 561 | return NewCI; | |||
| 562 | } | |||
| 563 | ||||
| 564 | // Update profile weight for call instruction by scaling it using the ratio | |||
| 565 | // of S/T. The meaning of "branch_weights" meta data for call instruction is | |||
| 566 | // transfered to represent call count. | |||
| 567 | void CallInst::updateProfWeight(uint64_t S, uint64_t T) { | |||
| 568 | auto *ProfileData = getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof); | |||
| 569 | if (ProfileData == nullptr) | |||
| 570 | return; | |||
| 571 | ||||
| 572 | auto *ProfDataName = dyn_cast<MDString>(ProfileData->getOperand(0)); | |||
| 573 | if (!ProfDataName || (!ProfDataName->getString().equals("branch_weights") && | |||
| 574 | !ProfDataName->getString().equals("VP"))) | |||
| 575 | return; | |||
| 576 | ||||
| 577 | if (T == 0) { | |||
| 578 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Attempting to update profile weights will result in "do { } while (false) | |||
| 579 | "div by 0. Ignoring. Likely the function "do { } while (false) | |||
| 580 | << getParent()->getParent()->getName()do { } while (false) | |||
| 581 | << " has 0 entry count, and contains call instructions "do { } while (false) | |||
| 582 | "with non-zero prof info.")do { } while (false); | |||
| 583 | return; | |||
| 584 | } | |||
| 585 | ||||
| 586 | MDBuilder MDB(getContext()); | |||
| 587 | SmallVector<Metadata *, 3> Vals; | |||
| 588 | Vals.push_back(ProfileData->getOperand(0)); | |||
| 589 | APInt APS(128, S), APT(128, T); | |||
| 590 | if (ProfDataName->getString().equals("branch_weights") && | |||
| 591 | ProfileData->getNumOperands() > 0) { | |||
| 592 | // Using APInt::div may be expensive, but most cases should fit 64 bits. | |||
| 593 | APInt Val(128, mdconst::dyn_extract<ConstantInt>(ProfileData->getOperand(1)) | |||
| 594 | ->getValue() | |||
| 595 | .getZExtValue()); | |||
| 596 | Val *= APS; | |||
| 597 | Vals.push_back(MDB.createConstant( | |||
| 598 | ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(getContext()), | |||
| 599 | Val.udiv(APT).getLimitedValue(UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU)))); | |||
| 600 | } else if (ProfDataName->getString().equals("VP")) | |||
| 601 | for (unsigned i = 1; i < ProfileData->getNumOperands(); i += 2) { | |||
| 602 | // The first value is the key of the value profile, which will not change. | |||
| 603 | Vals.push_back(ProfileData->getOperand(i)); | |||
| 604 | uint64_t Count = | |||
| 605 | mdconst::dyn_extract<ConstantInt>(ProfileData->getOperand(i + 1)) | |||
| 606 | ->getValue() | |||
| 607 | .getZExtValue(); | |||
| 608 | // Don't scale the magic number. | |||
| 609 | if (Count == NOMORE_ICP_MAGICNUM) { | |||
| 610 | Vals.push_back(ProfileData->getOperand(i + 1)); | |||
| 611 | continue; | |||
| 612 | } | |||
| 613 | // Using APInt::div may be expensive, but most cases should fit 64 bits. | |||
| 614 | APInt Val(128, Count); | |||
| 615 | Val *= APS; | |||
| 616 | Vals.push_back(MDB.createConstant( | |||
| 617 | ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt64Ty(getContext()), | |||
| 618 | Val.udiv(APT).getLimitedValue()))); | |||
| 619 | } | |||
| 620 | setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, MDNode::get(getContext(), Vals)); | |||
| 621 | } | |||
| 622 | ||||
| 623 | /// IsConstantOne - Return true only if val is constant int 1 | |||
| 624 | static bool IsConstantOne(Value *val) { | |||
| 625 | assert(val && "IsConstantOne does not work with nullptr val")((void)0); | |||
| 626 | const ConstantInt *CVal = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(val); | |||
| 627 | return CVal && CVal->isOne(); | |||
| 628 | } | |||
| 629 | ||||
| 630 | static Instruction *createMalloc(Instruction *InsertBefore, | |||
| 631 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd, Type *IntPtrTy, | |||
| 632 | Type *AllocTy, Value *AllocSize, | |||
| 633 | Value *ArraySize, | |||
| 634 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> OpB, | |||
| 635 | Function *MallocF, const Twine &Name) { | |||
| 636 | assert(((!InsertBefore && InsertAtEnd) || (InsertBefore && !InsertAtEnd)) &&((void)0) | |||
| 637 | "createMalloc needs either InsertBefore or InsertAtEnd")((void)0); | |||
| 638 | ||||
| 639 | // malloc(type) becomes: | |||
| 640 | // bitcast (i8* malloc(typeSize)) to type* | |||
| 641 | // malloc(type, arraySize) becomes: | |||
| 642 | // bitcast (i8* malloc(typeSize*arraySize)) to type* | |||
| 643 | if (!ArraySize) | |||
| 644 | ArraySize = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, 1); | |||
| 645 | else if (ArraySize->getType() != IntPtrTy) { | |||
| 646 | if (InsertBefore) | |||
| 647 | ArraySize = CastInst::CreateIntegerCast(ArraySize, IntPtrTy, false, | |||
| 648 | "", InsertBefore); | |||
| 649 | else | |||
| 650 | ArraySize = CastInst::CreateIntegerCast(ArraySize, IntPtrTy, false, | |||
| 651 | "", InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 652 | } | |||
| 653 | ||||
| 654 | if (!IsConstantOne(ArraySize)) { | |||
| 655 | if (IsConstantOne(AllocSize)) { | |||
| 656 | AllocSize = ArraySize; // Operand * 1 = Operand | |||
| 657 | } else if (Constant *CO = dyn_cast<Constant>(ArraySize)) { | |||
| 658 | Constant *Scale = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(CO, IntPtrTy, | |||
| 659 | false /*ZExt*/); | |||
| 660 | // Malloc arg is constant product of type size and array size | |||
| 661 | AllocSize = ConstantExpr::getMul(Scale, cast<Constant>(AllocSize)); | |||
| 662 | } else { | |||
| 663 | // Multiply type size by the array size... | |||
| 664 | if (InsertBefore) | |||
| 665 | AllocSize = BinaryOperator::CreateMul(ArraySize, AllocSize, | |||
| 666 | "mallocsize", InsertBefore); | |||
| 667 | else | |||
| 668 | AllocSize = BinaryOperator::CreateMul(ArraySize, AllocSize, | |||
| 669 | "mallocsize", InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 670 | } | |||
| 671 | } | |||
| 672 | ||||
| 673 | assert(AllocSize->getType() == IntPtrTy && "malloc arg is wrong size")((void)0); | |||
| 674 | // Create the call to Malloc. | |||
| 675 | BasicBlock *BB = InsertBefore ? InsertBefore->getParent() : InsertAtEnd; | |||
| 676 | Module *M = BB->getParent()->getParent(); | |||
| 677 | Type *BPTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(BB->getContext()); | |||
| 678 | FunctionCallee MallocFunc = MallocF; | |||
| 679 | if (!MallocFunc) | |||
| 680 | // prototype malloc as "void *malloc(size_t)" | |||
| 681 | MallocFunc = M->getOrInsertFunction("malloc", BPTy, IntPtrTy); | |||
| 682 | PointerType *AllocPtrType = PointerType::getUnqual(AllocTy); | |||
| 683 | CallInst *MCall = nullptr; | |||
| 684 | Instruction *Result = nullptr; | |||
| 685 | if (InsertBefore) { | |||
| 686 | MCall = CallInst::Create(MallocFunc, AllocSize, OpB, "malloccall", | |||
| 687 | InsertBefore); | |||
| 688 | Result = MCall; | |||
| 689 | if (Result->getType() != AllocPtrType) | |||
| 690 | // Create a cast instruction to convert to the right type... | |||
| 691 | Result = new BitCastInst(MCall, AllocPtrType, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 692 | } else { | |||
| 693 | MCall = CallInst::Create(MallocFunc, AllocSize, OpB, "malloccall"); | |||
| 694 | Result = MCall; | |||
| 695 | if (Result->getType() != AllocPtrType) { | |||
| 696 | InsertAtEnd->getInstList().push_back(MCall); | |||
| 697 | // Create a cast instruction to convert to the right type... | |||
| 698 | Result = new BitCastInst(MCall, AllocPtrType, Name); | |||
| 699 | } | |||
| 700 | } | |||
| 701 | MCall->setTailCall(); | |||
| 702 | if (Function *F = dyn_cast<Function>(MallocFunc.getCallee())) { | |||
| 703 | MCall->setCallingConv(F->getCallingConv()); | |||
| 704 | if (!F->returnDoesNotAlias()) | |||
| 705 | F->setReturnDoesNotAlias(); | |||
| 706 | } | |||
| 707 | assert(!MCall->getType()->isVoidTy() && "Malloc has void return type")((void)0); | |||
| 708 | ||||
| 709 | return Result; | |||
| 710 | } | |||
| 711 | ||||
| 712 | /// CreateMalloc - Generate the IR for a call to malloc: | |||
| 713 | /// 1. Compute the malloc call's argument as the specified type's size, | |||
| 714 | /// possibly multiplied by the array size if the array size is not | |||
| 715 | /// constant 1. | |||
| 716 | /// 2. Call malloc with that argument. | |||
| 717 | /// 3. Bitcast the result of the malloc call to the specified type. | |||
| 718 | Instruction *CallInst::CreateMalloc(Instruction *InsertBefore, | |||
| 719 | Type *IntPtrTy, Type *AllocTy, | |||
| 720 | Value *AllocSize, Value *ArraySize, | |||
| 721 | Function *MallocF, | |||
| 722 | const Twine &Name) { | |||
| 723 | return createMalloc(InsertBefore, nullptr, IntPtrTy, AllocTy, AllocSize, | |||
| 724 | ArraySize, None, MallocF, Name); | |||
| 725 | } | |||
| 726 | Instruction *CallInst::CreateMalloc(Instruction *InsertBefore, | |||
| 727 | Type *IntPtrTy, Type *AllocTy, | |||
| 728 | Value *AllocSize, Value *ArraySize, | |||
| 729 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> OpB, | |||
| 730 | Function *MallocF, | |||
| 731 | const Twine &Name) { | |||
| 732 | return createMalloc(InsertBefore, nullptr, IntPtrTy, AllocTy, AllocSize, | |||
| 733 | ArraySize, OpB, MallocF, Name); | |||
| 734 | } | |||
| 735 | ||||
| 736 | /// CreateMalloc - Generate the IR for a call to malloc: | |||
| 737 | /// 1. Compute the malloc call's argument as the specified type's size, | |||
| 738 | /// possibly multiplied by the array size if the array size is not | |||
| 739 | /// constant 1. | |||
| 740 | /// 2. Call malloc with that argument. | |||
| 741 | /// 3. Bitcast the result of the malloc call to the specified type. | |||
| 742 | /// Note: This function does not add the bitcast to the basic block, that is the | |||
| 743 | /// responsibility of the caller. | |||
| 744 | Instruction *CallInst::CreateMalloc(BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd, | |||
| 745 | Type *IntPtrTy, Type *AllocTy, | |||
| 746 | Value *AllocSize, Value *ArraySize, | |||
| 747 | Function *MallocF, const Twine &Name) { | |||
| 748 | return createMalloc(nullptr, InsertAtEnd, IntPtrTy, AllocTy, AllocSize, | |||
| 749 | ArraySize, None, MallocF, Name); | |||
| 750 | } | |||
| 751 | Instruction *CallInst::CreateMalloc(BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd, | |||
| 752 | Type *IntPtrTy, Type *AllocTy, | |||
| 753 | Value *AllocSize, Value *ArraySize, | |||
| 754 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> OpB, | |||
| 755 | Function *MallocF, const Twine &Name) { | |||
| 756 | return createMalloc(nullptr, InsertAtEnd, IntPtrTy, AllocTy, AllocSize, | |||
| 757 | ArraySize, OpB, MallocF, Name); | |||
| 758 | } | |||
| 759 | ||||
| 760 | static Instruction *createFree(Value *Source, | |||
| 761 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, | |||
| 762 | Instruction *InsertBefore, | |||
| 763 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 764 | assert(((!InsertBefore && InsertAtEnd) || (InsertBefore && !InsertAtEnd)) &&((void)0) | |||
| 765 | "createFree needs either InsertBefore or InsertAtEnd")((void)0); | |||
| 766 | assert(Source->getType()->isPointerTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 767 | "Can not free something of nonpointer type!")((void)0); | |||
| 768 | ||||
| 769 | BasicBlock *BB = InsertBefore ? InsertBefore->getParent() : InsertAtEnd; | |||
| 770 | Module *M = BB->getParent()->getParent(); | |||
| 771 | ||||
| 772 | Type *VoidTy = Type::getVoidTy(M->getContext()); | |||
| 773 | Type *IntPtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(M->getContext()); | |||
| 774 | // prototype free as "void free(void*)" | |||
| 775 | FunctionCallee FreeFunc = M->getOrInsertFunction("free", VoidTy, IntPtrTy); | |||
| 776 | CallInst *Result = nullptr; | |||
| 777 | Value *PtrCast = Source; | |||
| 778 | if (InsertBefore) { | |||
| 779 | if (Source->getType() != IntPtrTy) | |||
| 780 | PtrCast = new BitCastInst(Source, IntPtrTy, "", InsertBefore); | |||
| 781 | Result = CallInst::Create(FreeFunc, PtrCast, Bundles, "", InsertBefore); | |||
| 782 | } else { | |||
| 783 | if (Source->getType() != IntPtrTy) | |||
| 784 | PtrCast = new BitCastInst(Source, IntPtrTy, "", InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 785 | Result = CallInst::Create(FreeFunc, PtrCast, Bundles, ""); | |||
| 786 | } | |||
| 787 | Result->setTailCall(); | |||
| 788 | if (Function *F = dyn_cast<Function>(FreeFunc.getCallee())) | |||
| 789 | Result->setCallingConv(F->getCallingConv()); | |||
| 790 | ||||
| 791 | return Result; | |||
| 792 | } | |||
| 793 | ||||
| 794 | /// CreateFree - Generate the IR for a call to the builtin free function. | |||
| 795 | Instruction *CallInst::CreateFree(Value *Source, Instruction *InsertBefore) { | |||
| 796 | return createFree(Source, None, InsertBefore, nullptr); | |||
| 797 | } | |||
| 798 | Instruction *CallInst::CreateFree(Value *Source, | |||
| 799 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, | |||
| 800 | Instruction *InsertBefore) { | |||
| 801 | return createFree(Source, Bundles, InsertBefore, nullptr); | |||
| 802 | } | |||
| 803 | ||||
| 804 | /// CreateFree - Generate the IR for a call to the builtin free function. | |||
| 805 | /// Note: This function does not add the call to the basic block, that is the | |||
| 806 | /// responsibility of the caller. | |||
| 807 | Instruction *CallInst::CreateFree(Value *Source, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 808 | Instruction *FreeCall = createFree(Source, None, nullptr, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 809 | assert(FreeCall && "CreateFree did not create a CallInst")((void)0); | |||
| 810 | return FreeCall; | |||
| 811 | } | |||
| 812 | Instruction *CallInst::CreateFree(Value *Source, | |||
| 813 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, | |||
| 814 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 815 | Instruction *FreeCall = createFree(Source, Bundles, nullptr, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 816 | assert(FreeCall && "CreateFree did not create a CallInst")((void)0); | |||
| 817 | return FreeCall; | |||
| 818 | } | |||
| 819 | ||||
| 820 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 821 | // InvokeInst Implementation | |||
| 822 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 823 | ||||
| 824 | void InvokeInst::init(FunctionType *FTy, Value *Fn, BasicBlock *IfNormal, | |||
| 825 | BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, | |||
| 826 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, | |||
| 827 | const Twine &NameStr) { | |||
| 828 | this->FTy = FTy; | |||
| 829 | ||||
| 830 | assert((int)getNumOperands() ==((void)0) | |||
| 831 | ComputeNumOperands(Args.size(), CountBundleInputs(Bundles)) &&((void)0) | |||
| 832 | "NumOperands not set up?")((void)0); | |||
| 833 | ||||
| 834 | #ifndef NDEBUG1 | |||
| 835 | assert(((Args.size() == FTy->getNumParams()) ||((void)0) | |||
| 836 | (FTy->isVarArg() && Args.size() > FTy->getNumParams())) &&((void)0) | |||
| 837 | "Invoking a function with bad signature")((void)0); | |||
| 838 | ||||
| 839 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; i++) | |||
| 840 | assert((i >= FTy->getNumParams() ||((void)0) | |||
| 841 | FTy->getParamType(i) == Args[i]->getType()) &&((void)0) | |||
| 842 | "Invoking a function with a bad signature!")((void)0); | |||
| 843 | #endif | |||
| 844 | ||||
| 845 | // Set operands in order of their index to match use-list-order | |||
| 846 | // prediction. | |||
| 847 | llvm::copy(Args, op_begin()); | |||
| 848 | setNormalDest(IfNormal); | |||
| 849 | setUnwindDest(IfException); | |||
| 850 | setCalledOperand(Fn); | |||
| 851 | ||||
| 852 | auto It = populateBundleOperandInfos(Bundles, Args.size()); | |||
| 853 | (void)It; | |||
| 854 | assert(It + 3 == op_end() && "Should add up!")((void)0); | |||
| 855 | ||||
| 856 | setName(NameStr); | |||
| 857 | } | |||
| 858 | ||||
| 859 | InvokeInst::InvokeInst(const InvokeInst &II) | |||
| 860 | : CallBase(II.Attrs, II.FTy, II.getType(), Instruction::Invoke, | |||
| 861 | OperandTraits<CallBase>::op_end(this) - II.getNumOperands(), | |||
| 862 | II.getNumOperands()) { | |||
| 863 | setCallingConv(II.getCallingConv()); | |||
| 864 | std::copy(II.op_begin(), II.op_end(), op_begin()); | |||
| 865 | std::copy(II.bundle_op_info_begin(), II.bundle_op_info_end(), | |||
| 866 | bundle_op_info_begin()); | |||
| 867 | SubclassOptionalData = II.SubclassOptionalData; | |||
| 868 | } | |||
| 869 | ||||
| 870 | InvokeInst *InvokeInst::Create(InvokeInst *II, ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> OpB, | |||
| 871 | Instruction *InsertPt) { | |||
| 872 | std::vector<Value *> Args(II->arg_begin(), II->arg_end()); | |||
| 873 | ||||
| 874 | auto *NewII = InvokeInst::Create( | |||
| 875 | II->getFunctionType(), II->getCalledOperand(), II->getNormalDest(), | |||
| 876 | II->getUnwindDest(), Args, OpB, II->getName(), InsertPt); | |||
| 877 | NewII->setCallingConv(II->getCallingConv()); | |||
| 878 | NewII->SubclassOptionalData = II->SubclassOptionalData; | |||
| 879 | NewII->setAttributes(II->getAttributes()); | |||
| 880 | NewII->setDebugLoc(II->getDebugLoc()); | |||
| 881 | return NewII; | |||
| 882 | } | |||
| 883 | ||||
| 884 | LandingPadInst *InvokeInst::getLandingPadInst() const { | |||
| 885 | return cast<LandingPadInst>(getUnwindDest()->getFirstNonPHI()); | |||
| 886 | } | |||
| 887 | ||||
| 888 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 889 | // CallBrInst Implementation | |||
| 890 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 891 | ||||
| 892 | void CallBrInst::init(FunctionType *FTy, Value *Fn, BasicBlock *Fallthrough, | |||
| 893 | ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests, | |||
| 894 | ArrayRef<Value *> Args, | |||
| 895 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, | |||
| 896 | const Twine &NameStr) { | |||
| 897 | this->FTy = FTy; | |||
| 898 | ||||
| 899 | assert((int)getNumOperands() ==((void)0) | |||
| 900 | ComputeNumOperands(Args.size(), IndirectDests.size(),((void)0) | |||
| 901 | CountBundleInputs(Bundles)) &&((void)0) | |||
| 902 | "NumOperands not set up?")((void)0); | |||
| 903 | ||||
| 904 | #ifndef NDEBUG1 | |||
| 905 | assert(((Args.size() == FTy->getNumParams()) ||((void)0) | |||
| 906 | (FTy->isVarArg() && Args.size() > FTy->getNumParams())) &&((void)0) | |||
| 907 | "Calling a function with bad signature")((void)0); | |||
| 908 | ||||
| 909 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; i++) | |||
| 910 | assert((i >= FTy->getNumParams() ||((void)0) | |||
| 911 | FTy->getParamType(i) == Args[i]->getType()) &&((void)0) | |||
| 912 | "Calling a function with a bad signature!")((void)0); | |||
| 913 | #endif | |||
| 914 | ||||
| 915 | // Set operands in order of their index to match use-list-order | |||
| 916 | // prediction. | |||
| 917 | std::copy(Args.begin(), Args.end(), op_begin()); | |||
| 918 | NumIndirectDests = IndirectDests.size(); | |||
| 919 | setDefaultDest(Fallthrough); | |||
| 920 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumIndirectDests; ++i) | |||
| 921 | setIndirectDest(i, IndirectDests[i]); | |||
| 922 | setCalledOperand(Fn); | |||
| 923 | ||||
| 924 | auto It = populateBundleOperandInfos(Bundles, Args.size()); | |||
| 925 | (void)It; | |||
| 926 | assert(It + 2 + IndirectDests.size() == op_end() && "Should add up!")((void)0); | |||
| 927 | ||||
| 928 | setName(NameStr); | |||
| 929 | } | |||
| 930 | ||||
| 931 | void CallBrInst::updateArgBlockAddresses(unsigned i, BasicBlock *B) { | |||
| 932 | assert(getNumIndirectDests() > i && "IndirectDest # out of range for callbr")((void)0); | |||
| 933 | if (BasicBlock *OldBB = getIndirectDest(i)) { | |||
| 934 | BlockAddress *Old = BlockAddress::get(OldBB); | |||
| 935 | BlockAddress *New = BlockAddress::get(B); | |||
| 936 | for (unsigned ArgNo = 0, e = getNumArgOperands(); ArgNo != e; ++ArgNo) | |||
| 937 | if (dyn_cast<BlockAddress>(getArgOperand(ArgNo)) == Old) | |||
| 938 | setArgOperand(ArgNo, New); | |||
| 939 | } | |||
| 940 | } | |||
| 941 | ||||
| 942 | CallBrInst::CallBrInst(const CallBrInst &CBI) | |||
| 943 | : CallBase(CBI.Attrs, CBI.FTy, CBI.getType(), Instruction::CallBr, | |||
| 944 | OperandTraits<CallBase>::op_end(this) - CBI.getNumOperands(), | |||
| 945 | CBI.getNumOperands()) { | |||
| 946 | setCallingConv(CBI.getCallingConv()); | |||
| 947 | std::copy(CBI.op_begin(), CBI.op_end(), op_begin()); | |||
| 948 | std::copy(CBI.bundle_op_info_begin(), CBI.bundle_op_info_end(), | |||
| 949 | bundle_op_info_begin()); | |||
| 950 | SubclassOptionalData = CBI.SubclassOptionalData; | |||
| 951 | NumIndirectDests = CBI.NumIndirectDests; | |||
| 952 | } | |||
| 953 | ||||
| 954 | CallBrInst *CallBrInst::Create(CallBrInst *CBI, ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> OpB, | |||
| 955 | Instruction *InsertPt) { | |||
| 956 | std::vector<Value *> Args(CBI->arg_begin(), CBI->arg_end()); | |||
| 957 | ||||
| 958 | auto *NewCBI = CallBrInst::Create( | |||
| 959 | CBI->getFunctionType(), CBI->getCalledOperand(), CBI->getDefaultDest(), | |||
| 960 | CBI->getIndirectDests(), Args, OpB, CBI->getName(), InsertPt); | |||
| 961 | NewCBI->setCallingConv(CBI->getCallingConv()); | |||
| 962 | NewCBI->SubclassOptionalData = CBI->SubclassOptionalData; | |||
| 963 | NewCBI->setAttributes(CBI->getAttributes()); | |||
| 964 | NewCBI->setDebugLoc(CBI->getDebugLoc()); | |||
| 965 | NewCBI->NumIndirectDests = CBI->NumIndirectDests; | |||
| 966 | return NewCBI; | |||
| 967 | } | |||
| 968 | ||||
| 969 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 970 | // ReturnInst Implementation | |||
| 971 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 972 | ||||
| 973 | ReturnInst::ReturnInst(const ReturnInst &RI) | |||
| 974 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(RI.getContext()), Instruction::Ret, | |||
| 975 | OperandTraits<ReturnInst>::op_end(this) - RI.getNumOperands(), | |||
| 976 | RI.getNumOperands()) { | |||
| 977 | if (RI.getNumOperands()) | |||
| 978 | Op<0>() = RI.Op<0>(); | |||
| 979 | SubclassOptionalData = RI.SubclassOptionalData; | |||
| 980 | } | |||
| 981 | ||||
| 982 | ReturnInst::ReturnInst(LLVMContext &C, Value *retVal, Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 983 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(C), Instruction::Ret, | |||
| 984 | OperandTraits<ReturnInst>::op_end(this) - !!retVal, !!retVal, | |||
| 985 | InsertBefore) { | |||
| 986 | if (retVal) | |||
| 987 | Op<0>() = retVal; | |||
| 988 | } | |||
| 989 | ||||
| 990 | ReturnInst::ReturnInst(LLVMContext &C, Value *retVal, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 991 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(C), Instruction::Ret, | |||
| 992 | OperandTraits<ReturnInst>::op_end(this) - !!retVal, !!retVal, | |||
| 993 | InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 994 | if (retVal) | |||
| 995 | Op<0>() = retVal; | |||
| 996 | } | |||
| 997 | ||||
| 998 | ReturnInst::ReturnInst(LLVMContext &Context, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 999 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(Context), Instruction::Ret, | |||
| 1000 | OperandTraits<ReturnInst>::op_end(this), 0, InsertAtEnd) {} | |||
| 1001 | ||||
| 1002 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1003 | // ResumeInst Implementation | |||
| 1004 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1005 | ||||
| 1006 | ResumeInst::ResumeInst(const ResumeInst &RI) | |||
| 1007 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(RI.getContext()), Instruction::Resume, | |||
| 1008 | OperandTraits<ResumeInst>::op_begin(this), 1) { | |||
| 1009 | Op<0>() = RI.Op<0>(); | |||
| 1010 | } | |||
| 1011 | ||||
| 1012 | ResumeInst::ResumeInst(Value *Exn, Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 1013 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(Exn->getContext()), Instruction::Resume, | |||
| 1014 | OperandTraits<ResumeInst>::op_begin(this), 1, InsertBefore) { | |||
| 1015 | Op<0>() = Exn; | |||
| 1016 | } | |||
| 1017 | ||||
| 1018 | ResumeInst::ResumeInst(Value *Exn, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 1019 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(Exn->getContext()), Instruction::Resume, | |||
| 1020 | OperandTraits<ResumeInst>::op_begin(this), 1, InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 1021 | Op<0>() = Exn; | |||
| 1022 | } | |||
| 1023 | ||||
| 1024 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1025 | // CleanupReturnInst Implementation | |||
| 1026 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1027 | ||||
| 1028 | CleanupReturnInst::CleanupReturnInst(const CleanupReturnInst &CRI) | |||
| 1029 | : Instruction(CRI.getType(), Instruction::CleanupRet, | |||
| 1030 | OperandTraits<CleanupReturnInst>::op_end(this) - | |||
| 1031 | CRI.getNumOperands(), | |||
| 1032 | CRI.getNumOperands()) { | |||
| 1033 | setSubclassData<Instruction::OpaqueField>( | |||
| 1034 | CRI.getSubclassData<Instruction::OpaqueField>()); | |||
| 1035 | Op<0>() = CRI.Op<0>(); | |||
| 1036 | if (CRI.hasUnwindDest()) | |||
| 1037 | Op<1>() = CRI.Op<1>(); | |||
| 1038 | } | |||
| 1039 | ||||
| 1040 | void CleanupReturnInst::init(Value *CleanupPad, BasicBlock *UnwindBB) { | |||
| 1041 | if (UnwindBB) | |||
| 1042 | setSubclassData<UnwindDestField>(true); | |||
| 1043 | ||||
| 1044 | Op<0>() = CleanupPad; | |||
| 1045 | if (UnwindBB) | |||
| 1046 | Op<1>() = UnwindBB; | |||
| 1047 | } | |||
| 1048 | ||||
| 1049 | CleanupReturnInst::CleanupReturnInst(Value *CleanupPad, BasicBlock *UnwindBB, | |||
| 1050 | unsigned Values, Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 1051 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(CleanupPad->getContext()), | |||
| 1052 | Instruction::CleanupRet, | |||
| 1053 | OperandTraits<CleanupReturnInst>::op_end(this) - Values, | |||
| 1054 | Values, InsertBefore) { | |||
| 1055 | init(CleanupPad, UnwindBB); | |||
| 1056 | } | |||
| 1057 | ||||
| 1058 | CleanupReturnInst::CleanupReturnInst(Value *CleanupPad, BasicBlock *UnwindBB, | |||
| 1059 | unsigned Values, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 1060 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(CleanupPad->getContext()), | |||
| 1061 | Instruction::CleanupRet, | |||
| 1062 | OperandTraits<CleanupReturnInst>::op_end(this) - Values, | |||
| 1063 | Values, InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 1064 | init(CleanupPad, UnwindBB); | |||
| 1065 | } | |||
| 1066 | ||||
| 1067 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1068 | // CatchReturnInst Implementation | |||
| 1069 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1070 | void CatchReturnInst::init(Value *CatchPad, BasicBlock *BB) { | |||
| 1071 | Op<0>() = CatchPad; | |||
| 1072 | Op<1>() = BB; | |||
| 1073 | } | |||
| 1074 | ||||
| 1075 | CatchReturnInst::CatchReturnInst(const CatchReturnInst &CRI) | |||
| 1076 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(CRI.getContext()), Instruction::CatchRet, | |||
| 1077 | OperandTraits<CatchReturnInst>::op_begin(this), 2) { | |||
| 1078 | Op<0>() = CRI.Op<0>(); | |||
| 1079 | Op<1>() = CRI.Op<1>(); | |||
| 1080 | } | |||
| 1081 | ||||
| 1082 | CatchReturnInst::CatchReturnInst(Value *CatchPad, BasicBlock *BB, | |||
| 1083 | Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 1084 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(BB->getContext()), Instruction::CatchRet, | |||
| 1085 | OperandTraits<CatchReturnInst>::op_begin(this), 2, | |||
| 1086 | InsertBefore) { | |||
| 1087 | init(CatchPad, BB); | |||
| 1088 | } | |||
| 1089 | ||||
| 1090 | CatchReturnInst::CatchReturnInst(Value *CatchPad, BasicBlock *BB, | |||
| 1091 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 1092 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(BB->getContext()), Instruction::CatchRet, | |||
| 1093 | OperandTraits<CatchReturnInst>::op_begin(this), 2, | |||
| 1094 | InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 1095 | init(CatchPad, BB); | |||
| 1096 | } | |||
| 1097 | ||||
| 1098 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1099 | // CatchSwitchInst Implementation | |||
| 1100 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1101 | ||||
| 1102 | CatchSwitchInst::CatchSwitchInst(Value *ParentPad, BasicBlock *UnwindDest, | |||
| 1103 | unsigned NumReservedValues, | |||
| 1104 | const Twine &NameStr, | |||
| 1105 | Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 1106 | : Instruction(ParentPad->getType(), Instruction::CatchSwitch, nullptr, 0, | |||
| 1107 | InsertBefore) { | |||
| 1108 | if (UnwindDest) | |||
| 1109 | ++NumReservedValues; | |||
| 1110 | init(ParentPad, UnwindDest, NumReservedValues + 1); | |||
| 1111 | setName(NameStr); | |||
| 1112 | } | |||
| 1113 | ||||
| 1114 | CatchSwitchInst::CatchSwitchInst(Value *ParentPad, BasicBlock *UnwindDest, | |||
| 1115 | unsigned NumReservedValues, | |||
| 1116 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 1117 | : Instruction(ParentPad->getType(), Instruction::CatchSwitch, nullptr, 0, | |||
| 1118 | InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 1119 | if (UnwindDest) | |||
| 1120 | ++NumReservedValues; | |||
| 1121 | init(ParentPad, UnwindDest, NumReservedValues + 1); | |||
| 1122 | setName(NameStr); | |||
| 1123 | } | |||
| 1124 | ||||
| 1125 | CatchSwitchInst::CatchSwitchInst(const CatchSwitchInst &CSI) | |||
| 1126 | : Instruction(CSI.getType(), Instruction::CatchSwitch, nullptr, | |||
| 1127 | CSI.getNumOperands()) { | |||
| 1128 | init(CSI.getParentPad(), CSI.getUnwindDest(), CSI.getNumOperands()); | |||
| 1129 | setNumHungOffUseOperands(ReservedSpace); | |||
| 1130 | Use *OL = getOperandList(); | |||
| 1131 | const Use *InOL = CSI.getOperandList(); | |||
| 1132 | for (unsigned I = 1, E = ReservedSpace; I != E; ++I) | |||
| 1133 | OL[I] = InOL[I]; | |||
| 1134 | } | |||
| 1135 | ||||
| 1136 | void CatchSwitchInst::init(Value *ParentPad, BasicBlock *UnwindDest, | |||
| 1137 | unsigned NumReservedValues) { | |||
| 1138 | assert(ParentPad && NumReservedValues)((void)0); | |||
| 1139 | ||||
| 1140 | ReservedSpace = NumReservedValues; | |||
| 1141 | setNumHungOffUseOperands(UnwindDest ? 2 : 1); | |||
| 1142 | allocHungoffUses(ReservedSpace); | |||
| 1143 | ||||
| 1144 | Op<0>() = ParentPad; | |||
| 1145 | if (UnwindDest) { | |||
| 1146 | setSubclassData<UnwindDestField>(true); | |||
| 1147 | setUnwindDest(UnwindDest); | |||
| 1148 | } | |||
| 1149 | } | |||
| 1150 | ||||
| 1151 | /// growOperands - grow operands - This grows the operand list in response to a | |||
| 1152 | /// push_back style of operation. This grows the number of ops by 2 times. | |||
| 1153 | void CatchSwitchInst::growOperands(unsigned Size) { | |||
| 1154 | unsigned NumOperands = getNumOperands(); | |||
| 1155 | assert(NumOperands >= 1)((void)0); | |||
| 1156 | if (ReservedSpace >= NumOperands + Size) | |||
| 1157 | return; | |||
| 1158 | ReservedSpace = (NumOperands + Size / 2) * 2; | |||
| 1159 | growHungoffUses(ReservedSpace); | |||
| 1160 | } | |||
| 1161 | ||||
| 1162 | void CatchSwitchInst::addHandler(BasicBlock *Handler) { | |||
| 1163 | unsigned OpNo = getNumOperands(); | |||
| 1164 | growOperands(1); | |||
| 1165 | assert(OpNo < ReservedSpace && "Growing didn't work!")((void)0); | |||
| 1166 | setNumHungOffUseOperands(getNumOperands() + 1); | |||
| 1167 | getOperandList()[OpNo] = Handler; | |||
| 1168 | } | |||
| 1169 | ||||
| 1170 | void CatchSwitchInst::removeHandler(handler_iterator HI) { | |||
| 1171 | // Move all subsequent handlers up one. | |||
| 1172 | Use *EndDst = op_end() - 1; | |||
| 1173 | for (Use *CurDst = HI.getCurrent(); CurDst != EndDst; ++CurDst) | |||
| 1174 | *CurDst = *(CurDst + 1); | |||
| 1175 | // Null out the last handler use. | |||
| 1176 | *EndDst = nullptr; | |||
| 1177 | ||||
| 1178 | setNumHungOffUseOperands(getNumOperands() - 1); | |||
| 1179 | } | |||
| 1180 | ||||
| 1181 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1182 | // FuncletPadInst Implementation | |||
| 1183 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1184 | void FuncletPadInst::init(Value *ParentPad, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, | |||
| 1185 | const Twine &NameStr) { | |||
| 1186 | assert(getNumOperands() == 1 + Args.size() && "NumOperands not set up?")((void)0); | |||
| 1187 | llvm::copy(Args, op_begin()); | |||
| 1188 | setParentPad(ParentPad); | |||
| 1189 | setName(NameStr); | |||
| 1190 | } | |||
| 1191 | ||||
| 1192 | FuncletPadInst::FuncletPadInst(const FuncletPadInst &FPI) | |||
| 1193 | : Instruction(FPI.getType(), FPI.getOpcode(), | |||
| 1194 | OperandTraits<FuncletPadInst>::op_end(this) - | |||
| 1195 | FPI.getNumOperands(), | |||
| 1196 | FPI.getNumOperands()) { | |||
| 1197 | std::copy(FPI.op_begin(), FPI.op_end(), op_begin()); | |||
| 1198 | setParentPad(FPI.getParentPad()); | |||
| 1199 | } | |||
| 1200 | ||||
| 1201 | FuncletPadInst::FuncletPadInst(Instruction::FuncletPadOps Op, Value *ParentPad, | |||
| 1202 | ArrayRef<Value *> Args, unsigned Values, | |||
| 1203 | const Twine &NameStr, Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 1204 | : Instruction(ParentPad->getType(), Op, | |||
| 1205 | OperandTraits<FuncletPadInst>::op_end(this) - Values, Values, | |||
| 1206 | InsertBefore) { | |||
| 1207 | init(ParentPad, Args, NameStr); | |||
| 1208 | } | |||
| 1209 | ||||
| 1210 | FuncletPadInst::FuncletPadInst(Instruction::FuncletPadOps Op, Value *ParentPad, | |||
| 1211 | ArrayRef<Value *> Args, unsigned Values, | |||
| 1212 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 1213 | : Instruction(ParentPad->getType(), Op, | |||
| 1214 | OperandTraits<FuncletPadInst>::op_end(this) - Values, Values, | |||
| 1215 | InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 1216 | init(ParentPad, Args, NameStr); | |||
| 1217 | } | |||
| 1218 | ||||
| 1219 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1220 | // UnreachableInst Implementation | |||
| 1221 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1222 | ||||
| 1223 | UnreachableInst::UnreachableInst(LLVMContext &Context, | |||
| 1224 | Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 1225 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(Context), Instruction::Unreachable, nullptr, | |||
| 1226 | 0, InsertBefore) {} | |||
| 1227 | UnreachableInst::UnreachableInst(LLVMContext &Context, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 1228 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(Context), Instruction::Unreachable, nullptr, | |||
| 1229 | 0, InsertAtEnd) {} | |||
| 1230 | ||||
| 1231 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1232 | // BranchInst Implementation | |||
| 1233 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1234 | ||||
| 1235 | void BranchInst::AssertOK() { | |||
| 1236 | if (isConditional()) | |||
| 1237 | assert(getCondition()->getType()->isIntegerTy(1) &&((void)0) | |||
| 1238 | "May only branch on boolean predicates!")((void)0); | |||
| 1239 | } | |||
| 1240 | ||||
| 1241 | BranchInst::BranchInst(BasicBlock *IfTrue, Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 1242 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(IfTrue->getContext()), Instruction::Br, | |||
| 1243 | OperandTraits<BranchInst>::op_end(this) - 1, 1, | |||
| 1244 | InsertBefore) { | |||
| 1245 | assert(IfTrue && "Branch destination may not be null!")((void)0); | |||
| 1246 | Op<-1>() = IfTrue; | |||
| 1247 | } | |||
| 1248 | ||||
| 1249 | BranchInst::BranchInst(BasicBlock *IfTrue, BasicBlock *IfFalse, Value *Cond, | |||
| 1250 | Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 1251 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(IfTrue->getContext()), Instruction::Br, | |||
| 1252 | OperandTraits<BranchInst>::op_end(this) - 3, 3, | |||
| 1253 | InsertBefore) { | |||
| 1254 | // Assign in order of operand index to make use-list order predictable. | |||
| 1255 | Op<-3>() = Cond; | |||
| 1256 | Op<-2>() = IfFalse; | |||
| 1257 | Op<-1>() = IfTrue; | |||
| 1258 | #ifndef NDEBUG1 | |||
| 1259 | AssertOK(); | |||
| 1260 | #endif | |||
| 1261 | } | |||
| 1262 | ||||
| 1263 | BranchInst::BranchInst(BasicBlock *IfTrue, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 1264 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(IfTrue->getContext()), Instruction::Br, | |||
| 1265 | OperandTraits<BranchInst>::op_end(this) - 1, 1, InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 1266 | assert(IfTrue && "Branch destination may not be null!")((void)0); | |||
| 1267 | Op<-1>() = IfTrue; | |||
| 1268 | } | |||
| 1269 | ||||
| 1270 | BranchInst::BranchInst(BasicBlock *IfTrue, BasicBlock *IfFalse, Value *Cond, | |||
| 1271 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 1272 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(IfTrue->getContext()), Instruction::Br, | |||
| 1273 | OperandTraits<BranchInst>::op_end(this) - 3, 3, InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 1274 | // Assign in order of operand index to make use-list order predictable. | |||
| 1275 | Op<-3>() = Cond; | |||
| 1276 | Op<-2>() = IfFalse; | |||
| 1277 | Op<-1>() = IfTrue; | |||
| 1278 | #ifndef NDEBUG1 | |||
| 1279 | AssertOK(); | |||
| 1280 | #endif | |||
| 1281 | } | |||
| 1282 | ||||
| 1283 | BranchInst::BranchInst(const BranchInst &BI) | |||
| 1284 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(BI.getContext()), Instruction::Br, | |||
| 1285 | OperandTraits<BranchInst>::op_end(this) - BI.getNumOperands(), | |||
| 1286 | BI.getNumOperands()) { | |||
| 1287 | // Assign in order of operand index to make use-list order predictable. | |||
| 1288 | if (BI.getNumOperands() != 1) { | |||
| 1289 | assert(BI.getNumOperands() == 3 && "BR can have 1 or 3 operands!")((void)0); | |||
| 1290 | Op<-3>() = BI.Op<-3>(); | |||
| 1291 | Op<-2>() = BI.Op<-2>(); | |||
| 1292 | } | |||
| 1293 | Op<-1>() = BI.Op<-1>(); | |||
| 1294 | SubclassOptionalData = BI.SubclassOptionalData; | |||
| 1295 | } | |||
| 1296 | ||||
| 1297 | void BranchInst::swapSuccessors() { | |||
| 1298 | assert(isConditional() &&((void)0) | |||
| 1299 | "Cannot swap successors of an unconditional branch")((void)0); | |||
| 1300 | Op<-1>().swap(Op<-2>()); | |||
| 1301 | ||||
| 1302 | // Update profile metadata if present and it matches our structural | |||
| 1303 | // expectations. | |||
| 1304 | swapProfMetadata(); | |||
| 1305 | } | |||
| 1306 | ||||
| 1307 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1308 | // AllocaInst Implementation | |||
| 1309 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1310 | ||||
| 1311 | static Value *getAISize(LLVMContext &Context, Value *Amt) { | |||
| 1312 | if (!Amt) | |||
| 1313 | Amt = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(Context), 1); | |||
| 1314 | else { | |||
| 1315 | assert(!isa<BasicBlock>(Amt) &&((void)0) | |||
| 1316 | "Passed basic block into allocation size parameter! Use other ctor")((void)0); | |||
| 1317 | assert(Amt->getType()->isIntegerTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 1318 | "Allocation array size is not an integer!")((void)0); | |||
| 1319 | } | |||
| 1320 | return Amt; | |||
| 1321 | } | |||
| 1322 | ||||
| 1323 | static Align computeAllocaDefaultAlign(Type *Ty, BasicBlock *BB) { | |||
| 1324 | assert(BB && "Insertion BB cannot be null when alignment not provided!")((void)0); | |||
| 1325 | assert(BB->getParent() &&((void)0) | |||
| 1326 | "BB must be in a Function when alignment not provided!")((void)0); | |||
| 1327 | const DataLayout &DL = BB->getModule()->getDataLayout(); | |||
| 1328 | return DL.getPrefTypeAlign(Ty); | |||
| 1329 | } | |||
| 1330 | ||||
| 1331 | static Align computeAllocaDefaultAlign(Type *Ty, Instruction *I) { | |||
| 1332 | assert(I && "Insertion position cannot be null when alignment not provided!")((void)0); | |||
| 1333 | return computeAllocaDefaultAlign(Ty, I->getParent()); | |||
| 1334 | } | |||
| 1335 | ||||
| 1336 | AllocaInst::AllocaInst(Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, const Twine &Name, | |||
| 1337 | Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 1338 | : AllocaInst(Ty, AddrSpace, /*ArraySize=*/nullptr, Name, InsertBefore) {} | |||
| 1339 | ||||
| 1340 | AllocaInst::AllocaInst(Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, const Twine &Name, | |||
| 1341 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 1342 | : AllocaInst(Ty, AddrSpace, /*ArraySize=*/nullptr, Name, InsertAtEnd) {} | |||
| 1343 | ||||
| 1344 | AllocaInst::AllocaInst(Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, Value *ArraySize, | |||
| 1345 | const Twine &Name, Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 1346 | : AllocaInst(Ty, AddrSpace, ArraySize, | |||
| 1347 | computeAllocaDefaultAlign(Ty, InsertBefore), Name, | |||
| 1348 | InsertBefore) {} | |||
| 1349 | ||||
| 1350 | AllocaInst::AllocaInst(Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, Value *ArraySize, | |||
| 1351 | const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 1352 | : AllocaInst(Ty, AddrSpace, ArraySize, | |||
| 1353 | computeAllocaDefaultAlign(Ty, InsertAtEnd), Name, | |||
| 1354 | InsertAtEnd) {} | |||
| 1355 | ||||
| 1356 | AllocaInst::AllocaInst(Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, Value *ArraySize, | |||
| 1357 | Align Align, const Twine &Name, | |||
| 1358 | Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 1359 | : UnaryInstruction(PointerType::get(Ty, AddrSpace), Alloca, | |||
| 1360 | getAISize(Ty->getContext(), ArraySize), InsertBefore), | |||
| 1361 | AllocatedType(Ty) { | |||
| 1362 | setAlignment(Align); | |||
| 1363 | assert(!Ty->isVoidTy() && "Cannot allocate void!")((void)0); | |||
| 1364 | setName(Name); | |||
| 1365 | } | |||
| 1366 | ||||
| 1367 | AllocaInst::AllocaInst(Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, Value *ArraySize, | |||
| 1368 | Align Align, const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 1369 | : UnaryInstruction(PointerType::get(Ty, AddrSpace), Alloca, | |||
| 1370 | getAISize(Ty->getContext(), ArraySize), InsertAtEnd), | |||
| 1371 | AllocatedType(Ty) { | |||
| 1372 | setAlignment(Align); | |||
| 1373 | assert(!Ty->isVoidTy() && "Cannot allocate void!")((void)0); | |||
| 1374 | setName(Name); | |||
| 1375 | } | |||
| 1376 | ||||
| 1377 | ||||
| 1378 | bool AllocaInst::isArrayAllocation() const { | |||
| 1379 | if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(getOperand(0))) | |||
| 1380 | return !CI->isOne(); | |||
| 1381 | return true; | |||
| 1382 | } | |||
| 1383 | ||||
| 1384 | /// isStaticAlloca - Return true if this alloca is in the entry block of the | |||
| 1385 | /// function and is a constant size. If so, the code generator will fold it | |||
| 1386 | /// into the prolog/epilog code, so it is basically free. | |||
| 1387 | bool AllocaInst::isStaticAlloca() const { | |||
| 1388 | // Must be constant size. | |||
| 1389 | if (!isa<ConstantInt>(getArraySize())) return false; | |||
| 1390 | ||||
| 1391 | // Must be in the entry block. | |||
| 1392 | const BasicBlock *Parent = getParent(); | |||
| 1393 | return Parent == &Parent->getParent()->front() && !isUsedWithInAlloca(); | |||
| 1394 | } | |||
| 1395 | ||||
| 1396 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1397 | // LoadInst Implementation | |||
| 1398 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1399 | ||||
| 1400 | void LoadInst::AssertOK() { | |||
| 1401 | assert(getOperand(0)->getType()->isPointerTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 1402 | "Ptr must have pointer type.")((void)0); | |||
| 1403 | assert(!(isAtomic() && getAlignment() == 0) &&((void)0) | |||
| 1404 | "Alignment required for atomic load")((void)0); | |||
| 1405 | } | |||
| 1406 | ||||
| 1407 | static Align computeLoadStoreDefaultAlign(Type *Ty, BasicBlock *BB) { | |||
| 1408 | assert(BB && "Insertion BB cannot be null when alignment not provided!")((void)0); | |||
| 1409 | assert(BB->getParent() &&((void)0) | |||
| 1410 | "BB must be in a Function when alignment not provided!")((void)0); | |||
| 1411 | const DataLayout &DL = BB->getModule()->getDataLayout(); | |||
| 1412 | return DL.getABITypeAlign(Ty); | |||
| 1413 | } | |||
| 1414 | ||||
| 1415 | static Align computeLoadStoreDefaultAlign(Type *Ty, Instruction *I) { | |||
| 1416 | assert(I && "Insertion position cannot be null when alignment not provided!")((void)0); | |||
| 1417 | return computeLoadStoreDefaultAlign(Ty, I->getParent()); | |||
| 1418 | } | |||
| 1419 | ||||
| 1420 | LoadInst::LoadInst(Type *Ty, Value *Ptr, const Twine &Name, | |||
| 1421 | Instruction *InsertBef) | |||
| 1422 | : LoadInst(Ty, Ptr, Name, /*isVolatile=*/false, InsertBef) {} | |||
| 1423 | ||||
| 1424 | LoadInst::LoadInst(Type *Ty, Value *Ptr, const Twine &Name, | |||
| 1425 | BasicBlock *InsertAE) | |||
| 1426 | : LoadInst(Ty, Ptr, Name, /*isVolatile=*/false, InsertAE) {} | |||
| 1427 | ||||
| 1428 | LoadInst::LoadInst(Type *Ty, Value *Ptr, const Twine &Name, bool isVolatile, | |||
| 1429 | Instruction *InsertBef) | |||
| 1430 | : LoadInst(Ty, Ptr, Name, isVolatile, | |||
| 1431 | computeLoadStoreDefaultAlign(Ty, InsertBef), InsertBef) {} | |||
| 1432 | ||||
| 1433 | LoadInst::LoadInst(Type *Ty, Value *Ptr, const Twine &Name, bool isVolatile, | |||
| 1434 | BasicBlock *InsertAE) | |||
| 1435 | : LoadInst(Ty, Ptr, Name, isVolatile, | |||
| 1436 | computeLoadStoreDefaultAlign(Ty, InsertAE), InsertAE) {} | |||
| 1437 | ||||
| 1438 | LoadInst::LoadInst(Type *Ty, Value *Ptr, const Twine &Name, bool isVolatile, | |||
| 1439 | Align Align, Instruction *InsertBef) | |||
| 1440 | : LoadInst(Ty, Ptr, Name, isVolatile, Align, AtomicOrdering::NotAtomic, | |||
| 1441 | SyncScope::System, InsertBef) {} | |||
| 1442 | ||||
| 1443 | LoadInst::LoadInst(Type *Ty, Value *Ptr, const Twine &Name, bool isVolatile, | |||
| 1444 | Align Align, BasicBlock *InsertAE) | |||
| 1445 | : LoadInst(Ty, Ptr, Name, isVolatile, Align, AtomicOrdering::NotAtomic, | |||
| 1446 | SyncScope::System, InsertAE) {} | |||
| 1447 | ||||
| 1448 | LoadInst::LoadInst(Type *Ty, Value *Ptr, const Twine &Name, bool isVolatile, | |||
| 1449 | Align Align, AtomicOrdering Order, SyncScope::ID SSID, | |||
| 1450 | Instruction *InsertBef) | |||
| 1451 | : UnaryInstruction(Ty, Load, Ptr, InsertBef) { | |||
| 1452 | assert(cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType())->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(Ty))((void)0); | |||
| 1453 | setVolatile(isVolatile); | |||
| 1454 | setAlignment(Align); | |||
| 1455 | setAtomic(Order, SSID); | |||
| 1456 | AssertOK(); | |||
| 1457 | setName(Name); | |||
| 1458 | } | |||
| 1459 | ||||
| 1460 | LoadInst::LoadInst(Type *Ty, Value *Ptr, const Twine &Name, bool isVolatile, | |||
| 1461 | Align Align, AtomicOrdering Order, SyncScope::ID SSID, | |||
| 1462 | BasicBlock *InsertAE) | |||
| 1463 | : UnaryInstruction(Ty, Load, Ptr, InsertAE) { | |||
| 1464 | assert(cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType())->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(Ty))((void)0); | |||
| 1465 | setVolatile(isVolatile); | |||
| 1466 | setAlignment(Align); | |||
| 1467 | setAtomic(Order, SSID); | |||
| 1468 | AssertOK(); | |||
| 1469 | setName(Name); | |||
| 1470 | } | |||
| 1471 | ||||
| 1472 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1473 | // StoreInst Implementation | |||
| 1474 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1475 | ||||
| 1476 | void StoreInst::AssertOK() { | |||
| 1477 | assert(getOperand(0) && getOperand(1) && "Both operands must be non-null!")((void)0); | |||
| 1478 | assert(getOperand(1)->getType()->isPointerTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 1479 | "Ptr must have pointer type!")((void)0); | |||
| 1480 | assert(cast<PointerType>(getOperand(1)->getType())((void)0) | |||
| 1481 | ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(getOperand(0)->getType()) &&((void)0) | |||
| 1482 | "Ptr must be a pointer to Val type!")((void)0); | |||
| 1483 | assert(!(isAtomic() && getAlignment() == 0) &&((void)0) | |||
| 1484 | "Alignment required for atomic store")((void)0); | |||
| 1485 | } | |||
| 1486 | ||||
| 1487 | StoreInst::StoreInst(Value *val, Value *addr, Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 1488 | : StoreInst(val, addr, /*isVolatile=*/false, InsertBefore) {} | |||
| 1489 | ||||
| 1490 | StoreInst::StoreInst(Value *val, Value *addr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 1491 | : StoreInst(val, addr, /*isVolatile=*/false, InsertAtEnd) {} | |||
| 1492 | ||||
| 1493 | StoreInst::StoreInst(Value *val, Value *addr, bool isVolatile, | |||
| 1494 | Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 1495 | : StoreInst(val, addr, isVolatile, | |||
| 1496 | computeLoadStoreDefaultAlign(val->getType(), InsertBefore), | |||
| 1497 | InsertBefore) {} | |||
| 1498 | ||||
| 1499 | StoreInst::StoreInst(Value *val, Value *addr, bool isVolatile, | |||
| 1500 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 1501 | : StoreInst(val, addr, isVolatile, | |||
| 1502 | computeLoadStoreDefaultAlign(val->getType(), InsertAtEnd), | |||
| 1503 | InsertAtEnd) {} | |||
| 1504 | ||||
| 1505 | StoreInst::StoreInst(Value *val, Value *addr, bool isVolatile, Align Align, | |||
| 1506 | Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 1507 | : StoreInst(val, addr, isVolatile, Align, AtomicOrdering::NotAtomic, | |||
| 1508 | SyncScope::System, InsertBefore) {} | |||
| 1509 | ||||
| 1510 | StoreInst::StoreInst(Value *val, Value *addr, bool isVolatile, Align Align, | |||
| 1511 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 1512 | : StoreInst(val, addr, isVolatile, Align, AtomicOrdering::NotAtomic, | |||
| 1513 | SyncScope::System, InsertAtEnd) {} | |||
| 1514 | ||||
| 1515 | StoreInst::StoreInst(Value *val, Value *addr, bool isVolatile, Align Align, | |||
| 1516 | AtomicOrdering Order, SyncScope::ID SSID, | |||
| 1517 | Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 1518 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(val->getContext()), Store, | |||
| 1519 | OperandTraits<StoreInst>::op_begin(this), | |||
| 1520 | OperandTraits<StoreInst>::operands(this), InsertBefore) { | |||
| 1521 | Op<0>() = val; | |||
| 1522 | Op<1>() = addr; | |||
| 1523 | setVolatile(isVolatile); | |||
| 1524 | setAlignment(Align); | |||
| 1525 | setAtomic(Order, SSID); | |||
| 1526 | AssertOK(); | |||
| 1527 | } | |||
| 1528 | ||||
| 1529 | StoreInst::StoreInst(Value *val, Value *addr, bool isVolatile, Align Align, | |||
| 1530 | AtomicOrdering Order, SyncScope::ID SSID, | |||
| 1531 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 1532 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(val->getContext()), Store, | |||
| 1533 | OperandTraits<StoreInst>::op_begin(this), | |||
| 1534 | OperandTraits<StoreInst>::operands(this), InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 1535 | Op<0>() = val; | |||
| 1536 | Op<1>() = addr; | |||
| 1537 | setVolatile(isVolatile); | |||
| 1538 | setAlignment(Align); | |||
| 1539 | setAtomic(Order, SSID); | |||
| 1540 | AssertOK(); | |||
| 1541 | } | |||
| 1542 | ||||
| 1543 | ||||
| 1544 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1545 | // AtomicCmpXchgInst Implementation | |||
| 1546 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1547 | ||||
| 1548 | void AtomicCmpXchgInst::Init(Value *Ptr, Value *Cmp, Value *NewVal, | |||
| 1549 | Align Alignment, AtomicOrdering SuccessOrdering, | |||
| 1550 | AtomicOrdering FailureOrdering, | |||
| 1551 | SyncScope::ID SSID) { | |||
| 1552 | Op<0>() = Ptr; | |||
| 1553 | Op<1>() = Cmp; | |||
| 1554 | Op<2>() = NewVal; | |||
| 1555 | setSuccessOrdering(SuccessOrdering); | |||
| 1556 | setFailureOrdering(FailureOrdering); | |||
| 1557 | setSyncScopeID(SSID); | |||
| 1558 | setAlignment(Alignment); | |||
| 1559 | ||||
| 1560 | assert(getOperand(0) && getOperand(1) && getOperand(2) &&((void)0) | |||
| 1561 | "All operands must be non-null!")((void)0); | |||
| 1562 | assert(getOperand(0)->getType()->isPointerTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 1563 | "Ptr must have pointer type!")((void)0); | |||
| 1564 | assert(cast<PointerType>(getOperand(0)->getType())((void)0) | |||
| 1565 | ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(getOperand(1)->getType()) &&((void)0) | |||
| 1566 | "Ptr must be a pointer to Cmp type!")((void)0); | |||
| 1567 | assert(cast<PointerType>(getOperand(0)->getType())((void)0) | |||
| 1568 | ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(getOperand(2)->getType()) &&((void)0) | |||
| 1569 | "Ptr must be a pointer to NewVal type!")((void)0); | |||
| 1570 | assert(getOperand(1)->getType() == getOperand(2)->getType() &&((void)0) | |||
| 1571 | "Cmp type and NewVal type must be same!")((void)0); | |||
| 1572 | } | |||
| 1573 | ||||
| 1574 | AtomicCmpXchgInst::AtomicCmpXchgInst(Value *Ptr, Value *Cmp, Value *NewVal, | |||
| 1575 | Align Alignment, | |||
| 1576 | AtomicOrdering SuccessOrdering, | |||
| 1577 | AtomicOrdering FailureOrdering, | |||
| 1578 | SyncScope::ID SSID, | |||
| 1579 | Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 1580 | : Instruction( | |||
| 1581 | StructType::get(Cmp->getType(), Type::getInt1Ty(Cmp->getContext())), | |||
| 1582 | AtomicCmpXchg, OperandTraits<AtomicCmpXchgInst>::op_begin(this), | |||
| 1583 | OperandTraits<AtomicCmpXchgInst>::operands(this), InsertBefore) { | |||
| 1584 | Init(Ptr, Cmp, NewVal, Alignment, SuccessOrdering, FailureOrdering, SSID); | |||
| 1585 | } | |||
| 1586 | ||||
| 1587 | AtomicCmpXchgInst::AtomicCmpXchgInst(Value *Ptr, Value *Cmp, Value *NewVal, | |||
| 1588 | Align Alignment, | |||
| 1589 | AtomicOrdering SuccessOrdering, | |||
| 1590 | AtomicOrdering FailureOrdering, | |||
| 1591 | SyncScope::ID SSID, | |||
| 1592 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 1593 | : Instruction( | |||
| 1594 | StructType::get(Cmp->getType(), Type::getInt1Ty(Cmp->getContext())), | |||
| 1595 | AtomicCmpXchg, OperandTraits<AtomicCmpXchgInst>::op_begin(this), | |||
| 1596 | OperandTraits<AtomicCmpXchgInst>::operands(this), InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 1597 | Init(Ptr, Cmp, NewVal, Alignment, SuccessOrdering, FailureOrdering, SSID); | |||
| 1598 | } | |||
| 1599 | ||||
| 1600 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1601 | // AtomicRMWInst Implementation | |||
| 1602 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1603 | ||||
| 1604 | void AtomicRMWInst::Init(BinOp Operation, Value *Ptr, Value *Val, | |||
| 1605 | Align Alignment, AtomicOrdering Ordering, | |||
| 1606 | SyncScope::ID SSID) { | |||
| 1607 | Op<0>() = Ptr; | |||
| 1608 | Op<1>() = Val; | |||
| 1609 | setOperation(Operation); | |||
| 1610 | setOrdering(Ordering); | |||
| 1611 | setSyncScopeID(SSID); | |||
| 1612 | setAlignment(Alignment); | |||
| 1613 | ||||
| 1614 | assert(getOperand(0) && getOperand(1) &&((void)0) | |||
| 1615 | "All operands must be non-null!")((void)0); | |||
| 1616 | assert(getOperand(0)->getType()->isPointerTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 1617 | "Ptr must have pointer type!")((void)0); | |||
| 1618 | assert(cast<PointerType>(getOperand(0)->getType())((void)0) | |||
| 1619 | ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(getOperand(1)->getType()) &&((void)0) | |||
| 1620 | "Ptr must be a pointer to Val type!")((void)0); | |||
| 1621 | assert(Ordering != AtomicOrdering::NotAtomic &&((void)0) | |||
| 1622 | "AtomicRMW instructions must be atomic!")((void)0); | |||
| 1623 | } | |||
| 1624 | ||||
| 1625 | AtomicRMWInst::AtomicRMWInst(BinOp Operation, Value *Ptr, Value *Val, | |||
| 1626 | Align Alignment, AtomicOrdering Ordering, | |||
| 1627 | SyncScope::ID SSID, Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 1628 | : Instruction(Val->getType(), AtomicRMW, | |||
| 1629 | OperandTraits<AtomicRMWInst>::op_begin(this), | |||
| 1630 | OperandTraits<AtomicRMWInst>::operands(this), InsertBefore) { | |||
| 1631 | Init(Operation, Ptr, Val, Alignment, Ordering, SSID); | |||
| 1632 | } | |||
| 1633 | ||||
| 1634 | AtomicRMWInst::AtomicRMWInst(BinOp Operation, Value *Ptr, Value *Val, | |||
| 1635 | Align Alignment, AtomicOrdering Ordering, | |||
| 1636 | SyncScope::ID SSID, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 1637 | : Instruction(Val->getType(), AtomicRMW, | |||
| 1638 | OperandTraits<AtomicRMWInst>::op_begin(this), | |||
| 1639 | OperandTraits<AtomicRMWInst>::operands(this), InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 1640 | Init(Operation, Ptr, Val, Alignment, Ordering, SSID); | |||
| 1641 | } | |||
| 1642 | ||||
| 1643 | StringRef AtomicRMWInst::getOperationName(BinOp Op) { | |||
| 1644 | switch (Op) { | |||
| 1645 | case AtomicRMWInst::Xchg: | |||
| 1646 | return "xchg"; | |||
| 1647 | case AtomicRMWInst::Add: | |||
| 1648 | return "add"; | |||
| 1649 | case AtomicRMWInst::Sub: | |||
| 1650 | return "sub"; | |||
| 1651 | case AtomicRMWInst::And: | |||
| 1652 | return "and"; | |||
| 1653 | case AtomicRMWInst::Nand: | |||
| 1654 | return "nand"; | |||
| 1655 | case AtomicRMWInst::Or: | |||
| 1656 | return "or"; | |||
| 1657 | case AtomicRMWInst::Xor: | |||
| 1658 | return "xor"; | |||
| 1659 | case AtomicRMWInst::Max: | |||
| 1660 | return "max"; | |||
| 1661 | case AtomicRMWInst::Min: | |||
| 1662 | return "min"; | |||
| 1663 | case AtomicRMWInst::UMax: | |||
| 1664 | return "umax"; | |||
| 1665 | case AtomicRMWInst::UMin: | |||
| 1666 | return "umin"; | |||
| 1667 | case AtomicRMWInst::FAdd: | |||
| 1668 | return "fadd"; | |||
| 1669 | case AtomicRMWInst::FSub: | |||
| 1670 | return "fsub"; | |||
| 1671 | case AtomicRMWInst::BAD_BINOP: | |||
| 1672 | return "<invalid operation>"; | |||
| 1673 | } | |||
| 1674 | ||||
| 1675 | llvm_unreachable("invalid atomicrmw operation")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 1676 | } | |||
| 1677 | ||||
| 1678 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1679 | // FenceInst Implementation | |||
| 1680 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1681 | ||||
| 1682 | FenceInst::FenceInst(LLVMContext &C, AtomicOrdering Ordering, | |||
| 1683 | SyncScope::ID SSID, | |||
| 1684 | Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 1685 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(C), Fence, nullptr, 0, InsertBefore) { | |||
| 1686 | setOrdering(Ordering); | |||
| 1687 | setSyncScopeID(SSID); | |||
| 1688 | } | |||
| 1689 | ||||
| 1690 | FenceInst::FenceInst(LLVMContext &C, AtomicOrdering Ordering, | |||
| 1691 | SyncScope::ID SSID, | |||
| 1692 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 1693 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(C), Fence, nullptr, 0, InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 1694 | setOrdering(Ordering); | |||
| 1695 | setSyncScopeID(SSID); | |||
| 1696 | } | |||
| 1697 | ||||
| 1698 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1699 | // GetElementPtrInst Implementation | |||
| 1700 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1701 | ||||
| 1702 | void GetElementPtrInst::init(Value *Ptr, ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList, | |||
| 1703 | const Twine &Name) { | |||
| 1704 | assert(getNumOperands() == 1 + IdxList.size() &&((void)0) | |||
| 1705 | "NumOperands not initialized?")((void)0); | |||
| 1706 | Op<0>() = Ptr; | |||
| 1707 | llvm::copy(IdxList, op_begin() + 1); | |||
| 1708 | setName(Name); | |||
| 1709 | } | |||
| 1710 | ||||
| 1711 | GetElementPtrInst::GetElementPtrInst(const GetElementPtrInst &GEPI) | |||
| 1712 | : Instruction(GEPI.getType(), GetElementPtr, | |||
| 1713 | OperandTraits<GetElementPtrInst>::op_end(this) - | |||
| 1714 | GEPI.getNumOperands(), | |||
| 1715 | GEPI.getNumOperands()), | |||
| 1716 | SourceElementType(GEPI.SourceElementType), | |||
| 1717 | ResultElementType(GEPI.ResultElementType) { | |||
| 1718 | std::copy(GEPI.op_begin(), GEPI.op_end(), op_begin()); | |||
| 1719 | SubclassOptionalData = GEPI.SubclassOptionalData; | |||
| 1720 | } | |||
| 1721 | ||||
| 1722 | Type *GetElementPtrInst::getTypeAtIndex(Type *Ty, Value *Idx) { | |||
| 1723 | if (auto *Struct = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) { | |||
| 1724 | if (!Struct->indexValid(Idx)) | |||
| 1725 | return nullptr; | |||
| 1726 | return Struct->getTypeAtIndex(Idx); | |||
| 1727 | } | |||
| 1728 | if (!Idx->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy()) | |||
| 1729 | return nullptr; | |||
| 1730 | if (auto *Array = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) | |||
| 1731 | return Array->getElementType(); | |||
| 1732 | if (auto *Vector = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) | |||
| 1733 | return Vector->getElementType(); | |||
| 1734 | return nullptr; | |||
| 1735 | } | |||
| 1736 | ||||
| 1737 | Type *GetElementPtrInst::getTypeAtIndex(Type *Ty, uint64_t Idx) { | |||
| 1738 | if (auto *Struct = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) { | |||
| 1739 | if (Idx >= Struct->getNumElements()) | |||
| 1740 | return nullptr; | |||
| 1741 | return Struct->getElementType(Idx); | |||
| 1742 | } | |||
| 1743 | if (auto *Array = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) | |||
| 1744 | return Array->getElementType(); | |||
| 1745 | if (auto *Vector = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) | |||
| 1746 | return Vector->getElementType(); | |||
| 1747 | return nullptr; | |||
| 1748 | } | |||
| 1749 | ||||
| 1750 | template <typename IndexTy> | |||
| 1751 | static Type *getIndexedTypeInternal(Type *Ty, ArrayRef<IndexTy> IdxList) { | |||
| 1752 | if (IdxList.empty()) | |||
| 1753 | return Ty; | |||
| 1754 | for (IndexTy V : IdxList.slice(1)) { | |||
| 1755 | Ty = GetElementPtrInst::getTypeAtIndex(Ty, V); | |||
| 1756 | if (!Ty) | |||
| 1757 | return Ty; | |||
| 1758 | } | |||
| 1759 | return Ty; | |||
| 1760 | } | |||
| 1761 | ||||
| 1762 | Type *GetElementPtrInst::getIndexedType(Type *Ty, ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList) { | |||
| 1763 | return getIndexedTypeInternal(Ty, IdxList); | |||
| 1764 | } | |||
| 1765 | ||||
| 1766 | Type *GetElementPtrInst::getIndexedType(Type *Ty, | |||
| 1767 | ArrayRef<Constant *> IdxList) { | |||
| 1768 | return getIndexedTypeInternal(Ty, IdxList); | |||
| 1769 | } | |||
| 1770 | ||||
| 1771 | Type *GetElementPtrInst::getIndexedType(Type *Ty, ArrayRef<uint64_t> IdxList) { | |||
| 1772 | return getIndexedTypeInternal(Ty, IdxList); | |||
| 1773 | } | |||
| 1774 | ||||
| 1775 | /// hasAllZeroIndices - Return true if all of the indices of this GEP are | |||
| 1776 | /// zeros. If so, the result pointer and the first operand have the same | |||
| 1777 | /// value, just potentially different types. | |||
| 1778 | bool GetElementPtrInst::hasAllZeroIndices() const { | |||
| 1779 | for (unsigned i = 1, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { | |||
| 1780 | if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(getOperand(i))) { | |||
| 1781 | if (!CI->isZero()) return false; | |||
| 1782 | } else { | |||
| 1783 | return false; | |||
| 1784 | } | |||
| 1785 | } | |||
| 1786 | return true; | |||
| 1787 | } | |||
| 1788 | ||||
| 1789 | /// hasAllConstantIndices - Return true if all of the indices of this GEP are | |||
| 1790 | /// constant integers. If so, the result pointer and the first operand have | |||
| 1791 | /// a constant offset between them. | |||
| 1792 | bool GetElementPtrInst::hasAllConstantIndices() const { | |||
| 1793 | for (unsigned i = 1, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { | |||
| 1794 | if (!isa<ConstantInt>(getOperand(i))) | |||
| 1795 | return false; | |||
| 1796 | } | |||
| 1797 | return true; | |||
| 1798 | } | |||
| 1799 | ||||
| 1800 | void GetElementPtrInst::setIsInBounds(bool B) { | |||
| 1801 | cast<GEPOperator>(this)->setIsInBounds(B); | |||
| 1802 | } | |||
| 1803 | ||||
| 1804 | bool GetElementPtrInst::isInBounds() const { | |||
| 1805 | return cast<GEPOperator>(this)->isInBounds(); | |||
| 1806 | } | |||
| 1807 | ||||
| 1808 | bool GetElementPtrInst::accumulateConstantOffset(const DataLayout &DL, | |||
| 1809 | APInt &Offset) const { | |||
| 1810 | // Delegate to the generic GEPOperator implementation. | |||
| 1811 | return cast<GEPOperator>(this)->accumulateConstantOffset(DL, Offset); | |||
| 1812 | } | |||
| 1813 | ||||
| 1814 | bool GetElementPtrInst::collectOffset( | |||
| 1815 | const DataLayout &DL, unsigned BitWidth, | |||
| 1816 | MapVector<Value *, APInt> &VariableOffsets, | |||
| 1817 | APInt &ConstantOffset) const { | |||
| 1818 | // Delegate to the generic GEPOperator implementation. | |||
| 1819 | return cast<GEPOperator>(this)->collectOffset(DL, BitWidth, VariableOffsets, | |||
| 1820 | ConstantOffset); | |||
| 1821 | } | |||
| 1822 | ||||
| 1823 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1824 | // ExtractElementInst Implementation | |||
| 1825 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1826 | ||||
| 1827 | ExtractElementInst::ExtractElementInst(Value *Val, Value *Index, | |||
| 1828 | const Twine &Name, | |||
| 1829 | Instruction *InsertBef) | |||
| 1830 | : Instruction(cast<VectorType>(Val->getType())->getElementType(), | |||
| 1831 | ExtractElement, | |||
| 1832 | OperandTraits<ExtractElementInst>::op_begin(this), | |||
| 1833 | 2, InsertBef) { | |||
| 1834 | assert(isValidOperands(Val, Index) &&((void)0) | |||
| 1835 | "Invalid extractelement instruction operands!")((void)0); | |||
| 1836 | Op<0>() = Val; | |||
| 1837 | Op<1>() = Index; | |||
| 1838 | setName(Name); | |||
| 1839 | } | |||
| 1840 | ||||
| 1841 | ExtractElementInst::ExtractElementInst(Value *Val, Value *Index, | |||
| 1842 | const Twine &Name, | |||
| 1843 | BasicBlock *InsertAE) | |||
| 1844 | : Instruction(cast<VectorType>(Val->getType())->getElementType(), | |||
| 1845 | ExtractElement, | |||
| 1846 | OperandTraits<ExtractElementInst>::op_begin(this), | |||
| 1847 | 2, InsertAE) { | |||
| 1848 | assert(isValidOperands(Val, Index) &&((void)0) | |||
| 1849 | "Invalid extractelement instruction operands!")((void)0); | |||
| 1850 | ||||
| 1851 | Op<0>() = Val; | |||
| 1852 | Op<1>() = Index; | |||
| 1853 | setName(Name); | |||
| 1854 | } | |||
| 1855 | ||||
| 1856 | bool ExtractElementInst::isValidOperands(const Value *Val, const Value *Index) { | |||
| 1857 | if (!Val->getType()->isVectorTy() || !Index->getType()->isIntegerTy()) | |||
| 1858 | return false; | |||
| 1859 | return true; | |||
| 1860 | } | |||
| 1861 | ||||
| 1862 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1863 | // InsertElementInst Implementation | |||
| 1864 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1865 | ||||
| 1866 | InsertElementInst::InsertElementInst(Value *Vec, Value *Elt, Value *Index, | |||
| 1867 | const Twine &Name, | |||
| 1868 | Instruction *InsertBef) | |||
| 1869 | : Instruction(Vec->getType(), InsertElement, | |||
| 1870 | OperandTraits<InsertElementInst>::op_begin(this), | |||
| 1871 | 3, InsertBef) { | |||
| 1872 | assert(isValidOperands(Vec, Elt, Index) &&((void)0) | |||
| 1873 | "Invalid insertelement instruction operands!")((void)0); | |||
| 1874 | Op<0>() = Vec; | |||
| 1875 | Op<1>() = Elt; | |||
| 1876 | Op<2>() = Index; | |||
| 1877 | setName(Name); | |||
| 1878 | } | |||
| 1879 | ||||
| 1880 | InsertElementInst::InsertElementInst(Value *Vec, Value *Elt, Value *Index, | |||
| 1881 | const Twine &Name, | |||
| 1882 | BasicBlock *InsertAE) | |||
| 1883 | : Instruction(Vec->getType(), InsertElement, | |||
| 1884 | OperandTraits<InsertElementInst>::op_begin(this), | |||
| 1885 | 3, InsertAE) { | |||
| 1886 | assert(isValidOperands(Vec, Elt, Index) &&((void)0) | |||
| 1887 | "Invalid insertelement instruction operands!")((void)0); | |||
| 1888 | ||||
| 1889 | Op<0>() = Vec; | |||
| 1890 | Op<1>() = Elt; | |||
| 1891 | Op<2>() = Index; | |||
| 1892 | setName(Name); | |||
| 1893 | } | |||
| 1894 | ||||
| 1895 | bool InsertElementInst::isValidOperands(const Value *Vec, const Value *Elt, | |||
| 1896 | const Value *Index) { | |||
| 1897 | if (!Vec->getType()->isVectorTy()) | |||
| 1898 | return false; // First operand of insertelement must be vector type. | |||
| 1899 | ||||
| 1900 | if (Elt->getType() != cast<VectorType>(Vec->getType())->getElementType()) | |||
| 1901 | return false;// Second operand of insertelement must be vector element type. | |||
| 1902 | ||||
| 1903 | if (!Index->getType()->isIntegerTy()) | |||
| 1904 | return false; // Third operand of insertelement must be i32. | |||
| 1905 | return true; | |||
| 1906 | } | |||
| 1907 | ||||
| 1908 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1909 | // ShuffleVectorInst Implementation | |||
| 1910 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 1911 | ||||
| 1912 | ShuffleVectorInst::ShuffleVectorInst(Value *V1, Value *V2, Value *Mask, | |||
| 1913 | const Twine &Name, | |||
| 1914 | Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 1915 | : Instruction( | |||
| 1916 | VectorType::get(cast<VectorType>(V1->getType())->getElementType(), | |||
| 1917 | cast<VectorType>(Mask->getType())->getElementCount()), | |||
| 1918 | ShuffleVector, OperandTraits<ShuffleVectorInst>::op_begin(this), | |||
| 1919 | OperandTraits<ShuffleVectorInst>::operands(this), InsertBefore) { | |||
| 1920 | assert(isValidOperands(V1, V2, Mask) &&((void)0) | |||
| 1921 | "Invalid shuffle vector instruction operands!")((void)0); | |||
| 1922 | ||||
| 1923 | Op<0>() = V1; | |||
| 1924 | Op<1>() = V2; | |||
| 1925 | SmallVector<int, 16> MaskArr; | |||
| 1926 | getShuffleMask(cast<Constant>(Mask), MaskArr); | |||
| 1927 | setShuffleMask(MaskArr); | |||
| 1928 | setName(Name); | |||
| 1929 | } | |||
| 1930 | ||||
| 1931 | ShuffleVectorInst::ShuffleVectorInst(Value *V1, Value *V2, Value *Mask, | |||
| 1932 | const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 1933 | : Instruction( | |||
| 1934 | VectorType::get(cast<VectorType>(V1->getType())->getElementType(), | |||
| 1935 | cast<VectorType>(Mask->getType())->getElementCount()), | |||
| 1936 | ShuffleVector, OperandTraits<ShuffleVectorInst>::op_begin(this), | |||
| 1937 | OperandTraits<ShuffleVectorInst>::operands(this), InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 1938 | assert(isValidOperands(V1, V2, Mask) &&((void)0) | |||
| 1939 | "Invalid shuffle vector instruction operands!")((void)0); | |||
| 1940 | ||||
| 1941 | Op<0>() = V1; | |||
| 1942 | Op<1>() = V2; | |||
| 1943 | SmallVector<int, 16> MaskArr; | |||
| 1944 | getShuffleMask(cast<Constant>(Mask), MaskArr); | |||
| 1945 | setShuffleMask(MaskArr); | |||
| 1946 | setName(Name); | |||
| 1947 | } | |||
| 1948 | ||||
| 1949 | ShuffleVectorInst::ShuffleVectorInst(Value *V1, Value *V2, ArrayRef<int> Mask, | |||
| 1950 | const Twine &Name, | |||
| 1951 | Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 1952 | : Instruction( | |||
| 1953 | VectorType::get(cast<VectorType>(V1->getType())->getElementType(), | |||
| 1954 | Mask.size(), isa<ScalableVectorType>(V1->getType())), | |||
| 1955 | ShuffleVector, OperandTraits<ShuffleVectorInst>::op_begin(this), | |||
| 1956 | OperandTraits<ShuffleVectorInst>::operands(this), InsertBefore) { | |||
| 1957 | assert(isValidOperands(V1, V2, Mask) &&((void)0) | |||
| 1958 | "Invalid shuffle vector instruction operands!")((void)0); | |||
| 1959 | Op<0>() = V1; | |||
| 1960 | Op<1>() = V2; | |||
| 1961 | setShuffleMask(Mask); | |||
| 1962 | setName(Name); | |||
| 1963 | } | |||
| 1964 | ||||
| 1965 | ShuffleVectorInst::ShuffleVectorInst(Value *V1, Value *V2, ArrayRef<int> Mask, | |||
| 1966 | const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 1967 | : Instruction( | |||
| 1968 | VectorType::get(cast<VectorType>(V1->getType())->getElementType(), | |||
| 1969 | Mask.size(), isa<ScalableVectorType>(V1->getType())), | |||
| 1970 | ShuffleVector, OperandTraits<ShuffleVectorInst>::op_begin(this), | |||
| 1971 | OperandTraits<ShuffleVectorInst>::operands(this), InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 1972 | assert(isValidOperands(V1, V2, Mask) &&((void)0) | |||
| 1973 | "Invalid shuffle vector instruction operands!")((void)0); | |||
| 1974 | ||||
| 1975 | Op<0>() = V1; | |||
| 1976 | Op<1>() = V2; | |||
| 1977 | setShuffleMask(Mask); | |||
| 1978 | setName(Name); | |||
| 1979 | } | |||
| 1980 | ||||
| 1981 | void ShuffleVectorInst::commute() { | |||
| 1982 | int NumOpElts = cast<FixedVectorType>(Op<0>()->getType())->getNumElements(); | |||
| 1983 | int NumMaskElts = ShuffleMask.size(); | |||
| 1984 | SmallVector<int, 16> NewMask(NumMaskElts); | |||
| 1985 | for (int i = 0; i != NumMaskElts; ++i) { | |||
| 1986 | int MaskElt = getMaskValue(i); | |||
| 1987 | if (MaskElt == UndefMaskElem) { | |||
| 1988 | NewMask[i] = UndefMaskElem; | |||
| 1989 | continue; | |||
| 1990 | } | |||
| 1991 | assert(MaskElt >= 0 && MaskElt < 2 * NumOpElts && "Out-of-range mask")((void)0); | |||
| 1992 | MaskElt = (MaskElt < NumOpElts) ? MaskElt + NumOpElts : MaskElt - NumOpElts; | |||
| 1993 | NewMask[i] = MaskElt; | |||
| 1994 | } | |||
| 1995 | setShuffleMask(NewMask); | |||
| 1996 | Op<0>().swap(Op<1>()); | |||
| 1997 | } | |||
| 1998 | ||||
| 1999 | bool ShuffleVectorInst::isValidOperands(const Value *V1, const Value *V2, | |||
| 2000 | ArrayRef<int> Mask) { | |||
| 2001 | // V1 and V2 must be vectors of the same type. | |||
| 2002 | if (!isa<VectorType>(V1->getType()) || V1->getType() != V2->getType()) | |||
| 2003 | return false; | |||
| 2004 | ||||
| 2005 | // Make sure the mask elements make sense. | |||
| 2006 | int V1Size = | |||
| 2007 | cast<VectorType>(V1->getType())->getElementCount().getKnownMinValue(); | |||
| 2008 | for (int Elem : Mask) | |||
| 2009 | if (Elem != UndefMaskElem && Elem >= V1Size * 2) | |||
| 2010 | return false; | |||
| 2011 | ||||
| 2012 | if (isa<ScalableVectorType>(V1->getType())) | |||
| 2013 | if ((Mask[0] != 0 && Mask[0] != UndefMaskElem) || !is_splat(Mask)) | |||
| 2014 | return false; | |||
| 2015 | ||||
| 2016 | return true; | |||
| 2017 | } | |||
| 2018 | ||||
| 2019 | bool ShuffleVectorInst::isValidOperands(const Value *V1, const Value *V2, | |||
| 2020 | const Value *Mask) { | |||
| 2021 | // V1 and V2 must be vectors of the same type. | |||
| 2022 | if (!V1->getType()->isVectorTy() || V1->getType() != V2->getType()) | |||
| 2023 | return false; | |||
| 2024 | ||||
| 2025 | // Mask must be vector of i32, and must be the same kind of vector as the | |||
| 2026 | // input vectors | |||
| 2027 | auto *MaskTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Mask->getType()); | |||
| 2028 | if (!MaskTy || !MaskTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy(32) || | |||
| 2029 | isa<ScalableVectorType>(MaskTy) != isa<ScalableVectorType>(V1->getType())) | |||
| 2030 | return false; | |||
| 2031 | ||||
| 2032 | // Check to see if Mask is valid. | |||
| 2033 | if (isa<UndefValue>(Mask) || isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(Mask)) | |||
| 2034 | return true; | |||
| 2035 | ||||
| 2036 | if (const auto *MV = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(Mask)) { | |||
| 2037 | unsigned V1Size = cast<FixedVectorType>(V1->getType())->getNumElements(); | |||
| 2038 | for (Value *Op : MV->operands()) { | |||
| 2039 | if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op)) { | |||
| 2040 | if (CI->uge(V1Size*2)) | |||
| 2041 | return false; | |||
| 2042 | } else if (!isa<UndefValue>(Op)) { | |||
| 2043 | return false; | |||
| 2044 | } | |||
| 2045 | } | |||
| 2046 | return true; | |||
| 2047 | } | |||
| 2048 | ||||
| 2049 | if (const auto *CDS = dyn_cast<ConstantDataSequential>(Mask)) { | |||
| 2050 | unsigned V1Size = cast<FixedVectorType>(V1->getType())->getNumElements(); | |||
| 2051 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = cast<FixedVectorType>(MaskTy)->getNumElements(); | |||
| 2052 | i != e; ++i) | |||
| 2053 | if (CDS->getElementAsInteger(i) >= V1Size*2) | |||
| 2054 | return false; | |||
| 2055 | return true; | |||
| 2056 | } | |||
| 2057 | ||||
| 2058 | return false; | |||
| 2059 | } | |||
| 2060 | ||||
| 2061 | void ShuffleVectorInst::getShuffleMask(const Constant *Mask, | |||
| 2062 | SmallVectorImpl<int> &Result) { | |||
| 2063 | ElementCount EC = cast<VectorType>(Mask->getType())->getElementCount(); | |||
| 2064 | ||||
| 2065 | if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(Mask)) { | |||
| 2066 | Result.resize(EC.getKnownMinValue(), 0); | |||
| 2067 | return; | |||
| 2068 | } | |||
| 2069 | ||||
| 2070 | Result.reserve(EC.getKnownMinValue()); | |||
| 2071 | ||||
| 2072 | if (EC.isScalable()) { | |||
| 2073 | assert((isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(Mask) || isa<UndefValue>(Mask)) &&((void)0) | |||
| 2074 | "Scalable vector shuffle mask must be undef or zeroinitializer")((void)0); | |||
| 2075 | int MaskVal = isa<UndefValue>(Mask) ? -1 : 0; | |||
| 2076 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < EC.getKnownMinValue(); ++I) | |||
| 2077 | Result.emplace_back(MaskVal); | |||
| 2078 | return; | |||
| 2079 | } | |||
| 2080 | ||||
| 2081 | unsigned NumElts = EC.getKnownMinValue(); | |||
| 2082 | ||||
| 2083 | if (auto *CDS = dyn_cast<ConstantDataSequential>(Mask)) { | |||
| 2084 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) | |||
| 2085 | Result.push_back(CDS->getElementAsInteger(i)); | |||
| 2086 | return; | |||
| 2087 | } | |||
| 2088 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) { | |||
| 2089 | Constant *C = Mask->getAggregateElement(i); | |||
| 2090 | Result.push_back(isa<UndefValue>(C) ? -1 : | |||
| 2091 | cast<ConstantInt>(C)->getZExtValue()); | |||
| 2092 | } | |||
| 2093 | } | |||
| 2094 | ||||
| 2095 | void ShuffleVectorInst::setShuffleMask(ArrayRef<int> Mask) { | |||
| 2096 | ShuffleMask.assign(Mask.begin(), Mask.end()); | |||
| 2097 | ShuffleMaskForBitcode = convertShuffleMaskForBitcode(Mask, getType()); | |||
| 2098 | } | |||
| 2099 | ||||
| 2100 | Constant *ShuffleVectorInst::convertShuffleMaskForBitcode(ArrayRef<int> Mask, | |||
| 2101 | Type *ResultTy) { | |||
| 2102 | Type *Int32Ty = Type::getInt32Ty(ResultTy->getContext()); | |||
| 2103 | if (isa<ScalableVectorType>(ResultTy)) { | |||
| 2104 | assert(is_splat(Mask) && "Unexpected shuffle")((void)0); | |||
| 2105 | Type *VecTy = VectorType::get(Int32Ty, Mask.size(), true); | |||
| 2106 | if (Mask[0] == 0) | |||
| 2107 | return Constant::getNullValue(VecTy); | |||
| 2108 | return UndefValue::get(VecTy); | |||
| 2109 | } | |||
| 2110 | SmallVector<Constant *, 16> MaskConst; | |||
| 2111 | for (int Elem : Mask) { | |||
| 2112 | if (Elem == UndefMaskElem) | |||
| 2113 | MaskConst.push_back(UndefValue::get(Int32Ty)); | |||
| 2114 | else | |||
| 2115 | MaskConst.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Int32Ty, Elem)); | |||
| 2116 | } | |||
| 2117 | return ConstantVector::get(MaskConst); | |||
| 2118 | } | |||
| 2119 | ||||
| 2120 | static bool isSingleSourceMaskImpl(ArrayRef<int> Mask, int NumOpElts) { | |||
| 2121 | assert(!Mask.empty() && "Shuffle mask must contain elements")((void)0); | |||
| 2122 | bool UsesLHS = false; | |||
| 2123 | bool UsesRHS = false; | |||
| 2124 | for (int I : Mask) { | |||
| 2125 | if (I == -1) | |||
| 2126 | continue; | |||
| 2127 | assert(I >= 0 && I < (NumOpElts * 2) &&((void)0) | |||
| 2128 | "Out-of-bounds shuffle mask element")((void)0); | |||
| 2129 | UsesLHS |= (I < NumOpElts); | |||
| 2130 | UsesRHS |= (I >= NumOpElts); | |||
| 2131 | if (UsesLHS && UsesRHS) | |||
| 2132 | return false; | |||
| 2133 | } | |||
| 2134 | // Allow for degenerate case: completely undef mask means neither source is used. | |||
| 2135 | return UsesLHS || UsesRHS; | |||
| 2136 | } | |||
| 2137 | ||||
| 2138 | bool ShuffleVectorInst::isSingleSourceMask(ArrayRef<int> Mask) { | |||
| 2139 | // We don't have vector operand size information, so assume operands are the | |||
| 2140 | // same size as the mask. | |||
| 2141 | return isSingleSourceMaskImpl(Mask, Mask.size()); | |||
| 2142 | } | |||
| 2143 | ||||
| 2144 | static bool isIdentityMaskImpl(ArrayRef<int> Mask, int NumOpElts) { | |||
| 2145 | if (!isSingleSourceMaskImpl(Mask, NumOpElts)) | |||
| 2146 | return false; | |||
| 2147 | for (int i = 0, NumMaskElts = Mask.size(); i < NumMaskElts; ++i) { | |||
| 2148 | if (Mask[i] == -1) | |||
| 2149 | continue; | |||
| 2150 | if (Mask[i] != i && Mask[i] != (NumOpElts + i)) | |||
| 2151 | return false; | |||
| 2152 | } | |||
| 2153 | return true; | |||
| 2154 | } | |||
| 2155 | ||||
| 2156 | bool ShuffleVectorInst::isIdentityMask(ArrayRef<int> Mask) { | |||
| 2157 | // We don't have vector operand size information, so assume operands are the | |||
| 2158 | // same size as the mask. | |||
| 2159 | return isIdentityMaskImpl(Mask, Mask.size()); | |||
| 2160 | } | |||
| 2161 | ||||
| 2162 | bool ShuffleVectorInst::isReverseMask(ArrayRef<int> Mask) { | |||
| 2163 | if (!isSingleSourceMask(Mask)) | |||
| 2164 | return false; | |||
| 2165 | for (int i = 0, NumElts = Mask.size(); i < NumElts; ++i) { | |||
| 2166 | if (Mask[i] == -1) | |||
| 2167 | continue; | |||
| 2168 | if (Mask[i] != (NumElts - 1 - i) && Mask[i] != (NumElts + NumElts - 1 - i)) | |||
| 2169 | return false; | |||
| 2170 | } | |||
| 2171 | return true; | |||
| 2172 | } | |||
| 2173 | ||||
| 2174 | bool ShuffleVectorInst::isZeroEltSplatMask(ArrayRef<int> Mask) { | |||
| 2175 | if (!isSingleSourceMask(Mask)) | |||
| 2176 | return false; | |||
| 2177 | for (int i = 0, NumElts = Mask.size(); i < NumElts; ++i) { | |||
| 2178 | if (Mask[i] == -1) | |||
| 2179 | continue; | |||
| 2180 | if (Mask[i] != 0 && Mask[i] != NumElts) | |||
| 2181 | return false; | |||
| 2182 | } | |||
| 2183 | return true; | |||
| 2184 | } | |||
| 2185 | ||||
| 2186 | bool ShuffleVectorInst::isSelectMask(ArrayRef<int> Mask) { | |||
| 2187 | // Select is differentiated from identity. It requires using both sources. | |||
| 2188 | if (isSingleSourceMask(Mask)) | |||
| 2189 | return false; | |||
| 2190 | for (int i = 0, NumElts = Mask.size(); i < NumElts; ++i) { | |||
| 2191 | if (Mask[i] == -1) | |||
| 2192 | continue; | |||
| 2193 | if (Mask[i] != i && Mask[i] != (NumElts + i)) | |||
| 2194 | return false; | |||
| 2195 | } | |||
| 2196 | return true; | |||
| 2197 | } | |||
| 2198 | ||||
| 2199 | bool ShuffleVectorInst::isTransposeMask(ArrayRef<int> Mask) { | |||
| 2200 | // Example masks that will return true: | |||
| 2201 | // v1 = <a, b, c, d> | |||
| 2202 | // v2 = <e, f, g, h> | |||
| 2203 | // trn1 = shufflevector v1, v2 <0, 4, 2, 6> = <a, e, c, g> | |||
| 2204 | // trn2 = shufflevector v1, v2 <1, 5, 3, 7> = <b, f, d, h> | |||
| 2205 | ||||
| 2206 | // 1. The number of elements in the mask must be a power-of-2 and at least 2. | |||
| 2207 | int NumElts = Mask.size(); | |||
| 2208 | if (NumElts < 2 || !isPowerOf2_32(NumElts)) | |||
| 2209 | return false; | |||
| 2210 | ||||
| 2211 | // 2. The first element of the mask must be either a 0 or a 1. | |||
| 2212 | if (Mask[0] != 0 && Mask[0] != 1) | |||
| 2213 | return false; | |||
| 2214 | ||||
| 2215 | // 3. The difference between the first 2 elements must be equal to the | |||
| 2216 | // number of elements in the mask. | |||
| 2217 | if ((Mask[1] - Mask[0]) != NumElts) | |||
| 2218 | return false; | |||
| 2219 | ||||
| 2220 | // 4. The difference between consecutive even-numbered and odd-numbered | |||
| 2221 | // elements must be equal to 2. | |||
| 2222 | for (int i = 2; i < NumElts; ++i) { | |||
| 2223 | int MaskEltVal = Mask[i]; | |||
| 2224 | if (MaskEltVal == -1) | |||
| 2225 | return false; | |||
| 2226 | int MaskEltPrevVal = Mask[i - 2]; | |||
| 2227 | if (MaskEltVal - MaskEltPrevVal != 2) | |||
| 2228 | return false; | |||
| 2229 | } | |||
| 2230 | return true; | |||
| 2231 | } | |||
| 2232 | ||||
| 2233 | bool ShuffleVectorInst::isExtractSubvectorMask(ArrayRef<int> Mask, | |||
| 2234 | int NumSrcElts, int &Index) { | |||
| 2235 | // Must extract from a single source. | |||
| 2236 | if (!isSingleSourceMaskImpl(Mask, NumSrcElts)) | |||
| 2237 | return false; | |||
| 2238 | ||||
| 2239 | // Must be smaller (else this is an Identity shuffle). | |||
| 2240 | if (NumSrcElts <= (int)Mask.size()) | |||
| 2241 | return false; | |||
| 2242 | ||||
| 2243 | // Find start of extraction, accounting that we may start with an UNDEF. | |||
| 2244 | int SubIndex = -1; | |||
| 2245 | for (int i = 0, e = Mask.size(); i != e; ++i) { | |||
| 2246 | int M = Mask[i]; | |||
| 2247 | if (M < 0) | |||
| 2248 | continue; | |||
| 2249 | int Offset = (M % NumSrcElts) - i; | |||
| 2250 | if (0 <= SubIndex && SubIndex != Offset) | |||
| 2251 | return false; | |||
| 2252 | SubIndex = Offset; | |||
| 2253 | } | |||
| 2254 | ||||
| 2255 | if (0 <= SubIndex && SubIndex + (int)Mask.size() <= NumSrcElts) { | |||
| 2256 | Index = SubIndex; | |||
| 2257 | return true; | |||
| 2258 | } | |||
| 2259 | return false; | |||
| 2260 | } | |||
| 2261 | ||||
| 2262 | bool ShuffleVectorInst::isIdentityWithPadding() const { | |||
| 2263 | if (isa<UndefValue>(Op<2>())) | |||
| 2264 | return false; | |||
| 2265 | ||||
| 2266 | // FIXME: Not currently possible to express a shuffle mask for a scalable | |||
| 2267 | // vector for this case. | |||
| 2268 | if (isa<ScalableVectorType>(getType())) | |||
| 2269 | return false; | |||
| 2270 | ||||
| 2271 | int NumOpElts = cast<FixedVectorType>(Op<0>()->getType())->getNumElements(); | |||
| 2272 | int NumMaskElts = cast<FixedVectorType>(getType())->getNumElements(); | |||
| 2273 | if (NumMaskElts <= NumOpElts) | |||
| 2274 | return false; | |||
| 2275 | ||||
| 2276 | // The first part of the mask must choose elements from exactly 1 source op. | |||
| 2277 | ArrayRef<int> Mask = getShuffleMask(); | |||
| 2278 | if (!isIdentityMaskImpl(Mask, NumOpElts)) | |||
| 2279 | return false; | |||
| 2280 | ||||
| 2281 | // All extending must be with undef elements. | |||
| 2282 | for (int i = NumOpElts; i < NumMaskElts; ++i) | |||
| 2283 | if (Mask[i] != -1) | |||
| 2284 | return false; | |||
| 2285 | ||||
| 2286 | return true; | |||
| 2287 | } | |||
| 2288 | ||||
| 2289 | bool ShuffleVectorInst::isIdentityWithExtract() const { | |||
| 2290 | if (isa<UndefValue>(Op<2>())) | |||
| 2291 | return false; | |||
| 2292 | ||||
| 2293 | // FIXME: Not currently possible to express a shuffle mask for a scalable | |||
| 2294 | // vector for this case. | |||
| 2295 | if (isa<ScalableVectorType>(getType())) | |||
| 2296 | return false; | |||
| 2297 | ||||
| 2298 | int NumOpElts = cast<FixedVectorType>(Op<0>()->getType())->getNumElements(); | |||
| 2299 | int NumMaskElts = cast<FixedVectorType>(getType())->getNumElements(); | |||
| 2300 | if (NumMaskElts >= NumOpElts) | |||
| 2301 | return false; | |||
| 2302 | ||||
| 2303 | return isIdentityMaskImpl(getShuffleMask(), NumOpElts); | |||
| 2304 | } | |||
| 2305 | ||||
| 2306 | bool ShuffleVectorInst::isConcat() const { | |||
| 2307 | // Vector concatenation is differentiated from identity with padding. | |||
| 2308 | if (isa<UndefValue>(Op<0>()) || isa<UndefValue>(Op<1>()) || | |||
| 2309 | isa<UndefValue>(Op<2>())) | |||
| 2310 | return false; | |||
| 2311 | ||||
| 2312 | // FIXME: Not currently possible to express a shuffle mask for a scalable | |||
| 2313 | // vector for this case. | |||
| 2314 | if (isa<ScalableVectorType>(getType())) | |||
| 2315 | return false; | |||
| 2316 | ||||
| 2317 | int NumOpElts = cast<FixedVectorType>(Op<0>()->getType())->getNumElements(); | |||
| 2318 | int NumMaskElts = cast<FixedVectorType>(getType())->getNumElements(); | |||
| 2319 | if (NumMaskElts != NumOpElts * 2) | |||
| 2320 | return false; | |||
| 2321 | ||||
| 2322 | // Use the mask length rather than the operands' vector lengths here. We | |||
| 2323 | // already know that the shuffle returns a vector twice as long as the inputs, | |||
| 2324 | // and neither of the inputs are undef vectors. If the mask picks consecutive | |||
| 2325 | // elements from both inputs, then this is a concatenation of the inputs. | |||
| 2326 | return isIdentityMaskImpl(getShuffleMask(), NumMaskElts); | |||
| 2327 | } | |||
| 2328 | ||||
| 2329 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 2330 | // InsertValueInst Class | |||
| 2331 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 2332 | ||||
| 2333 | void InsertValueInst::init(Value *Agg, Value *Val, ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs, | |||
| 2334 | const Twine &Name) { | |||
| 2335 | assert(getNumOperands() == 2 && "NumOperands not initialized?")((void)0); | |||
| 2336 | ||||
| 2337 | // There's no fundamental reason why we require at least one index | |||
| 2338 | // (other than weirdness with &*IdxBegin being invalid; see | |||
| 2339 | // getelementptr's init routine for example). But there's no | |||
| 2340 | // present need to support it. | |||
| 2341 | assert(!Idxs.empty() && "InsertValueInst must have at least one index")((void)0); | |||
| 2342 | ||||
| 2343 | assert(ExtractValueInst::getIndexedType(Agg->getType(), Idxs) ==((void)0) | |||
| 2344 | Val->getType() && "Inserted value must match indexed type!")((void)0); | |||
| 2345 | Op<0>() = Agg; | |||
| 2346 | Op<1>() = Val; | |||
| 2347 | ||||
| 2348 | Indices.append(Idxs.begin(), Idxs.end()); | |||
| 2349 | setName(Name); | |||
| 2350 | } | |||
| 2351 | ||||
| 2352 | InsertValueInst::InsertValueInst(const InsertValueInst &IVI) | |||
| 2353 | : Instruction(IVI.getType(), InsertValue, | |||
| 2354 | OperandTraits<InsertValueInst>::op_begin(this), 2), | |||
| 2355 | Indices(IVI.Indices) { | |||
| 2356 | Op<0>() = IVI.getOperand(0); | |||
| 2357 | Op<1>() = IVI.getOperand(1); | |||
| 2358 | SubclassOptionalData = IVI.SubclassOptionalData; | |||
| 2359 | } | |||
| 2360 | ||||
| 2361 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 2362 | // ExtractValueInst Class | |||
| 2363 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 2364 | ||||
| 2365 | void ExtractValueInst::init(ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs, const Twine &Name) { | |||
| 2366 | assert(getNumOperands() == 1 && "NumOperands not initialized?")((void)0); | |||
| 2367 | ||||
| 2368 | // There's no fundamental reason why we require at least one index. | |||
| 2369 | // But there's no present need to support it. | |||
| 2370 | assert(!Idxs.empty() && "ExtractValueInst must have at least one index")((void)0); | |||
| 2371 | ||||
| 2372 | Indices.append(Idxs.begin(), Idxs.end()); | |||
| 2373 | setName(Name); | |||
| 2374 | } | |||
| 2375 | ||||
| 2376 | ExtractValueInst::ExtractValueInst(const ExtractValueInst &EVI) | |||
| 2377 | : UnaryInstruction(EVI.getType(), ExtractValue, EVI.getOperand(0)), | |||
| 2378 | Indices(EVI.Indices) { | |||
| 2379 | SubclassOptionalData = EVI.SubclassOptionalData; | |||
| 2380 | } | |||
| 2381 | ||||
| 2382 | // getIndexedType - Returns the type of the element that would be extracted | |||
| 2383 | // with an extractvalue instruction with the specified parameters. | |||
| 2384 | // | |||
| 2385 | // A null type is returned if the indices are invalid for the specified | |||
| 2386 | // pointer type. | |||
| 2387 | // | |||
| 2388 | Type *ExtractValueInst::getIndexedType(Type *Agg, | |||
| 2389 | ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs) { | |||
| 2390 | for (unsigned Index : Idxs) { | |||
| 2391 | // We can't use CompositeType::indexValid(Index) here. | |||
| 2392 | // indexValid() always returns true for arrays because getelementptr allows | |||
| 2393 | // out-of-bounds indices. Since we don't allow those for extractvalue and | |||
| 2394 | // insertvalue we need to check array indexing manually. | |||
| 2395 | // Since the only other types we can index into are struct types it's just | |||
| 2396 | // as easy to check those manually as well. | |||
| 2397 | if (ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Agg)) { | |||
| 2398 | if (Index >= AT->getNumElements()) | |||
| 2399 | return nullptr; | |||
| 2400 | Agg = AT->getElementType(); | |||
| 2401 | } else if (StructType *ST = dyn_cast<StructType>(Agg)) { | |||
| 2402 | if (Index >= ST->getNumElements()) | |||
| 2403 | return nullptr; | |||
| 2404 | Agg = ST->getElementType(Index); | |||
| 2405 | } else { | |||
| 2406 | // Not a valid type to index into. | |||
| 2407 | return nullptr; | |||
| 2408 | } | |||
| 2409 | } | |||
| 2410 | return const_cast<Type*>(Agg); | |||
| 2411 | } | |||
| 2412 | ||||
| 2413 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 2414 | // UnaryOperator Class | |||
| 2415 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 2416 | ||||
| 2417 | UnaryOperator::UnaryOperator(UnaryOps iType, Value *S, | |||
| 2418 | Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, | |||
| 2419 | Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 2420 | : UnaryInstruction(Ty, iType, S, InsertBefore) { | |||
| 2421 | Op<0>() = S; | |||
| 2422 | setName(Name); | |||
| 2423 | AssertOK(); | |||
| 2424 | } | |||
| 2425 | ||||
| 2426 | UnaryOperator::UnaryOperator(UnaryOps iType, Value *S, | |||
| 2427 | Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, | |||
| 2428 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 2429 | : UnaryInstruction(Ty, iType, S, InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 2430 | Op<0>() = S; | |||
| 2431 | setName(Name); | |||
| 2432 | AssertOK(); | |||
| 2433 | } | |||
| 2434 | ||||
| 2435 | UnaryOperator *UnaryOperator::Create(UnaryOps Op, Value *S, | |||
| 2436 | const Twine &Name, | |||
| 2437 | Instruction *InsertBefore) { | |||
| 2438 | return new UnaryOperator(Op, S, S->getType(), Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 2439 | } | |||
| 2440 | ||||
| 2441 | UnaryOperator *UnaryOperator::Create(UnaryOps Op, Value *S, | |||
| 2442 | const Twine &Name, | |||
| 2443 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 2444 | UnaryOperator *Res = Create(Op, S, Name); | |||
| 2445 | InsertAtEnd->getInstList().push_back(Res); | |||
| 2446 | return Res; | |||
| 2447 | } | |||
| 2448 | ||||
| 2449 | void UnaryOperator::AssertOK() { | |||
| 2450 | Value *LHS = getOperand(0); | |||
| 2451 | (void)LHS; // Silence warnings. | |||
| 2452 | #ifndef NDEBUG1 | |||
| 2453 | switch (getOpcode()) { | |||
| 2454 | case FNeg: | |||
| 2455 | assert(getType() == LHS->getType() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2456 | "Unary operation should return same type as operand!")((void)0); | |||
| 2457 | assert(getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2458 | "Tried to create a floating-point operation on a "((void)0) | |||
| 2459 | "non-floating-point type!")((void)0); | |||
| 2460 | break; | |||
| 2461 | default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid opcode provided")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 2462 | } | |||
| 2463 | #endif | |||
| 2464 | } | |||
| 2465 | ||||
| 2466 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 2467 | // BinaryOperator Class | |||
| 2468 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 2469 | ||||
| 2470 | BinaryOperator::BinaryOperator(BinaryOps iType, Value *S1, Value *S2, | |||
| 2471 | Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, | |||
| 2472 | Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 2473 | : Instruction(Ty, iType, | |||
| 2474 | OperandTraits<BinaryOperator>::op_begin(this), | |||
| 2475 | OperandTraits<BinaryOperator>::operands(this), | |||
| 2476 | InsertBefore) { | |||
| 2477 | Op<0>() = S1; | |||
| 2478 | Op<1>() = S2; | |||
| 2479 | setName(Name); | |||
| 2480 | AssertOK(); | |||
| 2481 | } | |||
| 2482 | ||||
| 2483 | BinaryOperator::BinaryOperator(BinaryOps iType, Value *S1, Value *S2, | |||
| 2484 | Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, | |||
| 2485 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 2486 | : Instruction(Ty, iType, | |||
| 2487 | OperandTraits<BinaryOperator>::op_begin(this), | |||
| 2488 | OperandTraits<BinaryOperator>::operands(this), | |||
| 2489 | InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 2490 | Op<0>() = S1; | |||
| 2491 | Op<1>() = S2; | |||
| 2492 | setName(Name); | |||
| 2493 | AssertOK(); | |||
| 2494 | } | |||
| 2495 | ||||
| 2496 | void BinaryOperator::AssertOK() { | |||
| 2497 | Value *LHS = getOperand(0), *RHS = getOperand(1); | |||
| 2498 | (void)LHS; (void)RHS; // Silence warnings. | |||
| 2499 | assert(LHS->getType() == RHS->getType() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2500 | "Binary operator operand types must match!")((void)0); | |||
| 2501 | #ifndef NDEBUG1 | |||
| 2502 | switch (getOpcode()) { | |||
| 2503 | case Add: case Sub: | |||
| 2504 | case Mul: | |||
| 2505 | assert(getType() == LHS->getType() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2506 | "Arithmetic operation should return same type as operands!")((void)0); | |||
| 2507 | assert(getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2508 | "Tried to create an integer operation on a non-integer type!")((void)0); | |||
| 2509 | break; | |||
| 2510 | case FAdd: case FSub: | |||
| 2511 | case FMul: | |||
| 2512 | assert(getType() == LHS->getType() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2513 | "Arithmetic operation should return same type as operands!")((void)0); | |||
| 2514 | assert(getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2515 | "Tried to create a floating-point operation on a "((void)0) | |||
| 2516 | "non-floating-point type!")((void)0); | |||
| 2517 | break; | |||
| 2518 | case UDiv: | |||
| 2519 | case SDiv: | |||
| 2520 | assert(getType() == LHS->getType() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2521 | "Arithmetic operation should return same type as operands!")((void)0); | |||
| 2522 | assert(getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2523 | "Incorrect operand type (not integer) for S/UDIV")((void)0); | |||
| 2524 | break; | |||
| 2525 | case FDiv: | |||
| 2526 | assert(getType() == LHS->getType() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2527 | "Arithmetic operation should return same type as operands!")((void)0); | |||
| 2528 | assert(getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2529 | "Incorrect operand type (not floating point) for FDIV")((void)0); | |||
| 2530 | break; | |||
| 2531 | case URem: | |||
| 2532 | case SRem: | |||
| 2533 | assert(getType() == LHS->getType() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2534 | "Arithmetic operation should return same type as operands!")((void)0); | |||
| 2535 | assert(getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2536 | "Incorrect operand type (not integer) for S/UREM")((void)0); | |||
| 2537 | break; | |||
| 2538 | case FRem: | |||
| 2539 | assert(getType() == LHS->getType() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2540 | "Arithmetic operation should return same type as operands!")((void)0); | |||
| 2541 | assert(getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2542 | "Incorrect operand type (not floating point) for FREM")((void)0); | |||
| 2543 | break; | |||
| 2544 | case Shl: | |||
| 2545 | case LShr: | |||
| 2546 | case AShr: | |||
| 2547 | assert(getType() == LHS->getType() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2548 | "Shift operation should return same type as operands!")((void)0); | |||
| 2549 | assert(getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2550 | "Tried to create a shift operation on a non-integral type!")((void)0); | |||
| 2551 | break; | |||
| 2552 | case And: case Or: | |||
| 2553 | case Xor: | |||
| 2554 | assert(getType() == LHS->getType() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2555 | "Logical operation should return same type as operands!")((void)0); | |||
| 2556 | assert(getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2557 | "Tried to create a logical operation on a non-integral type!")((void)0); | |||
| 2558 | break; | |||
| 2559 | default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid opcode provided")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 2560 | } | |||
| 2561 | #endif | |||
| 2562 | } | |||
| 2563 | ||||
| 2564 | BinaryOperator *BinaryOperator::Create(BinaryOps Op, Value *S1, Value *S2, | |||
| 2565 | const Twine &Name, | |||
| 2566 | Instruction *InsertBefore) { | |||
| 2567 | assert(S1->getType() == S2->getType() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2568 | "Cannot create binary operator with two operands of differing type!")((void)0); | |||
| 2569 | return new BinaryOperator(Op, S1, S2, S1->getType(), Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 2570 | } | |||
| 2571 | ||||
| 2572 | BinaryOperator *BinaryOperator::Create(BinaryOps Op, Value *S1, Value *S2, | |||
| 2573 | const Twine &Name, | |||
| 2574 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 2575 | BinaryOperator *Res = Create(Op, S1, S2, Name); | |||
| 2576 | InsertAtEnd->getInstList().push_back(Res); | |||
| 2577 | return Res; | |||
| 2578 | } | |||
| 2579 | ||||
| 2580 | BinaryOperator *BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(Value *Op, const Twine &Name, | |||
| 2581 | Instruction *InsertBefore) { | |||
| 2582 | Value *zero = ConstantFP::getZeroValueForNegation(Op->getType()); | |||
| 2583 | return new BinaryOperator(Instruction::Sub, | |||
| 2584 | zero, Op, | |||
| 2585 | Op->getType(), Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 2586 | } | |||
| 2587 | ||||
| 2588 | BinaryOperator *BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(Value *Op, const Twine &Name, | |||
| 2589 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 2590 | Value *zero = ConstantFP::getZeroValueForNegation(Op->getType()); | |||
| 2591 | return new BinaryOperator(Instruction::Sub, | |||
| 2592 | zero, Op, | |||
| 2593 | Op->getType(), Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 2594 | } | |||
| 2595 | ||||
| 2596 | BinaryOperator *BinaryOperator::CreateNSWNeg(Value *Op, const Twine &Name, | |||
| 2597 | Instruction *InsertBefore) { | |||
| 2598 | Value *zero = ConstantFP::getZeroValueForNegation(Op->getType()); | |||
| 2599 | return BinaryOperator::CreateNSWSub(zero, Op, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 2600 | } | |||
| 2601 | ||||
| 2602 | BinaryOperator *BinaryOperator::CreateNSWNeg(Value *Op, const Twine &Name, | |||
| 2603 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 2604 | Value *zero = ConstantFP::getZeroValueForNegation(Op->getType()); | |||
| 2605 | return BinaryOperator::CreateNSWSub(zero, Op, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 2606 | } | |||
| 2607 | ||||
| 2608 | BinaryOperator *BinaryOperator::CreateNUWNeg(Value *Op, const Twine &Name, | |||
| 2609 | Instruction *InsertBefore) { | |||
| 2610 | Value *zero = ConstantFP::getZeroValueForNegation(Op->getType()); | |||
| 2611 | return BinaryOperator::CreateNUWSub(zero, Op, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 2612 | } | |||
| 2613 | ||||
| 2614 | BinaryOperator *BinaryOperator::CreateNUWNeg(Value *Op, const Twine &Name, | |||
| 2615 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 2616 | Value *zero = ConstantFP::getZeroValueForNegation(Op->getType()); | |||
| 2617 | return BinaryOperator::CreateNUWSub(zero, Op, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 2618 | } | |||
| 2619 | ||||
| 2620 | BinaryOperator *BinaryOperator::CreateNot(Value *Op, const Twine &Name, | |||
| 2621 | Instruction *InsertBefore) { | |||
| 2622 | Constant *C = Constant::getAllOnesValue(Op->getType()); | |||
| 2623 | return new BinaryOperator(Instruction::Xor, Op, C, | |||
| 2624 | Op->getType(), Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 2625 | } | |||
| 2626 | ||||
| 2627 | BinaryOperator *BinaryOperator::CreateNot(Value *Op, const Twine &Name, | |||
| 2628 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 2629 | Constant *AllOnes = Constant::getAllOnesValue(Op->getType()); | |||
| 2630 | return new BinaryOperator(Instruction::Xor, Op, AllOnes, | |||
| 2631 | Op->getType(), Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 2632 | } | |||
| 2633 | ||||
| 2634 | // Exchange the two operands to this instruction. This instruction is safe to | |||
| 2635 | // use on any binary instruction and does not modify the semantics of the | |||
| 2636 | // instruction. If the instruction is order-dependent (SetLT f.e.), the opcode | |||
| 2637 | // is changed. | |||
| 2638 | bool BinaryOperator::swapOperands() { | |||
| 2639 | if (!isCommutative()) | |||
| 2640 | return true; // Can't commute operands | |||
| 2641 | Op<0>().swap(Op<1>()); | |||
| 2642 | return false; | |||
| 2643 | } | |||
| 2644 | ||||
| 2645 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 2646 | // FPMathOperator Class | |||
| 2647 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 2648 | ||||
| 2649 | float FPMathOperator::getFPAccuracy() const { | |||
| 2650 | const MDNode *MD = | |||
| 2651 | cast<Instruction>(this)->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_fpmath); | |||
| 2652 | if (!MD) | |||
| 2653 | return 0.0; | |||
| 2654 | ConstantFP *Accuracy = mdconst::extract<ConstantFP>(MD->getOperand(0)); | |||
| 2655 | return Accuracy->getValueAPF().convertToFloat(); | |||
| 2656 | } | |||
| 2657 | ||||
| 2658 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 2659 | // CastInst Class | |||
| 2660 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 2661 | ||||
| 2662 | // Just determine if this cast only deals with integral->integral conversion. | |||
| 2663 | bool CastInst::isIntegerCast() const { | |||
| 2664 | switch (getOpcode()) { | |||
| 2665 | default: return false; | |||
| 2666 | case Instruction::ZExt: | |||
| 2667 | case Instruction::SExt: | |||
| 2668 | case Instruction::Trunc: | |||
| 2669 | return true; | |||
| 2670 | case Instruction::BitCast: | |||
| 2671 | return getOperand(0)->getType()->isIntegerTy() && | |||
| 2672 | getType()->isIntegerTy(); | |||
| 2673 | } | |||
| 2674 | } | |||
| 2675 | ||||
| 2676 | bool CastInst::isLosslessCast() const { | |||
| 2677 | // Only BitCast can be lossless, exit fast if we're not BitCast | |||
| 2678 | if (getOpcode() != Instruction::BitCast) | |||
| 2679 | return false; | |||
| 2680 | ||||
| 2681 | // Identity cast is always lossless | |||
| 2682 | Type *SrcTy = getOperand(0)->getType(); | |||
| 2683 | Type *DstTy = getType(); | |||
| 2684 | if (SrcTy == DstTy) | |||
| 2685 | return true; | |||
| 2686 | ||||
| 2687 | // Pointer to pointer is always lossless. | |||
| 2688 | if (SrcTy->isPointerTy()) | |||
| 2689 | return DstTy->isPointerTy(); | |||
| 2690 | return false; // Other types have no identity values | |||
| 2691 | } | |||
| 2692 | ||||
| 2693 | /// This function determines if the CastInst does not require any bits to be | |||
| 2694 | /// changed in order to effect the cast. Essentially, it identifies cases where | |||
| 2695 | /// no code gen is necessary for the cast, hence the name no-op cast. For | |||
| 2696 | /// example, the following are all no-op casts: | |||
| 2697 | /// # bitcast i32* %x to i8* | |||
| 2698 | /// # bitcast <2 x i32> %x to <4 x i16> | |||
| 2699 | /// # ptrtoint i32* %x to i32 ; on 32-bit plaforms only | |||
| 2700 | /// Determine if the described cast is a no-op. | |||
| 2701 | bool CastInst::isNoopCast(Instruction::CastOps Opcode, | |||
| 2702 | Type *SrcTy, | |||
| 2703 | Type *DestTy, | |||
| 2704 | const DataLayout &DL) { | |||
| 2705 | assert(castIsValid(Opcode, SrcTy, DestTy) && "method precondition")((void)0); | |||
| 2706 | switch (Opcode) { | |||
| 2707 | default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid CastOp")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 2708 | case Instruction::Trunc: | |||
| 2709 | case Instruction::ZExt: | |||
| 2710 | case Instruction::SExt: | |||
| 2711 | case Instruction::FPTrunc: | |||
| 2712 | case Instruction::FPExt: | |||
| 2713 | case Instruction::UIToFP: | |||
| 2714 | case Instruction::SIToFP: | |||
| 2715 | case Instruction::FPToUI: | |||
| 2716 | case Instruction::FPToSI: | |||
| 2717 | case Instruction::AddrSpaceCast: | |||
| 2718 | // TODO: Target informations may give a more accurate answer here. | |||
| 2719 | return false; | |||
| 2720 | case Instruction::BitCast: | |||
| 2721 | return true; // BitCast never modifies bits. | |||
| 2722 | case Instruction::PtrToInt: | |||
| 2723 | return DL.getIntPtrType(SrcTy)->getScalarSizeInBits() == | |||
| 2724 | DestTy->getScalarSizeInBits(); | |||
| 2725 | case Instruction::IntToPtr: | |||
| 2726 | return DL.getIntPtrType(DestTy)->getScalarSizeInBits() == | |||
| 2727 | SrcTy->getScalarSizeInBits(); | |||
| 2728 | } | |||
| 2729 | } | |||
| 2730 | ||||
| 2731 | bool CastInst::isNoopCast(const DataLayout &DL) const { | |||
| 2732 | return isNoopCast(getOpcode(), getOperand(0)->getType(), getType(), DL); | |||
| 2733 | } | |||
| 2734 | ||||
| 2735 | /// This function determines if a pair of casts can be eliminated and what | |||
| 2736 | /// opcode should be used in the elimination. This assumes that there are two | |||
| 2737 | /// instructions like this: | |||
| 2738 | /// * %F = firstOpcode SrcTy %x to MidTy | |||
| 2739 | /// * %S = secondOpcode MidTy %F to DstTy | |||
| 2740 | /// The function returns a resultOpcode so these two casts can be replaced with: | |||
| 2741 | /// * %Replacement = resultOpcode %SrcTy %x to DstTy | |||
| 2742 | /// If no such cast is permitted, the function returns 0. | |||
| 2743 | unsigned CastInst::isEliminableCastPair( | |||
| 2744 | Instruction::CastOps firstOp, Instruction::CastOps secondOp, | |||
| 2745 | Type *SrcTy, Type *MidTy, Type *DstTy, Type *SrcIntPtrTy, Type *MidIntPtrTy, | |||
| 2746 | Type *DstIntPtrTy) { | |||
| 2747 | // Define the 144 possibilities for these two cast instructions. The values | |||
| 2748 | // in this matrix determine what to do in a given situation and select the | |||
| 2749 | // case in the switch below. The rows correspond to firstOp, the columns | |||
| 2750 | // correspond to secondOp. In looking at the table below, keep in mind | |||
| 2751 | // the following cast properties: | |||
| 2752 | // | |||
| 2753 | // Size Compare Source Destination | |||
| 2754 | // Operator Src ? Size Type Sign Type Sign | |||
| 2755 | // -------- ------------ ------------------- --------------------- | |||
| 2756 | // TRUNC > Integer Any Integral Any | |||
| 2757 | // ZEXT < Integral Unsigned Integer Any | |||
| 2758 | // SEXT < Integral Signed Integer Any | |||
| 2759 | // FPTOUI n/a FloatPt n/a Integral Unsigned | |||
| 2760 | // FPTOSI n/a FloatPt n/a Integral Signed | |||
| 2761 | // UITOFP n/a Integral Unsigned FloatPt n/a | |||
| 2762 | // SITOFP n/a Integral Signed FloatPt n/a | |||
| 2763 | // FPTRUNC > FloatPt n/a FloatPt n/a | |||
| 2764 | // FPEXT < FloatPt n/a FloatPt n/a | |||
| 2765 | // PTRTOINT n/a Pointer n/a Integral Unsigned | |||
| 2766 | // INTTOPTR n/a Integral Unsigned Pointer n/a | |||
| 2767 | // BITCAST = FirstClass n/a FirstClass n/a | |||
| 2768 | // ADDRSPCST n/a Pointer n/a Pointer n/a | |||
| 2769 | // | |||
| 2770 | // NOTE: some transforms are safe, but we consider them to be non-profitable. | |||
| 2771 | // For example, we could merge "fptoui double to i32" + "zext i32 to i64", | |||
| 2772 | // into "fptoui double to i64", but this loses information about the range | |||
| 2773 | // of the produced value (we no longer know the top-part is all zeros). | |||
| 2774 | // Further this conversion is often much more expensive for typical hardware, | |||
| 2775 | // and causes issues when building libgcc. We disallow fptosi+sext for the | |||
| 2776 | // same reason. | |||
| 2777 | const unsigned numCastOps = | |||
| 2778 | Instruction::CastOpsEnd - Instruction::CastOpsBegin; | |||
| 2779 | static const uint8_t CastResults[numCastOps][numCastOps] = { | |||
| 2780 | // T F F U S F F P I B A -+ | |||
| 2781 | // R Z S P P I I T P 2 N T S | | |||
| 2782 | // U E E 2 2 2 2 R E I T C C +- secondOp | |||
| 2783 | // N X X U S F F N X N 2 V V | | |||
| 2784 | // C T T I I P P C T T P T T -+ | |||
| 2785 | { 1, 0, 0,99,99, 0, 0,99,99,99, 0, 3, 0}, // Trunc -+ | |||
| 2786 | { 8, 1, 9,99,99, 2,17,99,99,99, 2, 3, 0}, // ZExt | | |||
| 2787 | { 8, 0, 1,99,99, 0, 2,99,99,99, 0, 3, 0}, // SExt | | |||
| 2788 | { 0, 0, 0,99,99, 0, 0,99,99,99, 0, 3, 0}, // FPToUI | | |||
| 2789 | { 0, 0, 0,99,99, 0, 0,99,99,99, 0, 3, 0}, // FPToSI | | |||
| 2790 | { 99,99,99, 0, 0,99,99, 0, 0,99,99, 4, 0}, // UIToFP +- firstOp | |||
| 2791 | { 99,99,99, 0, 0,99,99, 0, 0,99,99, 4, 0}, // SIToFP | | |||
| 2792 | { 99,99,99, 0, 0,99,99, 0, 0,99,99, 4, 0}, // FPTrunc | | |||
| 2793 | { 99,99,99, 2, 2,99,99, 8, 2,99,99, 4, 0}, // FPExt | | |||
| 2794 | { 1, 0, 0,99,99, 0, 0,99,99,99, 7, 3, 0}, // PtrToInt | | |||
| 2795 | { 99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,11,99,15, 0}, // IntToPtr | | |||
| 2796 | { 5, 5, 5, 6, 6, 5, 5, 6, 6,16, 5, 1,14}, // BitCast | | |||
| 2797 | { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,13,12}, // AddrSpaceCast -+ | |||
| 2798 | }; | |||
| 2799 | ||||
| 2800 | // TODO: This logic could be encoded into the table above and handled in the | |||
| 2801 | // switch below. | |||
| 2802 | // If either of the casts are a bitcast from scalar to vector, disallow the | |||
| 2803 | // merging. However, any pair of bitcasts are allowed. | |||
| 2804 | bool IsFirstBitcast = (firstOp == Instruction::BitCast); | |||
| 2805 | bool IsSecondBitcast = (secondOp == Instruction::BitCast); | |||
| 2806 | bool AreBothBitcasts = IsFirstBitcast && IsSecondBitcast; | |||
| 2807 | ||||
| 2808 | // Check if any of the casts convert scalars <-> vectors. | |||
| 2809 | if ((IsFirstBitcast && isa<VectorType>(SrcTy) != isa<VectorType>(MidTy)) || | |||
| 2810 | (IsSecondBitcast && isa<VectorType>(MidTy) != isa<VectorType>(DstTy))) | |||
| 2811 | if (!AreBothBitcasts) | |||
| 2812 | return 0; | |||
| 2813 | ||||
| 2814 | int ElimCase = CastResults[firstOp-Instruction::CastOpsBegin] | |||
| 2815 | [secondOp-Instruction::CastOpsBegin]; | |||
| 2816 | switch (ElimCase) { | |||
| 2817 | case 0: | |||
| 2818 | // Categorically disallowed. | |||
| 2819 | return 0; | |||
| 2820 | case 1: | |||
| 2821 | // Allowed, use first cast's opcode. | |||
| 2822 | return firstOp; | |||
| 2823 | case 2: | |||
| 2824 | // Allowed, use second cast's opcode. | |||
| 2825 | return secondOp; | |||
| 2826 | case 3: | |||
| 2827 | // No-op cast in second op implies firstOp as long as the DestTy | |||
| 2828 | // is integer and we are not converting between a vector and a | |||
| 2829 | // non-vector type. | |||
| 2830 | if (!SrcTy->isVectorTy() && DstTy->isIntegerTy()) | |||
| 2831 | return firstOp; | |||
| 2832 | return 0; | |||
| 2833 | case 4: | |||
| 2834 | // No-op cast in second op implies firstOp as long as the DestTy | |||
| 2835 | // is floating point. | |||
| 2836 | if (DstTy->isFloatingPointTy()) | |||
| 2837 | return firstOp; | |||
| 2838 | return 0; | |||
| 2839 | case 5: | |||
| 2840 | // No-op cast in first op implies secondOp as long as the SrcTy | |||
| 2841 | // is an integer. | |||
| 2842 | if (SrcTy->isIntegerTy()) | |||
| 2843 | return secondOp; | |||
| 2844 | return 0; | |||
| 2845 | case 6: | |||
| 2846 | // No-op cast in first op implies secondOp as long as the SrcTy | |||
| 2847 | // is a floating point. | |||
| 2848 | if (SrcTy->isFloatingPointTy()) | |||
| 2849 | return secondOp; | |||
| 2850 | return 0; | |||
| 2851 | case 7: { | |||
| 2852 | // Disable inttoptr/ptrtoint optimization if enabled. | |||
| 2853 | if (DisableI2pP2iOpt) | |||
| 2854 | return 0; | |||
| 2855 | ||||
| 2856 | // Cannot simplify if address spaces are different! | |||
| 2857 | if (SrcTy->getPointerAddressSpace() != DstTy->getPointerAddressSpace()) | |||
| 2858 | return 0; | |||
| 2859 | ||||
| 2860 | unsigned MidSize = MidTy->getScalarSizeInBits(); | |||
| 2861 | // We can still fold this without knowing the actual sizes as long we | |||
| 2862 | // know that the intermediate pointer is the largest possible | |||
| 2863 | // pointer size. | |||
| 2864 | // FIXME: Is this always true? | |||
| 2865 | if (MidSize == 64) | |||
| 2866 | return Instruction::BitCast; | |||
| 2867 | ||||
| 2868 | // ptrtoint, inttoptr -> bitcast (ptr -> ptr) if int size is >= ptr size. | |||
| 2869 | if (!SrcIntPtrTy || DstIntPtrTy != SrcIntPtrTy) | |||
| 2870 | return 0; | |||
| 2871 | unsigned PtrSize = SrcIntPtrTy->getScalarSizeInBits(); | |||
| 2872 | if (MidSize >= PtrSize) | |||
| 2873 | return Instruction::BitCast; | |||
| 2874 | return 0; | |||
| 2875 | } | |||
| 2876 | case 8: { | |||
| 2877 | // ext, trunc -> bitcast, if the SrcTy and DstTy are same size | |||
| 2878 | // ext, trunc -> ext, if sizeof(SrcTy) < sizeof(DstTy) | |||
| 2879 | // ext, trunc -> trunc, if sizeof(SrcTy) > sizeof(DstTy) | |||
| 2880 | unsigned SrcSize = SrcTy->getScalarSizeInBits(); | |||
| 2881 | unsigned DstSize = DstTy->getScalarSizeInBits(); | |||
| 2882 | if (SrcSize == DstSize) | |||
| 2883 | return Instruction::BitCast; | |||
| 2884 | else if (SrcSize < DstSize) | |||
| 2885 | return firstOp; | |||
| 2886 | return secondOp; | |||
| 2887 | } | |||
| 2888 | case 9: | |||
| 2889 | // zext, sext -> zext, because sext can't sign extend after zext | |||
| 2890 | return Instruction::ZExt; | |||
| 2891 | case 11: { | |||
| 2892 | // inttoptr, ptrtoint -> bitcast if SrcSize<=PtrSize and SrcSize==DstSize | |||
| 2893 | if (!MidIntPtrTy) | |||
| 2894 | return 0; | |||
| 2895 | unsigned PtrSize = MidIntPtrTy->getScalarSizeInBits(); | |||
| 2896 | unsigned SrcSize = SrcTy->getScalarSizeInBits(); | |||
| 2897 | unsigned DstSize = DstTy->getScalarSizeInBits(); | |||
| 2898 | if (SrcSize <= PtrSize && SrcSize == DstSize) | |||
| 2899 | return Instruction::BitCast; | |||
| 2900 | return 0; | |||
| 2901 | } | |||
| 2902 | case 12: | |||
| 2903 | // addrspacecast, addrspacecast -> bitcast, if SrcAS == DstAS | |||
| 2904 | // addrspacecast, addrspacecast -> addrspacecast, if SrcAS != DstAS | |||
| 2905 | if (SrcTy->getPointerAddressSpace() != DstTy->getPointerAddressSpace()) | |||
| 2906 | return Instruction::AddrSpaceCast; | |||
| 2907 | return Instruction::BitCast; | |||
| 2908 | case 13: | |||
| 2909 | // FIXME: this state can be merged with (1), but the following assert | |||
| 2910 | // is useful to check the correcteness of the sequence due to semantic | |||
| 2911 | // change of bitcast. | |||
| 2912 | assert(((void)0) | |||
| 2913 | SrcTy->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2914 | MidTy->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2915 | DstTy->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2916 | SrcTy->getPointerAddressSpace() != MidTy->getPointerAddressSpace() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2917 | MidTy->getPointerAddressSpace() == DstTy->getPointerAddressSpace() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2918 | "Illegal addrspacecast, bitcast sequence!")((void)0); | |||
| 2919 | // Allowed, use first cast's opcode | |||
| 2920 | return firstOp; | |||
| 2921 | case 14: { | |||
| 2922 | // bitcast, addrspacecast -> addrspacecast if the element type of | |||
| 2923 | // bitcast's source is the same as that of addrspacecast's destination. | |||
| 2924 | PointerType *SrcPtrTy = cast<PointerType>(SrcTy->getScalarType()); | |||
| 2925 | PointerType *DstPtrTy = cast<PointerType>(DstTy->getScalarType()); | |||
| 2926 | if (SrcPtrTy->hasSameElementTypeAs(DstPtrTy)) | |||
| 2927 | return Instruction::AddrSpaceCast; | |||
| 2928 | return 0; | |||
| 2929 | } | |||
| 2930 | case 15: | |||
| 2931 | // FIXME: this state can be merged with (1), but the following assert | |||
| 2932 | // is useful to check the correcteness of the sequence due to semantic | |||
| 2933 | // change of bitcast. | |||
| 2934 | assert(((void)0) | |||
| 2935 | SrcTy->isIntOrIntVectorTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2936 | MidTy->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2937 | DstTy->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2938 | MidTy->getPointerAddressSpace() == DstTy->getPointerAddressSpace() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2939 | "Illegal inttoptr, bitcast sequence!")((void)0); | |||
| 2940 | // Allowed, use first cast's opcode | |||
| 2941 | return firstOp; | |||
| 2942 | case 16: | |||
| 2943 | // FIXME: this state can be merged with (2), but the following assert | |||
| 2944 | // is useful to check the correcteness of the sequence due to semantic | |||
| 2945 | // change of bitcast. | |||
| 2946 | assert(((void)0) | |||
| 2947 | SrcTy->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2948 | MidTy->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2949 | DstTy->isIntOrIntVectorTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2950 | SrcTy->getPointerAddressSpace() == MidTy->getPointerAddressSpace() &&((void)0) | |||
| 2951 | "Illegal bitcast, ptrtoint sequence!")((void)0); | |||
| 2952 | // Allowed, use second cast's opcode | |||
| 2953 | return secondOp; | |||
| 2954 | case 17: | |||
| 2955 | // (sitofp (zext x)) -> (uitofp x) | |||
| 2956 | return Instruction::UIToFP; | |||
| 2957 | case 99: | |||
| 2958 | // Cast combination can't happen (error in input). This is for all cases | |||
| 2959 | // where the MidTy is not the same for the two cast instructions. | |||
| 2960 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid Cast Combination")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 2961 | default: | |||
| 2962 | llvm_unreachable("Error in CastResults table!!!")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 2963 | } | |||
| 2964 | } | |||
| 2965 | ||||
| 2966 | CastInst *CastInst::Create(Instruction::CastOps op, Value *S, Type *Ty, | |||
| 2967 | const Twine &Name, Instruction *InsertBefore) { | |||
| 2968 | assert(castIsValid(op, S, Ty) && "Invalid cast!")((void)0); | |||
| 2969 | // Construct and return the appropriate CastInst subclass | |||
| 2970 | switch (op) { | |||
| 2971 | case Trunc: return new TruncInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 2972 | case ZExt: return new ZExtInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 2973 | case SExt: return new SExtInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 2974 | case FPTrunc: return new FPTruncInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 2975 | case FPExt: return new FPExtInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 2976 | case UIToFP: return new UIToFPInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 2977 | case SIToFP: return new SIToFPInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 2978 | case FPToUI: return new FPToUIInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 2979 | case FPToSI: return new FPToSIInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 2980 | case PtrToInt: return new PtrToIntInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 2981 | case IntToPtr: return new IntToPtrInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 2982 | case BitCast: return new BitCastInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 2983 | case AddrSpaceCast: return new AddrSpaceCastInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 2984 | default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid opcode provided")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 2985 | } | |||
| 2986 | } | |||
| 2987 | ||||
| 2988 | CastInst *CastInst::Create(Instruction::CastOps op, Value *S, Type *Ty, | |||
| 2989 | const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 2990 | assert(castIsValid(op, S, Ty) && "Invalid cast!")((void)0); | |||
| 2991 | // Construct and return the appropriate CastInst subclass | |||
| 2992 | switch (op) { | |||
| 2993 | case Trunc: return new TruncInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 2994 | case ZExt: return new ZExtInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 2995 | case SExt: return new SExtInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 2996 | case FPTrunc: return new FPTruncInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 2997 | case FPExt: return new FPExtInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 2998 | case UIToFP: return new UIToFPInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 2999 | case SIToFP: return new SIToFPInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 3000 | case FPToUI: return new FPToUIInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 3001 | case FPToSI: return new FPToSIInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 3002 | case PtrToInt: return new PtrToIntInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 3003 | case IntToPtr: return new IntToPtrInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 3004 | case BitCast: return new BitCastInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 3005 | case AddrSpaceCast: return new AddrSpaceCastInst (S, Ty, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 3006 | default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid opcode provided")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 3007 | } | |||
| 3008 | } | |||
| 3009 | ||||
| 3010 | CastInst *CastInst::CreateZExtOrBitCast(Value *S, Type *Ty, | |||
| 3011 | const Twine &Name, | |||
| 3012 | Instruction *InsertBefore) { | |||
| 3013 | if (S->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits() == Ty->getScalarSizeInBits()) | |||
| 3014 | return Create(Instruction::BitCast, S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 3015 | return Create(Instruction::ZExt, S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 3016 | } | |||
| 3017 | ||||
| 3018 | CastInst *CastInst::CreateZExtOrBitCast(Value *S, Type *Ty, | |||
| 3019 | const Twine &Name, | |||
| 3020 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 3021 | if (S->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits() == Ty->getScalarSizeInBits()) | |||
| 3022 | return Create(Instruction::BitCast, S, Ty, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 3023 | return Create(Instruction::ZExt, S, Ty, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 3024 | } | |||
| 3025 | ||||
| 3026 | CastInst *CastInst::CreateSExtOrBitCast(Value *S, Type *Ty, | |||
| 3027 | const Twine &Name, | |||
| 3028 | Instruction *InsertBefore) { | |||
| 3029 | if (S->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits() == Ty->getScalarSizeInBits()) | |||
| 3030 | return Create(Instruction::BitCast, S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 3031 | return Create(Instruction::SExt, S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 3032 | } | |||
| 3033 | ||||
| 3034 | CastInst *CastInst::CreateSExtOrBitCast(Value *S, Type *Ty, | |||
| 3035 | const Twine &Name, | |||
| 3036 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 3037 | if (S->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits() == Ty->getScalarSizeInBits()) | |||
| 3038 | return Create(Instruction::BitCast, S, Ty, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 3039 | return Create(Instruction::SExt, S, Ty, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 3040 | } | |||
| 3041 | ||||
| 3042 | CastInst *CastInst::CreateTruncOrBitCast(Value *S, Type *Ty, | |||
| 3043 | const Twine &Name, | |||
| 3044 | Instruction *InsertBefore) { | |||
| 3045 | if (S->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits() == Ty->getScalarSizeInBits()) | |||
| 3046 | return Create(Instruction::BitCast, S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 3047 | return Create(Instruction::Trunc, S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 3048 | } | |||
| 3049 | ||||
| 3050 | CastInst *CastInst::CreateTruncOrBitCast(Value *S, Type *Ty, | |||
| 3051 | const Twine &Name, | |||
| 3052 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 3053 | if (S->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits() == Ty->getScalarSizeInBits()) | |||
| 3054 | return Create(Instruction::BitCast, S, Ty, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 3055 | return Create(Instruction::Trunc, S, Ty, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 3056 | } | |||
| 3057 | ||||
| 3058 | CastInst *CastInst::CreatePointerCast(Value *S, Type *Ty, | |||
| 3059 | const Twine &Name, | |||
| 3060 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 3061 | assert(S->getType()->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy() && "Invalid cast")((void)0); | |||
| 3062 | assert((Ty->isIntOrIntVectorTy() || Ty->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy()) &&((void)0) | |||
| 3063 | "Invalid cast")((void)0); | |||
| 3064 | assert(Ty->isVectorTy() == S->getType()->isVectorTy() && "Invalid cast")((void)0); | |||
| 3065 | assert((!Ty->isVectorTy() ||((void)0) | |||
| 3066 | cast<VectorType>(Ty)->getElementCount() ==((void)0) | |||
| 3067 | cast<VectorType>(S->getType())->getElementCount()) &&((void)0) | |||
| 3068 | "Invalid cast")((void)0); | |||
| 3069 | ||||
| 3070 | if (Ty->isIntOrIntVectorTy()) | |||
| 3071 | return Create(Instruction::PtrToInt, S, Ty, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 3072 | ||||
| 3073 | return CreatePointerBitCastOrAddrSpaceCast(S, Ty, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 3074 | } | |||
| 3075 | ||||
| 3076 | /// Create a BitCast or a PtrToInt cast instruction | |||
| 3077 | CastInst *CastInst::CreatePointerCast(Value *S, Type *Ty, | |||
| 3078 | const Twine &Name, | |||
| 3079 | Instruction *InsertBefore) { | |||
| 3080 | assert(S->getType()->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy() && "Invalid cast")((void)0); | |||
| 3081 | assert((Ty->isIntOrIntVectorTy() || Ty->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy()) &&((void)0) | |||
| 3082 | "Invalid cast")((void)0); | |||
| 3083 | assert(Ty->isVectorTy() == S->getType()->isVectorTy() && "Invalid cast")((void)0); | |||
| 3084 | assert((!Ty->isVectorTy() ||((void)0) | |||
| 3085 | cast<VectorType>(Ty)->getElementCount() ==((void)0) | |||
| 3086 | cast<VectorType>(S->getType())->getElementCount()) &&((void)0) | |||
| 3087 | "Invalid cast")((void)0); | |||
| 3088 | ||||
| 3089 | if (Ty->isIntOrIntVectorTy()) | |||
| 3090 | return Create(Instruction::PtrToInt, S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 3091 | ||||
| 3092 | return CreatePointerBitCastOrAddrSpaceCast(S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 3093 | } | |||
| 3094 | ||||
| 3095 | CastInst *CastInst::CreatePointerBitCastOrAddrSpaceCast( | |||
| 3096 | Value *S, Type *Ty, | |||
| 3097 | const Twine &Name, | |||
| 3098 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 3099 | assert(S->getType()->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy() && "Invalid cast")((void)0); | |||
| 3100 | assert(Ty->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy() && "Invalid cast")((void)0); | |||
| 3101 | ||||
| 3102 | if (S->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace() != Ty->getPointerAddressSpace()) | |||
| 3103 | return Create(Instruction::AddrSpaceCast, S, Ty, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 3104 | ||||
| 3105 | return Create(Instruction::BitCast, S, Ty, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 3106 | } | |||
| 3107 | ||||
| 3108 | CastInst *CastInst::CreatePointerBitCastOrAddrSpaceCast( | |||
| 3109 | Value *S, Type *Ty, | |||
| 3110 | const Twine &Name, | |||
| 3111 | Instruction *InsertBefore) { | |||
| 3112 | assert(S->getType()->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy() && "Invalid cast")((void)0); | |||
| 3113 | assert(Ty->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy() && "Invalid cast")((void)0); | |||
| 3114 | ||||
| 3115 | if (S->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace() != Ty->getPointerAddressSpace()) | |||
| 3116 | return Create(Instruction::AddrSpaceCast, S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 3117 | ||||
| 3118 | return Create(Instruction::BitCast, S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 3119 | } | |||
| 3120 | ||||
| 3121 | CastInst *CastInst::CreateBitOrPointerCast(Value *S, Type *Ty, | |||
| 3122 | const Twine &Name, | |||
| 3123 | Instruction *InsertBefore) { | |||
| 3124 | if (S->getType()->isPointerTy() && Ty->isIntegerTy()) | |||
| 3125 | return Create(Instruction::PtrToInt, S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 3126 | if (S->getType()->isIntegerTy() && Ty->isPointerTy()) | |||
| 3127 | return Create(Instruction::IntToPtr, S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 3128 | ||||
| 3129 | return Create(Instruction::BitCast, S, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 3130 | } | |||
| 3131 | ||||
| 3132 | CastInst *CastInst::CreateIntegerCast(Value *C, Type *Ty, | |||
| 3133 | bool isSigned, const Twine &Name, | |||
| 3134 | Instruction *InsertBefore) { | |||
| 3135 | assert(C->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy() && Ty->isIntOrIntVectorTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 3136 | "Invalid integer cast")((void)0); | |||
| 3137 | unsigned SrcBits = C->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits(); | |||
| 3138 | unsigned DstBits = Ty->getScalarSizeInBits(); | |||
| 3139 | Instruction::CastOps opcode = | |||
| 3140 | (SrcBits == DstBits ? Instruction::BitCast : | |||
| 3141 | (SrcBits > DstBits ? Instruction::Trunc : | |||
| 3142 | (isSigned ? Instruction::SExt : Instruction::ZExt))); | |||
| 3143 | return Create(opcode, C, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 3144 | } | |||
| 3145 | ||||
| 3146 | CastInst *CastInst::CreateIntegerCast(Value *C, Type *Ty, | |||
| 3147 | bool isSigned, const Twine &Name, | |||
| 3148 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 3149 | assert(C->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy() && Ty->isIntOrIntVectorTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 3150 | "Invalid cast")((void)0); | |||
| 3151 | unsigned SrcBits = C->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits(); | |||
| 3152 | unsigned DstBits = Ty->getScalarSizeInBits(); | |||
| 3153 | Instruction::CastOps opcode = | |||
| 3154 | (SrcBits == DstBits ? Instruction::BitCast : | |||
| 3155 | (SrcBits > DstBits ? Instruction::Trunc : | |||
| 3156 | (isSigned ? Instruction::SExt : Instruction::ZExt))); | |||
| 3157 | return Create(opcode, C, Ty, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 3158 | } | |||
| 3159 | ||||
| 3160 | CastInst *CastInst::CreateFPCast(Value *C, Type *Ty, | |||
| 3161 | const Twine &Name, | |||
| 3162 | Instruction *InsertBefore) { | |||
| 3163 | assert(C->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy() && Ty->isFPOrFPVectorTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 3164 | "Invalid cast")((void)0); | |||
| 3165 | unsigned SrcBits = C->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits(); | |||
| 3166 | unsigned DstBits = Ty->getScalarSizeInBits(); | |||
| 3167 | Instruction::CastOps opcode = | |||
| 3168 | (SrcBits == DstBits ? Instruction::BitCast : | |||
| 3169 | (SrcBits > DstBits ? Instruction::FPTrunc : Instruction::FPExt)); | |||
| 3170 | return Create(opcode, C, Ty, Name, InsertBefore); | |||
| 3171 | } | |||
| 3172 | ||||
| 3173 | CastInst *CastInst::CreateFPCast(Value *C, Type *Ty, | |||
| 3174 | const Twine &Name, | |||
| 3175 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 3176 | assert(C->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy() && Ty->isFPOrFPVectorTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 3177 | "Invalid cast")((void)0); | |||
| 3178 | unsigned SrcBits = C->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits(); | |||
| 3179 | unsigned DstBits = Ty->getScalarSizeInBits(); | |||
| 3180 | Instruction::CastOps opcode = | |||
| 3181 | (SrcBits == DstBits ? Instruction::BitCast : | |||
| 3182 | (SrcBits > DstBits ? Instruction::FPTrunc : Instruction::FPExt)); | |||
| 3183 | return Create(opcode, C, Ty, Name, InsertAtEnd); | |||
| 3184 | } | |||
| 3185 | ||||
| 3186 | bool CastInst::isBitCastable(Type *SrcTy, Type *DestTy) { | |||
| 3187 | if (!SrcTy->isFirstClassType() || !DestTy->isFirstClassType()) | |||
| 3188 | return false; | |||
| 3189 | ||||
| 3190 | if (SrcTy == DestTy) | |||
| 3191 | return true; | |||
| 3192 | ||||
| 3193 | if (VectorType *SrcVecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(SrcTy)) { | |||
| 3194 | if (VectorType *DestVecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(DestTy)) { | |||
| 3195 | if (SrcVecTy->getElementCount() == DestVecTy->getElementCount()) { | |||
| 3196 | // An element by element cast. Valid if casting the elements is valid. | |||
| 3197 | SrcTy = SrcVecTy->getElementType(); | |||
| 3198 | DestTy = DestVecTy->getElementType(); | |||
| 3199 | } | |||
| 3200 | } | |||
| 3201 | } | |||
| 3202 | ||||
| 3203 | if (PointerType *DestPtrTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(DestTy)) { | |||
| 3204 | if (PointerType *SrcPtrTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(SrcTy)) { | |||
| 3205 | return SrcPtrTy->getAddressSpace() == DestPtrTy->getAddressSpace(); | |||
| 3206 | } | |||
| 3207 | } | |||
| 3208 | ||||
| 3209 | TypeSize SrcBits = SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits(); // 0 for ptr | |||
| 3210 | TypeSize DestBits = DestTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits(); // 0 for ptr | |||
| 3211 | ||||
| 3212 | // Could still have vectors of pointers if the number of elements doesn't | |||
| 3213 | // match | |||
| 3214 | if (SrcBits.getKnownMinSize() == 0 || DestBits.getKnownMinSize() == 0) | |||
| 3215 | return false; | |||
| 3216 | ||||
| 3217 | if (SrcBits != DestBits) | |||
| 3218 | return false; | |||
| 3219 | ||||
| 3220 | if (DestTy->isX86_MMXTy() || SrcTy->isX86_MMXTy()) | |||
| 3221 | return false; | |||
| 3222 | ||||
| 3223 | return true; | |||
| 3224 | } | |||
| 3225 | ||||
| 3226 | bool CastInst::isBitOrNoopPointerCastable(Type *SrcTy, Type *DestTy, | |||
| 3227 | const DataLayout &DL) { | |||
| 3228 | // ptrtoint and inttoptr are not allowed on non-integral pointers | |||
| 3229 | if (auto *PtrTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(SrcTy)) | |||
| 3230 | if (auto *IntTy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(DestTy)) | |||
| 3231 | return (IntTy->getBitWidth() == DL.getPointerTypeSizeInBits(PtrTy) && | |||
| 3232 | !DL.isNonIntegralPointerType(PtrTy)); | |||
| 3233 | if (auto *PtrTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(DestTy)) | |||
| 3234 | if (auto *IntTy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(SrcTy)) | |||
| 3235 | return (IntTy->getBitWidth() == DL.getPointerTypeSizeInBits(PtrTy) && | |||
| 3236 | !DL.isNonIntegralPointerType(PtrTy)); | |||
| 3237 | ||||
| 3238 | return isBitCastable(SrcTy, DestTy); | |||
| 3239 | } | |||
| 3240 | ||||
| 3241 | // Provide a way to get a "cast" where the cast opcode is inferred from the | |||
| 3242 | // types and size of the operand. This, basically, is a parallel of the | |||
| 3243 | // logic in the castIsValid function below. This axiom should hold: | |||
| 3244 | // castIsValid( getCastOpcode(Val, Ty), Val, Ty) | |||
| 3245 | // should not assert in castIsValid. In other words, this produces a "correct" | |||
| 3246 | // casting opcode for the arguments passed to it. | |||
| 3247 | Instruction::CastOps | |||
| 3248 | CastInst::getCastOpcode( | |||
| 3249 | const Value *Src, bool SrcIsSigned, Type *DestTy, bool DestIsSigned) { | |||
| 3250 | Type *SrcTy = Src->getType(); | |||
| 3251 | ||||
| 3252 | assert(SrcTy->isFirstClassType() && DestTy->isFirstClassType() &&((void)0) | |||
| 3253 | "Only first class types are castable!")((void)0); | |||
| 3254 | ||||
| 3255 | if (SrcTy == DestTy) | |||
| 3256 | return BitCast; | |||
| 3257 | ||||
| 3258 | // FIXME: Check address space sizes here | |||
| 3259 | if (VectorType *SrcVecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(SrcTy)) | |||
| 3260 | if (VectorType *DestVecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(DestTy)) | |||
| 3261 | if (SrcVecTy->getElementCount() == DestVecTy->getElementCount()) { | |||
| 3262 | // An element by element cast. Find the appropriate opcode based on the | |||
| 3263 | // element types. | |||
| 3264 | SrcTy = SrcVecTy->getElementType(); | |||
| 3265 | DestTy = DestVecTy->getElementType(); | |||
| 3266 | } | |||
| 3267 | ||||
| 3268 | // Get the bit sizes, we'll need these | |||
| 3269 | unsigned SrcBits = SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits(); // 0 for ptr | |||
| 3270 | unsigned DestBits = DestTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits(); // 0 for ptr | |||
| 3271 | ||||
| 3272 | // Run through the possibilities ... | |||
| 3273 | if (DestTy->isIntegerTy()) { // Casting to integral | |||
| 3274 | if (SrcTy->isIntegerTy()) { // Casting from integral | |||
| 3275 | if (DestBits < SrcBits) | |||
| 3276 | return Trunc; // int -> smaller int | |||
| 3277 | else if (DestBits > SrcBits) { // its an extension | |||
| 3278 | if (SrcIsSigned) | |||
| 3279 | return SExt; // signed -> SEXT | |||
| 3280 | else | |||
| 3281 | return ZExt; // unsigned -> ZEXT | |||
| 3282 | } else { | |||
| 3283 | return BitCast; // Same size, No-op cast | |||
| 3284 | } | |||
| 3285 | } else if (SrcTy->isFloatingPointTy()) { // Casting from floating pt | |||
| 3286 | if (DestIsSigned) | |||
| 3287 | return FPToSI; // FP -> sint | |||
| 3288 | else | |||
| 3289 | return FPToUI; // FP -> uint | |||
| 3290 | } else if (SrcTy->isVectorTy()) { | |||
| 3291 | assert(DestBits == SrcBits &&((void)0) | |||
| 3292 | "Casting vector to integer of different width")((void)0); | |||
| 3293 | return BitCast; // Same size, no-op cast | |||
| 3294 | } else { | |||
| 3295 | assert(SrcTy->isPointerTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 3296 | "Casting from a value that is not first-class type")((void)0); | |||
| 3297 | return PtrToInt; // ptr -> int | |||
| 3298 | } | |||
| 3299 | } else if (DestTy->isFloatingPointTy()) { // Casting to floating pt | |||
| 3300 | if (SrcTy->isIntegerTy()) { // Casting from integral | |||
| 3301 | if (SrcIsSigned) | |||
| 3302 | return SIToFP; // sint -> FP | |||
| 3303 | else | |||
| 3304 | return UIToFP; // uint -> FP | |||
| 3305 | } else if (SrcTy->isFloatingPointTy()) { // Casting from floating pt | |||
| 3306 | if (DestBits < SrcBits) { | |||
| 3307 | return FPTrunc; // FP -> smaller FP | |||
| 3308 | } else if (DestBits > SrcBits) { | |||
| 3309 | return FPExt; // FP -> larger FP | |||
| 3310 | } else { | |||
| 3311 | return BitCast; // same size, no-op cast | |||
| 3312 | } | |||
| 3313 | } else if (SrcTy->isVectorTy()) { | |||
| 3314 | assert(DestBits == SrcBits &&((void)0) | |||
| 3315 | "Casting vector to floating point of different width")((void)0); | |||
| 3316 | return BitCast; // same size, no-op cast | |||
| 3317 | } | |||
| 3318 | llvm_unreachable("Casting pointer or non-first class to float")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 3319 | } else if (DestTy->isVectorTy()) { | |||
| 3320 | assert(DestBits == SrcBits &&((void)0) | |||
| 3321 | "Illegal cast to vector (wrong type or size)")((void)0); | |||
| 3322 | return BitCast; | |||
| 3323 | } else if (DestTy->isPointerTy()) { | |||
| 3324 | if (SrcTy->isPointerTy()) { | |||
| 3325 | if (DestTy->getPointerAddressSpace() != SrcTy->getPointerAddressSpace()) | |||
| 3326 | return AddrSpaceCast; | |||
| 3327 | return BitCast; // ptr -> ptr | |||
| 3328 | } else if (SrcTy->isIntegerTy()) { | |||
| 3329 | return IntToPtr; // int -> ptr | |||
| 3330 | } | |||
| 3331 | llvm_unreachable("Casting pointer to other than pointer or int")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 3332 | } else if (DestTy->isX86_MMXTy()) { | |||
| 3333 | if (SrcTy->isVectorTy()) { | |||
| 3334 | assert(DestBits == SrcBits && "Casting vector of wrong width to X86_MMX")((void)0); | |||
| 3335 | return BitCast; // 64-bit vector to MMX | |||
| 3336 | } | |||
| 3337 | llvm_unreachable("Illegal cast to X86_MMX")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 3338 | } | |||
| 3339 | llvm_unreachable("Casting to type that is not first-class")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 3340 | } | |||
| 3341 | ||||
| 3342 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 3343 | // CastInst SubClass Constructors | |||
| 3344 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 3345 | ||||
| 3346 | /// Check that the construction parameters for a CastInst are correct. This | |||
| 3347 | /// could be broken out into the separate constructors but it is useful to have | |||
| 3348 | /// it in one place and to eliminate the redundant code for getting the sizes | |||
| 3349 | /// of the types involved. | |||
| 3350 | bool | |||
| 3351 | CastInst::castIsValid(Instruction::CastOps op, Type *SrcTy, Type *DstTy) { | |||
| 3352 | if (!SrcTy->isFirstClassType() || !DstTy->isFirstClassType() || | |||
| 3353 | SrcTy->isAggregateType() || DstTy->isAggregateType()) | |||
| 3354 | return false; | |||
| 3355 | ||||
| 3356 | // Get the size of the types in bits, and whether we are dealing | |||
| 3357 | // with vector types, we'll need this later. | |||
| 3358 | bool SrcIsVec = isa<VectorType>(SrcTy); | |||
| 3359 | bool DstIsVec = isa<VectorType>(DstTy); | |||
| 3360 | unsigned SrcScalarBitSize = SrcTy->getScalarSizeInBits(); | |||
| 3361 | unsigned DstScalarBitSize = DstTy->getScalarSizeInBits(); | |||
| 3362 | ||||
| 3363 | // If these are vector types, get the lengths of the vectors (using zero for | |||
| 3364 | // scalar types means that checking that vector lengths match also checks that | |||
| 3365 | // scalars are not being converted to vectors or vectors to scalars). | |||
| 3366 | ElementCount SrcEC = SrcIsVec ? cast<VectorType>(SrcTy)->getElementCount() | |||
| 3367 | : ElementCount::getFixed(0); | |||
| 3368 | ElementCount DstEC = DstIsVec ? cast<VectorType>(DstTy)->getElementCount() | |||
| 3369 | : ElementCount::getFixed(0); | |||
| 3370 | ||||
| 3371 | // Switch on the opcode provided | |||
| 3372 | switch (op) { | |||
| 3373 | default: return false; // This is an input error | |||
| 3374 | case Instruction::Trunc: | |||
| 3375 | return SrcTy->isIntOrIntVectorTy() && DstTy->isIntOrIntVectorTy() && | |||
| 3376 | SrcEC == DstEC && SrcScalarBitSize > DstScalarBitSize; | |||
| 3377 | case Instruction::ZExt: | |||
| 3378 | return SrcTy->isIntOrIntVectorTy() && DstTy->isIntOrIntVectorTy() && | |||
| 3379 | SrcEC == DstEC && SrcScalarBitSize < DstScalarBitSize; | |||
| 3380 | case Instruction::SExt: | |||
| 3381 | return SrcTy->isIntOrIntVectorTy() && DstTy->isIntOrIntVectorTy() && | |||
| 3382 | SrcEC == DstEC && SrcScalarBitSize < DstScalarBitSize; | |||
| 3383 | case Instruction::FPTrunc: | |||
| 3384 | return SrcTy->isFPOrFPVectorTy() && DstTy->isFPOrFPVectorTy() && | |||
| 3385 | SrcEC == DstEC && SrcScalarBitSize > DstScalarBitSize; | |||
| 3386 | case Instruction::FPExt: | |||
| 3387 | return SrcTy->isFPOrFPVectorTy() && DstTy->isFPOrFPVectorTy() && | |||
| 3388 | SrcEC == DstEC && SrcScalarBitSize < DstScalarBitSize; | |||
| 3389 | case Instruction::UIToFP: | |||
| 3390 | case Instruction::SIToFP: | |||
| 3391 | return SrcTy->isIntOrIntVectorTy() && DstTy->isFPOrFPVectorTy() && | |||
| 3392 | SrcEC == DstEC; | |||
| 3393 | case Instruction::FPToUI: | |||
| 3394 | case Instruction::FPToSI: | |||
| 3395 | return SrcTy->isFPOrFPVectorTy() && DstTy->isIntOrIntVectorTy() && | |||
| 3396 | SrcEC == DstEC; | |||
| 3397 | case Instruction::PtrToInt: | |||
| 3398 | if (SrcEC != DstEC) | |||
| 3399 | return false; | |||
| 3400 | return SrcTy->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy() && DstTy->isIntOrIntVectorTy(); | |||
| 3401 | case Instruction::IntToPtr: | |||
| 3402 | if (SrcEC != DstEC) | |||
| 3403 | return false; | |||
| 3404 | return SrcTy->isIntOrIntVectorTy() && DstTy->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy(); | |||
| 3405 | case Instruction::BitCast: { | |||
| 3406 | PointerType *SrcPtrTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(SrcTy->getScalarType()); | |||
| 3407 | PointerType *DstPtrTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(DstTy->getScalarType()); | |||
| 3408 | ||||
| 3409 | // BitCast implies a no-op cast of type only. No bits change. | |||
| 3410 | // However, you can't cast pointers to anything but pointers. | |||
| 3411 | if (!SrcPtrTy != !DstPtrTy) | |||
| 3412 | return false; | |||
| 3413 | ||||
| 3414 | // For non-pointer cases, the cast is okay if the source and destination bit | |||
| 3415 | // widths are identical. | |||
| 3416 | if (!SrcPtrTy) | |||
| 3417 | return SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == DstTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits(); | |||
| 3418 | ||||
| 3419 | // If both are pointers then the address spaces must match. | |||
| 3420 | if (SrcPtrTy->getAddressSpace() != DstPtrTy->getAddressSpace()) | |||
| 3421 | return false; | |||
| 3422 | ||||
| 3423 | // A vector of pointers must have the same number of elements. | |||
| 3424 | if (SrcIsVec && DstIsVec) | |||
| 3425 | return SrcEC == DstEC; | |||
| 3426 | if (SrcIsVec) | |||
| 3427 | return SrcEC == ElementCount::getFixed(1); | |||
| 3428 | if (DstIsVec) | |||
| 3429 | return DstEC == ElementCount::getFixed(1); | |||
| 3430 | ||||
| 3431 | return true; | |||
| 3432 | } | |||
| 3433 | case Instruction::AddrSpaceCast: { | |||
| 3434 | PointerType *SrcPtrTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(SrcTy->getScalarType()); | |||
| 3435 | if (!SrcPtrTy) | |||
| 3436 | return false; | |||
| 3437 | ||||
| 3438 | PointerType *DstPtrTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(DstTy->getScalarType()); | |||
| 3439 | if (!DstPtrTy) | |||
| 3440 | return false; | |||
| 3441 | ||||
| 3442 | if (SrcPtrTy->getAddressSpace() == DstPtrTy->getAddressSpace()) | |||
| 3443 | return false; | |||
| 3444 | ||||
| 3445 | return SrcEC == DstEC; | |||
| 3446 | } | |||
| 3447 | } | |||
| 3448 | } | |||
| 3449 | ||||
| 3450 | TruncInst::TruncInst( | |||
| 3451 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, Instruction *InsertBefore | |||
| 3452 | ) : CastInst(Ty, Trunc, S, Name, InsertBefore) { | |||
| 3453 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal Trunc")((void)0); | |||
| 3454 | } | |||
| 3455 | ||||
| 3456 | TruncInst::TruncInst( | |||
| 3457 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd | |||
| 3458 | ) : CastInst(Ty, Trunc, S, Name, InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 3459 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal Trunc")((void)0); | |||
| 3460 | } | |||
| 3461 | ||||
| 3462 | ZExtInst::ZExtInst( | |||
| 3463 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, Instruction *InsertBefore | |||
| 3464 | ) : CastInst(Ty, ZExt, S, Name, InsertBefore) { | |||
| 3465 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal ZExt")((void)0); | |||
| 3466 | } | |||
| 3467 | ||||
| 3468 | ZExtInst::ZExtInst( | |||
| 3469 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd | |||
| 3470 | ) : CastInst(Ty, ZExt, S, Name, InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 3471 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal ZExt")((void)0); | |||
| 3472 | } | |||
| 3473 | SExtInst::SExtInst( | |||
| 3474 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, Instruction *InsertBefore | |||
| 3475 | ) : CastInst(Ty, SExt, S, Name, InsertBefore) { | |||
| 3476 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal SExt")((void)0); | |||
| 3477 | } | |||
| 3478 | ||||
| 3479 | SExtInst::SExtInst( | |||
| 3480 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd | |||
| 3481 | ) : CastInst(Ty, SExt, S, Name, InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 3482 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal SExt")((void)0); | |||
| 3483 | } | |||
| 3484 | ||||
| 3485 | FPTruncInst::FPTruncInst( | |||
| 3486 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, Instruction *InsertBefore | |||
| 3487 | ) : CastInst(Ty, FPTrunc, S, Name, InsertBefore) { | |||
| 3488 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal FPTrunc")((void)0); | |||
| 3489 | } | |||
| 3490 | ||||
| 3491 | FPTruncInst::FPTruncInst( | |||
| 3492 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd | |||
| 3493 | ) : CastInst(Ty, FPTrunc, S, Name, InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 3494 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal FPTrunc")((void)0); | |||
| 3495 | } | |||
| 3496 | ||||
| 3497 | FPExtInst::FPExtInst( | |||
| 3498 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, Instruction *InsertBefore | |||
| 3499 | ) : CastInst(Ty, FPExt, S, Name, InsertBefore) { | |||
| 3500 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal FPExt")((void)0); | |||
| 3501 | } | |||
| 3502 | ||||
| 3503 | FPExtInst::FPExtInst( | |||
| 3504 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd | |||
| 3505 | ) : CastInst(Ty, FPExt, S, Name, InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 3506 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal FPExt")((void)0); | |||
| 3507 | } | |||
| 3508 | ||||
| 3509 | UIToFPInst::UIToFPInst( | |||
| 3510 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, Instruction *InsertBefore | |||
| 3511 | ) : CastInst(Ty, UIToFP, S, Name, InsertBefore) { | |||
| 3512 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal UIToFP")((void)0); | |||
| 3513 | } | |||
| 3514 | ||||
| 3515 | UIToFPInst::UIToFPInst( | |||
| 3516 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd | |||
| 3517 | ) : CastInst(Ty, UIToFP, S, Name, InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 3518 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal UIToFP")((void)0); | |||
| 3519 | } | |||
| 3520 | ||||
| 3521 | SIToFPInst::SIToFPInst( | |||
| 3522 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, Instruction *InsertBefore | |||
| 3523 | ) : CastInst(Ty, SIToFP, S, Name, InsertBefore) { | |||
| 3524 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal SIToFP")((void)0); | |||
| 3525 | } | |||
| 3526 | ||||
| 3527 | SIToFPInst::SIToFPInst( | |||
| 3528 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd | |||
| 3529 | ) : CastInst(Ty, SIToFP, S, Name, InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 3530 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal SIToFP")((void)0); | |||
| 3531 | } | |||
| 3532 | ||||
| 3533 | FPToUIInst::FPToUIInst( | |||
| 3534 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, Instruction *InsertBefore | |||
| 3535 | ) : CastInst(Ty, FPToUI, S, Name, InsertBefore) { | |||
| 3536 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal FPToUI")((void)0); | |||
| 3537 | } | |||
| 3538 | ||||
| 3539 | FPToUIInst::FPToUIInst( | |||
| 3540 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd | |||
| 3541 | ) : CastInst(Ty, FPToUI, S, Name, InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 3542 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal FPToUI")((void)0); | |||
| 3543 | } | |||
| 3544 | ||||
| 3545 | FPToSIInst::FPToSIInst( | |||
| 3546 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, Instruction *InsertBefore | |||
| 3547 | ) : CastInst(Ty, FPToSI, S, Name, InsertBefore) { | |||
| 3548 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal FPToSI")((void)0); | |||
| 3549 | } | |||
| 3550 | ||||
| 3551 | FPToSIInst::FPToSIInst( | |||
| 3552 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd | |||
| 3553 | ) : CastInst(Ty, FPToSI, S, Name, InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 3554 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal FPToSI")((void)0); | |||
| 3555 | } | |||
| 3556 | ||||
| 3557 | PtrToIntInst::PtrToIntInst( | |||
| 3558 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, Instruction *InsertBefore | |||
| 3559 | ) : CastInst(Ty, PtrToInt, S, Name, InsertBefore) { | |||
| 3560 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal PtrToInt")((void)0); | |||
| 3561 | } | |||
| 3562 | ||||
| 3563 | PtrToIntInst::PtrToIntInst( | |||
| 3564 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd | |||
| 3565 | ) : CastInst(Ty, PtrToInt, S, Name, InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 3566 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal PtrToInt")((void)0); | |||
| 3567 | } | |||
| 3568 | ||||
| 3569 | IntToPtrInst::IntToPtrInst( | |||
| 3570 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, Instruction *InsertBefore | |||
| 3571 | ) : CastInst(Ty, IntToPtr, S, Name, InsertBefore) { | |||
| 3572 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal IntToPtr")((void)0); | |||
| 3573 | } | |||
| 3574 | ||||
| 3575 | IntToPtrInst::IntToPtrInst( | |||
| 3576 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd | |||
| 3577 | ) : CastInst(Ty, IntToPtr, S, Name, InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 3578 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal IntToPtr")((void)0); | |||
| 3579 | } | |||
| 3580 | ||||
| 3581 | BitCastInst::BitCastInst( | |||
| 3582 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, Instruction *InsertBefore | |||
| 3583 | ) : CastInst(Ty, BitCast, S, Name, InsertBefore) { | |||
| 3584 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal BitCast")((void)0); | |||
| 3585 | } | |||
| 3586 | ||||
| 3587 | BitCastInst::BitCastInst( | |||
| 3588 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd | |||
| 3589 | ) : CastInst(Ty, BitCast, S, Name, InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 3590 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal BitCast")((void)0); | |||
| 3591 | } | |||
| 3592 | ||||
| 3593 | AddrSpaceCastInst::AddrSpaceCastInst( | |||
| 3594 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, Instruction *InsertBefore | |||
| 3595 | ) : CastInst(Ty, AddrSpaceCast, S, Name, InsertBefore) { | |||
| 3596 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal AddrSpaceCast")((void)0); | |||
| 3597 | } | |||
| 3598 | ||||
| 3599 | AddrSpaceCastInst::AddrSpaceCastInst( | |||
| 3600 | Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd | |||
| 3601 | ) : CastInst(Ty, AddrSpaceCast, S, Name, InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 3602 | assert(castIsValid(getOpcode(), S, Ty) && "Illegal AddrSpaceCast")((void)0); | |||
| 3603 | } | |||
| 3604 | ||||
| 3605 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 3606 | // CmpInst Classes | |||
| 3607 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 3608 | ||||
| 3609 | CmpInst::CmpInst(Type *ty, OtherOps op, Predicate predicate, Value *LHS, | |||
| 3610 | Value *RHS, const Twine &Name, Instruction *InsertBefore, | |||
| 3611 | Instruction *FlagsSource) | |||
| 3612 | : Instruction(ty, op, | |||
| 3613 | OperandTraits<CmpInst>::op_begin(this), | |||
| 3614 | OperandTraits<CmpInst>::operands(this), | |||
| 3615 | InsertBefore) { | |||
| 3616 | Op<0>() = LHS; | |||
| 3617 | Op<1>() = RHS; | |||
| 3618 | setPredicate((Predicate)predicate); | |||
| 3619 | setName(Name); | |||
| 3620 | if (FlagsSource) | |||
| 3621 | copyIRFlags(FlagsSource); | |||
| 3622 | } | |||
| 3623 | ||||
| 3624 | CmpInst::CmpInst(Type *ty, OtherOps op, Predicate predicate, Value *LHS, | |||
| 3625 | Value *RHS, const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 3626 | : Instruction(ty, op, | |||
| 3627 | OperandTraits<CmpInst>::op_begin(this), | |||
| 3628 | OperandTraits<CmpInst>::operands(this), | |||
| 3629 | InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 3630 | Op<0>() = LHS; | |||
| 3631 | Op<1>() = RHS; | |||
| 3632 | setPredicate((Predicate)predicate); | |||
| 3633 | setName(Name); | |||
| 3634 | } | |||
| 3635 | ||||
| 3636 | CmpInst * | |||
| 3637 | CmpInst::Create(OtherOps Op, Predicate predicate, Value *S1, Value *S2, | |||
| 3638 | const Twine &Name, Instruction *InsertBefore) { | |||
| 3639 | if (Op == Instruction::ICmp) { | |||
| 3640 | if (InsertBefore) | |||
| 3641 | return new ICmpInst(InsertBefore, CmpInst::Predicate(predicate), | |||
| 3642 | S1, S2, Name); | |||
| 3643 | else | |||
| 3644 | return new ICmpInst(CmpInst::Predicate(predicate), | |||
| 3645 | S1, S2, Name); | |||
| 3646 | } | |||
| 3647 | ||||
| 3648 | if (InsertBefore) | |||
| 3649 | return new FCmpInst(InsertBefore, CmpInst::Predicate(predicate), | |||
| 3650 | S1, S2, Name); | |||
| 3651 | else | |||
| 3652 | return new FCmpInst(CmpInst::Predicate(predicate), | |||
| 3653 | S1, S2, Name); | |||
| 3654 | } | |||
| 3655 | ||||
| 3656 | CmpInst * | |||
| 3657 | CmpInst::Create(OtherOps Op, Predicate predicate, Value *S1, Value *S2, | |||
| 3658 | const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 3659 | if (Op == Instruction::ICmp) { | |||
| 3660 | return new ICmpInst(*InsertAtEnd, CmpInst::Predicate(predicate), | |||
| 3661 | S1, S2, Name); | |||
| 3662 | } | |||
| 3663 | return new FCmpInst(*InsertAtEnd, CmpInst::Predicate(predicate), | |||
| 3664 | S1, S2, Name); | |||
| 3665 | } | |||
| 3666 | ||||
| 3667 | void CmpInst::swapOperands() { | |||
| 3668 | if (ICmpInst *IC = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(this)) | |||
| 3669 | IC->swapOperands(); | |||
| 3670 | else | |||
| 3671 | cast<FCmpInst>(this)->swapOperands(); | |||
| 3672 | } | |||
| 3673 | ||||
| 3674 | bool CmpInst::isCommutative() const { | |||
| 3675 | if (const ICmpInst *IC = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(this)) | |||
| 3676 | return IC->isCommutative(); | |||
| 3677 | return cast<FCmpInst>(this)->isCommutative(); | |||
| 3678 | } | |||
| 3679 | ||||
| 3680 | bool CmpInst::isEquality(Predicate P) { | |||
| 3681 | if (ICmpInst::isIntPredicate(P)) | |||
| 3682 | return ICmpInst::isEquality(P); | |||
| 3683 | if (FCmpInst::isFPPredicate(P)) | |||
| 3684 | return FCmpInst::isEquality(P); | |||
| 3685 | llvm_unreachable("Unsupported predicate kind")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 3686 | } | |||
| 3687 | ||||
| 3688 | CmpInst::Predicate CmpInst::getInversePredicate(Predicate pred) { | |||
| 3689 | switch (pred) { | |||
| 3690 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown cmp predicate!")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 3691 | case ICMP_EQ: return ICMP_NE; | |||
| 3692 | case ICMP_NE: return ICMP_EQ; | |||
| 3693 | case ICMP_UGT: return ICMP_ULE; | |||
| 3694 | case ICMP_ULT: return ICMP_UGE; | |||
| 3695 | case ICMP_UGE: return ICMP_ULT; | |||
| 3696 | case ICMP_ULE: return ICMP_UGT; | |||
| 3697 | case ICMP_SGT: return ICMP_SLE; | |||
| 3698 | case ICMP_SLT: return ICMP_SGE; | |||
| 3699 | case ICMP_SGE: return ICMP_SLT; | |||
| 3700 | case ICMP_SLE: return ICMP_SGT; | |||
| 3701 | ||||
| 3702 | case FCMP_OEQ: return FCMP_UNE; | |||
| 3703 | case FCMP_ONE: return FCMP_UEQ; | |||
| 3704 | case FCMP_OGT: return FCMP_ULE; | |||
| 3705 | case FCMP_OLT: return FCMP_UGE; | |||
| 3706 | case FCMP_OGE: return FCMP_ULT; | |||
| 3707 | case FCMP_OLE: return FCMP_UGT; | |||
| 3708 | case FCMP_UEQ: return FCMP_ONE; | |||
| 3709 | case FCMP_UNE: return FCMP_OEQ; | |||
| 3710 | case FCMP_UGT: return FCMP_OLE; | |||
| 3711 | case FCMP_ULT: return FCMP_OGE; | |||
| 3712 | case FCMP_UGE: return FCMP_OLT; | |||
| 3713 | case FCMP_ULE: return FCMP_OGT; | |||
| 3714 | case FCMP_ORD: return FCMP_UNO; | |||
| 3715 | case FCMP_UNO: return FCMP_ORD; | |||
| 3716 | case FCMP_TRUE: return FCMP_FALSE; | |||
| 3717 | case FCMP_FALSE: return FCMP_TRUE; | |||
| 3718 | } | |||
| 3719 | } | |||
| 3720 | ||||
| 3721 | StringRef CmpInst::getPredicateName(Predicate Pred) { | |||
| 3722 | switch (Pred) { | |||
| 3723 | default: return "unknown"; | |||
| 3724 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_FALSE: return "false"; | |||
| 3725 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_OEQ: return "oeq"; | |||
| 3726 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGT: return "ogt"; | |||
| 3727 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE: return "oge"; | |||
| 3728 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLT: return "olt"; | |||
| 3729 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE: return "ole"; | |||
| 3730 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE: return "one"; | |||
| 3731 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD: return "ord"; | |||
| 3732 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO: return "uno"; | |||
| 3733 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_UEQ: return "ueq"; | |||
| 3734 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGT: return "ugt"; | |||
| 3735 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGE: return "uge"; | |||
| 3736 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULT: return "ult"; | |||
| 3737 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULE: return "ule"; | |||
| 3738 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNE: return "une"; | |||
| 3739 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_TRUE: return "true"; | |||
| 3740 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: return "eq"; | |||
| 3741 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: return "ne"; | |||
| 3742 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: return "sgt"; | |||
| 3743 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: return "sge"; | |||
| 3744 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: return "slt"; | |||
| 3745 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: return "sle"; | |||
| 3746 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: return "ugt"; | |||
| 3747 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: return "uge"; | |||
| 3748 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: return "ult"; | |||
| 3749 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: return "ule"; | |||
| 3750 | } | |||
| 3751 | } | |||
| 3752 | ||||
| 3753 | ICmpInst::Predicate ICmpInst::getSignedPredicate(Predicate pred) { | |||
| 3754 | switch (pred) { | |||
| 3755 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown icmp predicate!")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 3756 | case ICMP_EQ: case ICMP_NE: | |||
| 3757 | case ICMP_SGT: case ICMP_SLT: case ICMP_SGE: case ICMP_SLE: | |||
| 3758 | return pred; | |||
| 3759 | case ICMP_UGT: return ICMP_SGT; | |||
| 3760 | case ICMP_ULT: return ICMP_SLT; | |||
| 3761 | case ICMP_UGE: return ICMP_SGE; | |||
| 3762 | case ICMP_ULE: return ICMP_SLE; | |||
| 3763 | } | |||
| 3764 | } | |||
| 3765 | ||||
| 3766 | ICmpInst::Predicate ICmpInst::getUnsignedPredicate(Predicate pred) { | |||
| 3767 | switch (pred) { | |||
| 3768 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown icmp predicate!")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 3769 | case ICMP_EQ: case ICMP_NE: | |||
| 3770 | case ICMP_UGT: case ICMP_ULT: case ICMP_UGE: case ICMP_ULE: | |||
| 3771 | return pred; | |||
| 3772 | case ICMP_SGT: return ICMP_UGT; | |||
| 3773 | case ICMP_SLT: return ICMP_ULT; | |||
| 3774 | case ICMP_SGE: return ICMP_UGE; | |||
| 3775 | case ICMP_SLE: return ICMP_ULE; | |||
| 3776 | } | |||
| 3777 | } | |||
| 3778 | ||||
| 3779 | CmpInst::Predicate CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Predicate pred) { | |||
| 3780 | switch (pred) { | |||
| 3781 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown cmp predicate!")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 3782 | case ICMP_EQ: case ICMP_NE: | |||
| 3783 | return pred; | |||
| 3784 | case ICMP_SGT: return ICMP_SLT; | |||
| 3785 | case ICMP_SLT: return ICMP_SGT; | |||
| 3786 | case ICMP_SGE: return ICMP_SLE; | |||
| 3787 | case ICMP_SLE: return ICMP_SGE; | |||
| 3788 | case ICMP_UGT: return ICMP_ULT; | |||
| 3789 | case ICMP_ULT: return ICMP_UGT; | |||
| 3790 | case ICMP_UGE: return ICMP_ULE; | |||
| 3791 | case ICMP_ULE: return ICMP_UGE; | |||
| 3792 | ||||
| 3793 | case FCMP_FALSE: case FCMP_TRUE: | |||
| 3794 | case FCMP_OEQ: case FCMP_ONE: | |||
| 3795 | case FCMP_UEQ: case FCMP_UNE: | |||
| 3796 | case FCMP_ORD: case FCMP_UNO: | |||
| 3797 | return pred; | |||
| 3798 | case FCMP_OGT: return FCMP_OLT; | |||
| 3799 | case FCMP_OLT: return FCMP_OGT; | |||
| 3800 | case FCMP_OGE: return FCMP_OLE; | |||
| 3801 | case FCMP_OLE: return FCMP_OGE; | |||
| 3802 | case FCMP_UGT: return FCMP_ULT; | |||
| 3803 | case FCMP_ULT: return FCMP_UGT; | |||
| 3804 | case FCMP_UGE: return FCMP_ULE; | |||
| 3805 | case FCMP_ULE: return FCMP_UGE; | |||
| 3806 | } | |||
| 3807 | } | |||
| 3808 | ||||
| 3809 | bool CmpInst::isNonStrictPredicate(Predicate pred) { | |||
| 3810 | switch (pred) { | |||
| 3811 | case ICMP_SGE: | |||
| 3812 | case ICMP_SLE: | |||
| 3813 | case ICMP_UGE: | |||
| 3814 | case ICMP_ULE: | |||
| 3815 | case FCMP_OGE: | |||
| 3816 | case FCMP_OLE: | |||
| 3817 | case FCMP_UGE: | |||
| 3818 | case FCMP_ULE: | |||
| 3819 | return true; | |||
| 3820 | default: | |||
| 3821 | return false; | |||
| 3822 | } | |||
| 3823 | } | |||
| 3824 | ||||
| 3825 | bool CmpInst::isStrictPredicate(Predicate pred) { | |||
| 3826 | switch (pred) { | |||
| 3827 | case ICMP_SGT: | |||
| 3828 | case ICMP_SLT: | |||
| 3829 | case ICMP_UGT: | |||
| 3830 | case ICMP_ULT: | |||
| 3831 | case FCMP_OGT: | |||
| 3832 | case FCMP_OLT: | |||
| 3833 | case FCMP_UGT: | |||
| 3834 | case FCMP_ULT: | |||
| 3835 | return true; | |||
| 3836 | default: | |||
| 3837 | return false; | |||
| 3838 | } | |||
| 3839 | } | |||
| 3840 | ||||
| 3841 | CmpInst::Predicate CmpInst::getStrictPredicate(Predicate pred) { | |||
| 3842 | switch (pred) { | |||
| 3843 | case ICMP_SGE: | |||
| 3844 | return ICMP_SGT; | |||
| 3845 | case ICMP_SLE: | |||
| 3846 | return ICMP_SLT; | |||
| 3847 | case ICMP_UGE: | |||
| 3848 | return ICMP_UGT; | |||
| 3849 | case ICMP_ULE: | |||
| 3850 | return ICMP_ULT; | |||
| 3851 | case FCMP_OGE: | |||
| 3852 | return FCMP_OGT; | |||
| 3853 | case FCMP_OLE: | |||
| 3854 | return FCMP_OLT; | |||
| 3855 | case FCMP_UGE: | |||
| 3856 | return FCMP_UGT; | |||
| 3857 | case FCMP_ULE: | |||
| 3858 | return FCMP_ULT; | |||
| 3859 | default: | |||
| 3860 | return pred; | |||
| 3861 | } | |||
| 3862 | } | |||
| 3863 | ||||
| 3864 | CmpInst::Predicate CmpInst::getNonStrictPredicate(Predicate pred) { | |||
| 3865 | switch (pred) { | |||
| 3866 | case ICMP_SGT: | |||
| 3867 | return ICMP_SGE; | |||
| 3868 | case ICMP_SLT: | |||
| 3869 | return ICMP_SLE; | |||
| 3870 | case ICMP_UGT: | |||
| 3871 | return ICMP_UGE; | |||
| 3872 | case ICMP_ULT: | |||
| 3873 | return ICMP_ULE; | |||
| 3874 | case FCMP_OGT: | |||
| 3875 | return FCMP_OGE; | |||
| 3876 | case FCMP_OLT: | |||
| 3877 | return FCMP_OLE; | |||
| 3878 | case FCMP_UGT: | |||
| 3879 | return FCMP_UGE; | |||
| 3880 | case FCMP_ULT: | |||
| 3881 | return FCMP_ULE; | |||
| 3882 | default: | |||
| 3883 | return pred; | |||
| 3884 | } | |||
| 3885 | } | |||
| 3886 | ||||
| 3887 | CmpInst::Predicate CmpInst::getFlippedStrictnessPredicate(Predicate pred) { | |||
| 3888 | assert(CmpInst::isRelational(pred) && "Call only with relational predicate!")((void)0); | |||
| 3889 | ||||
| 3890 | if (isStrictPredicate(pred)) | |||
| 3891 | return getNonStrictPredicate(pred); | |||
| 3892 | if (isNonStrictPredicate(pred)) | |||
| 3893 | return getStrictPredicate(pred); | |||
| 3894 | ||||
| 3895 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown predicate!")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 3896 | } | |||
| 3897 | ||||
| 3898 | CmpInst::Predicate CmpInst::getSignedPredicate(Predicate pred) { | |||
| 3899 | assert(CmpInst::isUnsigned(pred) && "Call only with unsigned predicates!")((void)0); | |||
| 3900 | ||||
| 3901 | switch (pred) { | |||
| 3902 | default: | |||
| 3903 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown predicate!")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 3904 | case CmpInst::ICMP_ULT: | |||
| 3905 | return CmpInst::ICMP_SLT; | |||
| 3906 | case CmpInst::ICMP_ULE: | |||
| 3907 | return CmpInst::ICMP_SLE; | |||
| 3908 | case CmpInst::ICMP_UGT: | |||
| 3909 | return CmpInst::ICMP_SGT; | |||
| 3910 | case CmpInst::ICMP_UGE: | |||
| 3911 | return CmpInst::ICMP_SGE; | |||
| 3912 | } | |||
| 3913 | } | |||
| 3914 | ||||
| 3915 | CmpInst::Predicate CmpInst::getUnsignedPredicate(Predicate pred) { | |||
| 3916 | assert(CmpInst::isSigned(pred) && "Call only with signed predicates!")((void)0); | |||
| 3917 | ||||
| 3918 | switch (pred) { | |||
| 3919 | default: | |||
| 3920 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown predicate!")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 3921 | case CmpInst::ICMP_SLT: | |||
| 3922 | return CmpInst::ICMP_ULT; | |||
| 3923 | case CmpInst::ICMP_SLE: | |||
| 3924 | return CmpInst::ICMP_ULE; | |||
| 3925 | case CmpInst::ICMP_SGT: | |||
| 3926 | return CmpInst::ICMP_UGT; | |||
| 3927 | case CmpInst::ICMP_SGE: | |||
| 3928 | return CmpInst::ICMP_UGE; | |||
| 3929 | } | |||
| 3930 | } | |||
| 3931 | ||||
| 3932 | bool CmpInst::isUnsigned(Predicate predicate) { | |||
| 3933 | switch (predicate) { | |||
| 3934 | default: return false; | |||
| 3935 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: | |||
| 3936 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: return true; | |||
| 3937 | } | |||
| 3938 | } | |||
| 3939 | ||||
| 3940 | bool CmpInst::isSigned(Predicate predicate) { | |||
| 3941 | switch (predicate) { | |||
| 3942 | default: return false; | |||
| 3943 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: | |||
| 3944 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: return true; | |||
| 3945 | } | |||
| 3946 | } | |||
| 3947 | ||||
| 3948 | CmpInst::Predicate CmpInst::getFlippedSignednessPredicate(Predicate pred) { | |||
| 3949 | assert(CmpInst::isRelational(pred) &&((void)0) | |||
| 3950 | "Call only with non-equality predicates!")((void)0); | |||
| 3951 | ||||
| 3952 | if (isSigned(pred)) | |||
| 3953 | return getUnsignedPredicate(pred); | |||
| 3954 | if (isUnsigned(pred)) | |||
| 3955 | return getSignedPredicate(pred); | |||
| 3956 | ||||
| 3957 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown predicate!")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 3958 | } | |||
| 3959 | ||||
| 3960 | bool CmpInst::isOrdered(Predicate predicate) { | |||
| 3961 | switch (predicate) { | |||
| 3962 | default: return false; | |||
| 3963 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_OEQ: case FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE: case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGT: | |||
| 3964 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLT: case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE: case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE: | |||
| 3965 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD: return true; | |||
| 3966 | } | |||
| 3967 | } | |||
| 3968 | ||||
| 3969 | bool CmpInst::isUnordered(Predicate predicate) { | |||
| 3970 | switch (predicate) { | |||
| 3971 | default: return false; | |||
| 3972 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_UEQ: case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNE: case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGT: | |||
| 3973 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULT: case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGE: case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULE: | |||
| 3974 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO: return true; | |||
| 3975 | } | |||
| 3976 | } | |||
| 3977 | ||||
| 3978 | bool CmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Predicate predicate) { | |||
| 3979 | switch(predicate) { | |||
| 3980 | default: return false; | |||
| 3981 | case ICMP_EQ: case ICMP_UGE: case ICMP_ULE: case ICMP_SGE: case ICMP_SLE: | |||
| 3982 | case FCMP_TRUE: case FCMP_UEQ: case FCMP_UGE: case FCMP_ULE: return true; | |||
| 3983 | } | |||
| 3984 | } | |||
| 3985 | ||||
| 3986 | bool CmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(Predicate predicate) { | |||
| 3987 | switch(predicate) { | |||
| 3988 | case ICMP_NE: case ICMP_UGT: case ICMP_ULT: case ICMP_SGT: case ICMP_SLT: | |||
| 3989 | case FCMP_FALSE: case FCMP_ONE: case FCMP_OGT: case FCMP_OLT: return true; | |||
| 3990 | default: return false; | |||
| 3991 | } | |||
| 3992 | } | |||
| 3993 | ||||
| 3994 | bool CmpInst::isImpliedTrueByMatchingCmp(Predicate Pred1, Predicate Pred2) { | |||
| 3995 | // If the predicates match, then we know the first condition implies the | |||
| 3996 | // second is true. | |||
| 3997 | if (Pred1 == Pred2) | |||
| 3998 | return true; | |||
| 3999 | ||||
| 4000 | switch (Pred1) { | |||
| 4001 | default: | |||
| 4002 | break; | |||
| 4003 | case ICMP_EQ: | |||
| 4004 | // A == B implies A >=u B, A <=u B, A >=s B, and A <=s B are true. | |||
| 4005 | return Pred2 == ICMP_UGE || Pred2 == ICMP_ULE || Pred2 == ICMP_SGE || | |||
| 4006 | Pred2 == ICMP_SLE; | |||
| 4007 | case ICMP_UGT: // A >u B implies A != B and A >=u B are true. | |||
| 4008 | return Pred2 == ICMP_NE || Pred2 == ICMP_UGE; | |||
| 4009 | case ICMP_ULT: // A <u B implies A != B and A <=u B are true. | |||
| 4010 | return Pred2 == ICMP_NE || Pred2 == ICMP_ULE; | |||
| 4011 | case ICMP_SGT: // A >s B implies A != B and A >=s B are true. | |||
| 4012 | return Pred2 == ICMP_NE || Pred2 == ICMP_SGE; | |||
| 4013 | case ICMP_SLT: // A <s B implies A != B and A <=s B are true. | |||
| 4014 | return Pred2 == ICMP_NE || Pred2 == ICMP_SLE; | |||
| 4015 | } | |||
| 4016 | return false; | |||
| 4017 | } | |||
| 4018 | ||||
| 4019 | bool CmpInst::isImpliedFalseByMatchingCmp(Predicate Pred1, Predicate Pred2) { | |||
| 4020 | return isImpliedTrueByMatchingCmp(Pred1, getInversePredicate(Pred2)); | |||
| 4021 | } | |||
| 4022 | ||||
| 4023 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 4024 | // SwitchInst Implementation | |||
| 4025 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 4026 | ||||
| 4027 | void SwitchInst::init(Value *Value, BasicBlock *Default, unsigned NumReserved) { | |||
| 4028 | assert(Value && Default && NumReserved)((void)0); | |||
| 4029 | ReservedSpace = NumReserved; | |||
| 4030 | setNumHungOffUseOperands(2); | |||
| 4031 | allocHungoffUses(ReservedSpace); | |||
| 4032 | ||||
| 4033 | Op<0>() = Value; | |||
| 4034 | Op<1>() = Default; | |||
| 4035 | } | |||
| 4036 | ||||
| 4037 | /// SwitchInst ctor - Create a new switch instruction, specifying a value to | |||
| 4038 | /// switch on and a default destination. The number of additional cases can | |||
| 4039 | /// be specified here to make memory allocation more efficient. This | |||
| 4040 | /// constructor can also autoinsert before another instruction. | |||
| 4041 | SwitchInst::SwitchInst(Value *Value, BasicBlock *Default, unsigned NumCases, | |||
| 4042 | Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 4043 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(Value->getContext()), Instruction::Switch, | |||
| 4044 | nullptr, 0, InsertBefore) { | |||
| 4045 | init(Value, Default, 2+NumCases*2); | |||
| 4046 | } | |||
| 4047 | ||||
| 4048 | /// SwitchInst ctor - Create a new switch instruction, specifying a value to | |||
| 4049 | /// switch on and a default destination. The number of additional cases can | |||
| 4050 | /// be specified here to make memory allocation more efficient. This | |||
| 4051 | /// constructor also autoinserts at the end of the specified BasicBlock. | |||
| 4052 | SwitchInst::SwitchInst(Value *Value, BasicBlock *Default, unsigned NumCases, | |||
| 4053 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 4054 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(Value->getContext()), Instruction::Switch, | |||
| 4055 | nullptr, 0, InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 4056 | init(Value, Default, 2+NumCases*2); | |||
| 4057 | } | |||
| 4058 | ||||
| 4059 | SwitchInst::SwitchInst(const SwitchInst &SI) | |||
| 4060 | : Instruction(SI.getType(), Instruction::Switch, nullptr, 0) { | |||
| 4061 | init(SI.getCondition(), SI.getDefaultDest(), SI.getNumOperands()); | |||
| 4062 | setNumHungOffUseOperands(SI.getNumOperands()); | |||
| 4063 | Use *OL = getOperandList(); | |||
| 4064 | const Use *InOL = SI.getOperandList(); | |||
| 4065 | for (unsigned i = 2, E = SI.getNumOperands(); i != E; i += 2) { | |||
| 4066 | OL[i] = InOL[i]; | |||
| 4067 | OL[i+1] = InOL[i+1]; | |||
| 4068 | } | |||
| 4069 | SubclassOptionalData = SI.SubclassOptionalData; | |||
| 4070 | } | |||
| 4071 | ||||
| 4072 | /// addCase - Add an entry to the switch instruction... | |||
| 4073 | /// | |||
| 4074 | void SwitchInst::addCase(ConstantInt *OnVal, BasicBlock *Dest) { | |||
| 4075 | unsigned NewCaseIdx = getNumCases(); | |||
| 4076 | unsigned OpNo = getNumOperands(); | |||
| 4077 | if (OpNo+2 > ReservedSpace) | |||
| 4078 | growOperands(); // Get more space! | |||
| 4079 | // Initialize some new operands. | |||
| 4080 | assert(OpNo+1 < ReservedSpace && "Growing didn't work!")((void)0); | |||
| 4081 | setNumHungOffUseOperands(OpNo+2); | |||
| 4082 | CaseHandle Case(this, NewCaseIdx); | |||
| 4083 | Case.setValue(OnVal); | |||
| 4084 | Case.setSuccessor(Dest); | |||
| 4085 | } | |||
| 4086 | ||||
| 4087 | /// removeCase - This method removes the specified case and its successor | |||
| 4088 | /// from the switch instruction. | |||
| 4089 | SwitchInst::CaseIt SwitchInst::removeCase(CaseIt I) { | |||
| 4090 | unsigned idx = I->getCaseIndex(); | |||
| 4091 | ||||
| 4092 | assert(2 + idx*2 < getNumOperands() && "Case index out of range!!!")((void)0); | |||
| 4093 | ||||
| 4094 | unsigned NumOps = getNumOperands(); | |||
| 4095 | Use *OL = getOperandList(); | |||
| 4096 | ||||
| 4097 | // Overwrite this case with the end of the list. | |||
| 4098 | if (2 + (idx + 1) * 2 != NumOps) { | |||
| 4099 | OL[2 + idx * 2] = OL[NumOps - 2]; | |||
| 4100 | OL[2 + idx * 2 + 1] = OL[NumOps - 1]; | |||
| 4101 | } | |||
| 4102 | ||||
| 4103 | // Nuke the last value. | |||
| 4104 | OL[NumOps-2].set(nullptr); | |||
| 4105 | OL[NumOps-2+1].set(nullptr); | |||
| 4106 | setNumHungOffUseOperands(NumOps-2); | |||
| 4107 | ||||
| 4108 | return CaseIt(this, idx); | |||
| 4109 | } | |||
| 4110 | ||||
| 4111 | /// growOperands - grow operands - This grows the operand list in response | |||
| 4112 | /// to a push_back style of operation. This grows the number of ops by 3 times. | |||
| 4113 | /// | |||
| 4114 | void SwitchInst::growOperands() { | |||
| 4115 | unsigned e = getNumOperands(); | |||
| 4116 | unsigned NumOps = e*3; | |||
| 4117 | ||||
| 4118 | ReservedSpace = NumOps; | |||
| 4119 | growHungoffUses(ReservedSpace); | |||
| 4120 | } | |||
| 4121 | ||||
| 4122 | MDNode * | |||
| 4123 | SwitchInstProfUpdateWrapper::getProfBranchWeightsMD(const SwitchInst &SI) { | |||
| 4124 | if (MDNode *ProfileData = SI.getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof)) | |||
| 4125 | if (auto *MDName = dyn_cast<MDString>(ProfileData->getOperand(0))) | |||
| 4126 | if (MDName->getString() == "branch_weights") | |||
| 4127 | return ProfileData; | |||
| 4128 | return nullptr; | |||
| 4129 | } | |||
| 4130 | ||||
| 4131 | MDNode *SwitchInstProfUpdateWrapper::buildProfBranchWeightsMD() { | |||
| 4132 | assert(Changed && "called only if metadata has changed")((void)0); | |||
| 4133 | ||||
| 4134 | if (!Weights) | |||
| 4135 | return nullptr; | |||
| 4136 | ||||
| 4137 | assert(SI.getNumSuccessors() == Weights->size() &&((void)0) | |||
| 4138 | "num of prof branch_weights must accord with num of successors")((void)0); | |||
| 4139 | ||||
| 4140 | bool AllZeroes = | |||
| 4141 | all_of(Weights.getValue(), [](uint32_t W) { return W == 0; }); | |||
| 4142 | ||||
| 4143 | if (AllZeroes || Weights.getValue().size() < 2) | |||
| 4144 | return nullptr; | |||
| 4145 | ||||
| 4146 | return MDBuilder(SI.getParent()->getContext()).createBranchWeights(*Weights); | |||
| 4147 | } | |||
| 4148 | ||||
| 4149 | void SwitchInstProfUpdateWrapper::init() { | |||
| 4150 | MDNode *ProfileData = getProfBranchWeightsMD(SI); | |||
| 4151 | if (!ProfileData) | |||
| 4152 | return; | |||
| 4153 | ||||
| 4154 | if (ProfileData->getNumOperands() != SI.getNumSuccessors() + 1) { | |||
| 4155 | llvm_unreachable("number of prof branch_weights metadata operands does "__builtin_unreachable() | |||
| 4156 | "not correspond to number of succesors")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 4157 | } | |||
| 4158 | ||||
| 4159 | SmallVector<uint32_t, 8> Weights; | |||
| 4160 | for (unsigned CI = 1, CE = SI.getNumSuccessors(); CI <= CE; ++CI) { | |||
| 4161 | ConstantInt *C = mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(ProfileData->getOperand(CI)); | |||
| 4162 | uint32_t CW = C->getValue().getZExtValue(); | |||
| 4163 | Weights.push_back(CW); | |||
| 4164 | } | |||
| 4165 | this->Weights = std::move(Weights); | |||
| 4166 | } | |||
| 4167 | ||||
| 4168 | SwitchInst::CaseIt | |||
| 4169 | SwitchInstProfUpdateWrapper::removeCase(SwitchInst::CaseIt I) { | |||
| 4170 | if (Weights) { | |||
| 4171 | assert(SI.getNumSuccessors() == Weights->size() &&((void)0) | |||
| 4172 | "num of prof branch_weights must accord with num of successors")((void)0); | |||
| 4173 | Changed = true; | |||
| 4174 | // Copy the last case to the place of the removed one and shrink. | |||
| 4175 | // This is tightly coupled with the way SwitchInst::removeCase() removes | |||
| 4176 | // the cases in SwitchInst::removeCase(CaseIt). | |||
| 4177 | Weights.getValue()[I->getCaseIndex() + 1] = Weights.getValue().back(); | |||
| 4178 | Weights.getValue().pop_back(); | |||
| 4179 | } | |||
| 4180 | return SI.removeCase(I); | |||
| 4181 | } | |||
| 4182 | ||||
| 4183 | void SwitchInstProfUpdateWrapper::addCase( | |||
| 4184 | ConstantInt *OnVal, BasicBlock *Dest, | |||
| 4185 | SwitchInstProfUpdateWrapper::CaseWeightOpt W) { | |||
| 4186 | SI.addCase(OnVal, Dest); | |||
| 4187 | ||||
| 4188 | if (!Weights && W && *W) { | |||
| 4189 | Changed = true; | |||
| 4190 | Weights = SmallVector<uint32_t, 8>(SI.getNumSuccessors(), 0); | |||
| 4191 | Weights.getValue()[SI.getNumSuccessors() - 1] = *W; | |||
| 4192 | } else if (Weights) { | |||
| 4193 | Changed = true; | |||
| 4194 | Weights.getValue().push_back(W ? *W : 0); | |||
| 4195 | } | |||
| 4196 | if (Weights) | |||
| 4197 | assert(SI.getNumSuccessors() == Weights->size() &&((void)0) | |||
| 4198 | "num of prof branch_weights must accord with num of successors")((void)0); | |||
| 4199 | } | |||
| 4200 | ||||
| 4201 | SymbolTableList<Instruction>::iterator | |||
| 4202 | SwitchInstProfUpdateWrapper::eraseFromParent() { | |||
| 4203 | // Instruction is erased. Mark as unchanged to not touch it in the destructor. | |||
| 4204 | Changed = false; | |||
| 4205 | if (Weights) | |||
| 4206 | Weights->resize(0); | |||
| 4207 | return SI.eraseFromParent(); | |||
| 4208 | } | |||
| 4209 | ||||
| 4210 | SwitchInstProfUpdateWrapper::CaseWeightOpt | |||
| 4211 | SwitchInstProfUpdateWrapper::getSuccessorWeight(unsigned idx) { | |||
| 4212 | if (!Weights) | |||
| 4213 | return None; | |||
| 4214 | return Weights.getValue()[idx]; | |||
| 4215 | } | |||
| 4216 | ||||
| 4217 | void SwitchInstProfUpdateWrapper::setSuccessorWeight( | |||
| 4218 | unsigned idx, SwitchInstProfUpdateWrapper::CaseWeightOpt W) { | |||
| 4219 | if (!W) | |||
| 4220 | return; | |||
| 4221 | ||||
| 4222 | if (!Weights && *W) | |||
| 4223 | Weights = SmallVector<uint32_t, 8>(SI.getNumSuccessors(), 0); | |||
| 4224 | ||||
| 4225 | if (Weights) { | |||
| 4226 | auto &OldW = Weights.getValue()[idx]; | |||
| 4227 | if (*W != OldW) { | |||
| 4228 | Changed = true; | |||
| 4229 | OldW = *W; | |||
| 4230 | } | |||
| 4231 | } | |||
| 4232 | } | |||
| 4233 | ||||
| 4234 | SwitchInstProfUpdateWrapper::CaseWeightOpt | |||
| 4235 | SwitchInstProfUpdateWrapper::getSuccessorWeight(const SwitchInst &SI, | |||
| 4236 | unsigned idx) { | |||
| 4237 | if (MDNode *ProfileData = getProfBranchWeightsMD(SI)) | |||
| 4238 | if (ProfileData->getNumOperands() == SI.getNumSuccessors() + 1) | |||
| 4239 | return mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(ProfileData->getOperand(idx + 1)) | |||
| 4240 | ->getValue() | |||
| 4241 | .getZExtValue(); | |||
| 4242 | ||||
| 4243 | return None; | |||
| 4244 | } | |||
| 4245 | ||||
| 4246 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 4247 | // IndirectBrInst Implementation | |||
| 4248 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 4249 | ||||
| 4250 | void IndirectBrInst::init(Value *Address, unsigned NumDests) { | |||
| 4251 | assert(Address && Address->getType()->isPointerTy() &&((void)0) | |||
| 4252 | "Address of indirectbr must be a pointer")((void)0); | |||
| 4253 | ReservedSpace = 1+NumDests; | |||
| 4254 | setNumHungOffUseOperands(1); | |||
| 4255 | allocHungoffUses(ReservedSpace); | |||
| 4256 | ||||
| 4257 | Op<0>() = Address; | |||
| 4258 | } | |||
| 4259 | ||||
| 4260 | ||||
| 4261 | /// growOperands - grow operands - This grows the operand list in response | |||
| 4262 | /// to a push_back style of operation. This grows the number of ops by 2 times. | |||
| 4263 | /// | |||
| 4264 | void IndirectBrInst::growOperands() { | |||
| 4265 | unsigned e = getNumOperands(); | |||
| 4266 | unsigned NumOps = e*2; | |||
| 4267 | ||||
| 4268 | ReservedSpace = NumOps; | |||
| 4269 | growHungoffUses(ReservedSpace); | |||
| 4270 | } | |||
| 4271 | ||||
| 4272 | IndirectBrInst::IndirectBrInst(Value *Address, unsigned NumCases, | |||
| 4273 | Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 4274 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(Address->getContext()), | |||
| 4275 | Instruction::IndirectBr, nullptr, 0, InsertBefore) { | |||
| 4276 | init(Address, NumCases); | |||
| 4277 | } | |||
| 4278 | ||||
| 4279 | IndirectBrInst::IndirectBrInst(Value *Address, unsigned NumCases, | |||
| 4280 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 4281 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(Address->getContext()), | |||
| 4282 | Instruction::IndirectBr, nullptr, 0, InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 4283 | init(Address, NumCases); | |||
| 4284 | } | |||
| 4285 | ||||
| 4286 | IndirectBrInst::IndirectBrInst(const IndirectBrInst &IBI) | |||
| 4287 | : Instruction(Type::getVoidTy(IBI.getContext()), Instruction::IndirectBr, | |||
| 4288 | nullptr, IBI.getNumOperands()) { | |||
| 4289 | allocHungoffUses(IBI.getNumOperands()); | |||
| 4290 | Use *OL = getOperandList(); | |||
| 4291 | const Use *InOL = IBI.getOperandList(); | |||
| 4292 | for (unsigned i = 0, E = IBI.getNumOperands(); i != E; ++i) | |||
| 4293 | OL[i] = InOL[i]; | |||
| 4294 | SubclassOptionalData = IBI.SubclassOptionalData; | |||
| 4295 | } | |||
| 4296 | ||||
| 4297 | /// addDestination - Add a destination. | |||
| 4298 | /// | |||
| 4299 | void IndirectBrInst::addDestination(BasicBlock *DestBB) { | |||
| 4300 | unsigned OpNo = getNumOperands(); | |||
| 4301 | if (OpNo+1 > ReservedSpace) | |||
| 4302 | growOperands(); // Get more space! | |||
| 4303 | // Initialize some new operands. | |||
| 4304 | assert(OpNo < ReservedSpace && "Growing didn't work!")((void)0); | |||
| 4305 | setNumHungOffUseOperands(OpNo+1); | |||
| 4306 | getOperandList()[OpNo] = DestBB; | |||
| 4307 | } | |||
| 4308 | ||||
| 4309 | /// removeDestination - This method removes the specified successor from the | |||
| 4310 | /// indirectbr instruction. | |||
| 4311 | void IndirectBrInst::removeDestination(unsigned idx) { | |||
| 4312 | assert(idx < getNumOperands()-1 && "Successor index out of range!")((void)0); | |||
| 4313 | ||||
| 4314 | unsigned NumOps = getNumOperands(); | |||
| 4315 | Use *OL = getOperandList(); | |||
| 4316 | ||||
| 4317 | // Replace this value with the last one. | |||
| 4318 | OL[idx+1] = OL[NumOps-1]; | |||
| 4319 | ||||
| 4320 | // Nuke the last value. | |||
| 4321 | OL[NumOps-1].set(nullptr); | |||
| 4322 | setNumHungOffUseOperands(NumOps-1); | |||
| 4323 | } | |||
| 4324 | ||||
| 4325 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 4326 | // FreezeInst Implementation | |||
| 4327 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 4328 | ||||
| 4329 | FreezeInst::FreezeInst(Value *S, | |||
| 4330 | const Twine &Name, Instruction *InsertBefore) | |||
| 4331 | : UnaryInstruction(S->getType(), Freeze, S, InsertBefore) { | |||
| 4332 | setName(Name); | |||
| 4333 | } | |||
| 4334 | ||||
| 4335 | FreezeInst::FreezeInst(Value *S, | |||
| 4336 | const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) | |||
| 4337 | : UnaryInstruction(S->getType(), Freeze, S, InsertAtEnd) { | |||
| 4338 | setName(Name); | |||
| 4339 | } | |||
| 4340 | ||||
| 4341 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 4342 | // cloneImpl() implementations | |||
| 4343 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 4344 | ||||
| 4345 | // Define these methods here so vtables don't get emitted into every translation | |||
| 4346 | // unit that uses these classes. | |||
| 4347 | ||||
| 4348 | GetElementPtrInst *GetElementPtrInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4349 | return new (getNumOperands()) GetElementPtrInst(*this); | |||
| 4350 | } | |||
| 4351 | ||||
| 4352 | UnaryOperator *UnaryOperator::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4353 | return Create(getOpcode(), Op<0>()); | |||
| 4354 | } | |||
| 4355 | ||||
| 4356 | BinaryOperator *BinaryOperator::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4357 | return Create(getOpcode(), Op<0>(), Op<1>()); | |||
| 4358 | } | |||
| 4359 | ||||
| 4360 | FCmpInst *FCmpInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4361 | return new FCmpInst(getPredicate(), Op<0>(), Op<1>()); | |||
| 4362 | } | |||
| 4363 | ||||
| 4364 | ICmpInst *ICmpInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4365 | return new ICmpInst(getPredicate(), Op<0>(), Op<1>()); | |||
| 4366 | } | |||
| 4367 | ||||
| 4368 | ExtractValueInst *ExtractValueInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4369 | return new ExtractValueInst(*this); | |||
| 4370 | } | |||
| 4371 | ||||
| 4372 | InsertValueInst *InsertValueInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4373 | return new InsertValueInst(*this); | |||
| 4374 | } | |||
| 4375 | ||||
| 4376 | AllocaInst *AllocaInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4377 | AllocaInst *Result = | |||
| 4378 | new AllocaInst(getAllocatedType(), getType()->getAddressSpace(), | |||
| 4379 | getOperand(0), getAlign()); | |||
| 4380 | Result->setUsedWithInAlloca(isUsedWithInAlloca()); | |||
| 4381 | Result->setSwiftError(isSwiftError()); | |||
| 4382 | return Result; | |||
| 4383 | } | |||
| 4384 | ||||
| 4385 | LoadInst *LoadInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4386 | return new LoadInst(getType(), getOperand(0), Twine(), isVolatile(), | |||
| 4387 | getAlign(), getOrdering(), getSyncScopeID()); | |||
| 4388 | } | |||
| 4389 | ||||
| 4390 | StoreInst *StoreInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4391 | return new StoreInst(getOperand(0), getOperand(1), isVolatile(), getAlign(), | |||
| 4392 | getOrdering(), getSyncScopeID()); | |||
| 4393 | } | |||
| 4394 | ||||
| 4395 | AtomicCmpXchgInst *AtomicCmpXchgInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4396 | AtomicCmpXchgInst *Result = new AtomicCmpXchgInst( | |||
| 4397 | getOperand(0), getOperand(1), getOperand(2), getAlign(), | |||
| 4398 | getSuccessOrdering(), getFailureOrdering(), getSyncScopeID()); | |||
| 4399 | Result->setVolatile(isVolatile()); | |||
| 4400 | Result->setWeak(isWeak()); | |||
| 4401 | return Result; | |||
| 4402 | } | |||
| 4403 | ||||
| 4404 | AtomicRMWInst *AtomicRMWInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4405 | AtomicRMWInst *Result = | |||
| 4406 | new AtomicRMWInst(getOperation(), getOperand(0), getOperand(1), | |||
| 4407 | getAlign(), getOrdering(), getSyncScopeID()); | |||
| 4408 | Result->setVolatile(isVolatile()); | |||
| 4409 | return Result; | |||
| 4410 | } | |||
| 4411 | ||||
| 4412 | FenceInst *FenceInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4413 | return new FenceInst(getContext(), getOrdering(), getSyncScopeID()); | |||
| 4414 | } | |||
| 4415 | ||||
| 4416 | TruncInst *TruncInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4417 | return new TruncInst(getOperand(0), getType()); | |||
| 4418 | } | |||
| 4419 | ||||
| 4420 | ZExtInst *ZExtInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4421 | return new ZExtInst(getOperand(0), getType()); | |||
| 4422 | } | |||
| 4423 | ||||
| 4424 | SExtInst *SExtInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4425 | return new SExtInst(getOperand(0), getType()); | |||
| 4426 | } | |||
| 4427 | ||||
| 4428 | FPTruncInst *FPTruncInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4429 | return new FPTruncInst(getOperand(0), getType()); | |||
| 4430 | } | |||
| 4431 | ||||
| 4432 | FPExtInst *FPExtInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4433 | return new FPExtInst(getOperand(0), getType()); | |||
| 4434 | } | |||
| 4435 | ||||
| 4436 | UIToFPInst *UIToFPInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4437 | return new UIToFPInst(getOperand(0), getType()); | |||
| 4438 | } | |||
| 4439 | ||||
| 4440 | SIToFPInst *SIToFPInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4441 | return new SIToFPInst(getOperand(0), getType()); | |||
| 4442 | } | |||
| 4443 | ||||
| 4444 | FPToUIInst *FPToUIInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4445 | return new FPToUIInst(getOperand(0), getType()); | |||
| 4446 | } | |||
| 4447 | ||||
| 4448 | FPToSIInst *FPToSIInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4449 | return new FPToSIInst(getOperand(0), getType()); | |||
| 4450 | } | |||
| 4451 | ||||
| 4452 | PtrToIntInst *PtrToIntInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4453 | return new PtrToIntInst(getOperand(0), getType()); | |||
| 4454 | } | |||
| 4455 | ||||
| 4456 | IntToPtrInst *IntToPtrInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4457 | return new IntToPtrInst(getOperand(0), getType()); | |||
| 4458 | } | |||
| 4459 | ||||
| 4460 | BitCastInst *BitCastInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4461 | return new BitCastInst(getOperand(0), getType()); | |||
| 4462 | } | |||
| 4463 | ||||
| 4464 | AddrSpaceCastInst *AddrSpaceCastInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4465 | return new AddrSpaceCastInst(getOperand(0), getType()); | |||
| 4466 | } | |||
| 4467 | ||||
| 4468 | CallInst *CallInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4469 | if (hasOperandBundles()) { | |||
| 4470 | unsigned DescriptorBytes = getNumOperandBundles() * sizeof(BundleOpInfo); | |||
| 4471 | return new(getNumOperands(), DescriptorBytes) CallInst(*this); | |||
| 4472 | } | |||
| 4473 | return new(getNumOperands()) CallInst(*this); | |||
| 4474 | } | |||
| 4475 | ||||
| 4476 | SelectInst *SelectInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4477 | return SelectInst::Create(getOperand(0), getOperand(1), getOperand(2)); | |||
| 4478 | } | |||
| 4479 | ||||
| 4480 | VAArgInst *VAArgInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4481 | return new VAArgInst(getOperand(0), getType()); | |||
| 4482 | } | |||
| 4483 | ||||
| 4484 | ExtractElementInst *ExtractElementInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4485 | return ExtractElementInst::Create(getOperand(0), getOperand(1)); | |||
| 4486 | } | |||
| 4487 | ||||
| 4488 | InsertElementInst *InsertElementInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4489 | return InsertElementInst::Create(getOperand(0), getOperand(1), getOperand(2)); | |||
| 4490 | } | |||
| 4491 | ||||
| 4492 | ShuffleVectorInst *ShuffleVectorInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4493 | return new ShuffleVectorInst(getOperand(0), getOperand(1), getShuffleMask()); | |||
| 4494 | } | |||
| 4495 | ||||
| 4496 | PHINode *PHINode::cloneImpl() const { return new PHINode(*this); } | |||
| 4497 | ||||
| 4498 | LandingPadInst *LandingPadInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4499 | return new LandingPadInst(*this); | |||
| 4500 | } | |||
| 4501 | ||||
| 4502 | ReturnInst *ReturnInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4503 | return new(getNumOperands()) ReturnInst(*this); | |||
| 4504 | } | |||
| 4505 | ||||
| 4506 | BranchInst *BranchInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4507 | return new(getNumOperands()) BranchInst(*this); | |||
| 4508 | } | |||
| 4509 | ||||
| 4510 | SwitchInst *SwitchInst::cloneImpl() const { return new SwitchInst(*this); } | |||
| 4511 | ||||
| 4512 | IndirectBrInst *IndirectBrInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4513 | return new IndirectBrInst(*this); | |||
| 4514 | } | |||
| 4515 | ||||
| 4516 | InvokeInst *InvokeInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4517 | if (hasOperandBundles()) { | |||
| 4518 | unsigned DescriptorBytes = getNumOperandBundles() * sizeof(BundleOpInfo); | |||
| 4519 | return new(getNumOperands(), DescriptorBytes) InvokeInst(*this); | |||
| 4520 | } | |||
| 4521 | return new(getNumOperands()) InvokeInst(*this); | |||
| 4522 | } | |||
| 4523 | ||||
| 4524 | CallBrInst *CallBrInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4525 | if (hasOperandBundles()) { | |||
| 4526 | unsigned DescriptorBytes = getNumOperandBundles() * sizeof(BundleOpInfo); | |||
| 4527 | return new (getNumOperands(), DescriptorBytes) CallBrInst(*this); | |||
| 4528 | } | |||
| 4529 | return new (getNumOperands()) CallBrInst(*this); | |||
| 4530 | } | |||
| 4531 | ||||
| 4532 | ResumeInst *ResumeInst::cloneImpl() const { return new (1) ResumeInst(*this); } | |||
| 4533 | ||||
| 4534 | CleanupReturnInst *CleanupReturnInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4535 | return new (getNumOperands()) CleanupReturnInst(*this); | |||
| 4536 | } | |||
| 4537 | ||||
| 4538 | CatchReturnInst *CatchReturnInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4539 | return new (getNumOperands()) CatchReturnInst(*this); | |||
| 4540 | } | |||
| 4541 | ||||
| 4542 | CatchSwitchInst *CatchSwitchInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4543 | return new CatchSwitchInst(*this); | |||
| 4544 | } | |||
| 4545 | ||||
| 4546 | FuncletPadInst *FuncletPadInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4547 | return new (getNumOperands()) FuncletPadInst(*this); | |||
| 4548 | } | |||
| 4549 | ||||
| 4550 | UnreachableInst *UnreachableInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4551 | LLVMContext &Context = getContext(); | |||
| 4552 | return new UnreachableInst(Context); | |||
| 4553 | } | |||
| 4554 | ||||
| 4555 | FreezeInst *FreezeInst::cloneImpl() const { | |||
| 4556 | return new FreezeInst(getOperand(0)); | |||
| 4557 | } |
| 1 | //===- llvm/InstrTypes.h - Important Instruction subclasses -----*- C++ -*-===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
| 6 | // |
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8 | // |
| 9 | // This file defines various meta classes of instructions that exist in the VM |
| 10 | // representation. Specific concrete subclasses of these may be found in the |
| 11 | // i*.h files... |
| 12 | // |
| 13 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 14 | |
| 15 | #ifndef LLVM_IR_INSTRTYPES_H |
| 16 | #define LLVM_IR_INSTRTYPES_H |
| 17 | |
| 18 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
| 19 | #include "llvm/ADT/None.h" |
| 20 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
| 21 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" |
| 22 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h" |
| 23 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" |
| 24 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" |
| 25 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
| 26 | #include "llvm/IR/Attributes.h" |
| 27 | #include "llvm/IR/CallingConv.h" |
| 28 | #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h" |
| 29 | #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h" |
| 30 | #include "llvm/IR/Function.h" |
| 31 | #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h" |
| 32 | #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h" |
| 33 | #include "llvm/IR/OperandTraits.h" |
| 34 | #include "llvm/IR/Type.h" |
| 35 | #include "llvm/IR/User.h" |
| 36 | #include "llvm/IR/Value.h" |
| 37 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
| 38 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" |
| 39 | #include <algorithm> |
| 40 | #include <cassert> |
| 41 | #include <cstddef> |
| 42 | #include <cstdint> |
| 43 | #include <iterator> |
| 44 | #include <string> |
| 45 | #include <vector> |
| 46 | |
| 47 | namespace llvm { |
| 48 | |
| 49 | namespace Intrinsic { |
| 50 | typedef unsigned ID; |
| 51 | } |
| 52 | |
| 53 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 54 | // UnaryInstruction Class |
| 55 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 56 | |
| 57 | class UnaryInstruction : public Instruction { |
| 58 | protected: |
| 59 | UnaryInstruction(Type *Ty, unsigned iType, Value *V, |
| 60 | Instruction *IB = nullptr) |
| 61 | : Instruction(Ty, iType, &Op<0>(), 1, IB) { |
| 62 | Op<0>() = V; |
| 63 | } |
| 64 | UnaryInstruction(Type *Ty, unsigned iType, Value *V, BasicBlock *IAE) |
| 65 | : Instruction(Ty, iType, &Op<0>(), 1, IAE) { |
| 66 | Op<0>() = V; |
| 67 | } |
| 68 | |
| 69 | public: |
| 70 | // allocate space for exactly one operand |
| 71 | void *operator new(size_t S) { return User::operator new(S, 1); } |
| 72 | void operator delete(void *Ptr) { User::operator delete(Ptr); } |
| 73 | |
| 74 | /// Transparently provide more efficient getOperand methods. |
| 75 | DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin(); inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected : template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int > inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned getNumOperands() const; |
| 76 | |
| 77 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
| 78 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
| 79 | return I->isUnaryOp() || |
| 80 | I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Alloca || |
| 81 | I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Load || |
| 82 | I->getOpcode() == Instruction::VAArg || |
| 83 | I->getOpcode() == Instruction::ExtractValue || |
| 84 | (I->getOpcode() >= CastOpsBegin && I->getOpcode() < CastOpsEnd); |
| 85 | } |
| 86 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
| 87 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
| 88 | } |
| 89 | }; |
| 90 | |
| 91 | template <> |
| 92 | struct OperandTraits<UnaryInstruction> : |
| 93 | public FixedNumOperandTraits<UnaryInstruction, 1> { |
| 94 | }; |
| 95 | |
| 96 | DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(UnaryInstruction, Value)UnaryInstruction::op_iterator UnaryInstruction::op_begin() { return OperandTraits<UnaryInstruction>::op_begin(this); } UnaryInstruction ::const_op_iterator UnaryInstruction::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<UnaryInstruction>::op_begin(const_cast< UnaryInstruction*>(this)); } UnaryInstruction::op_iterator UnaryInstruction::op_end() { return OperandTraits<UnaryInstruction >::op_end(this); } UnaryInstruction::const_op_iterator UnaryInstruction ::op_end() const { return OperandTraits<UnaryInstruction> ::op_end(const_cast<UnaryInstruction*>(this)); } Value * UnaryInstruction::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { (( void)0); return cast_or_null<Value>( OperandTraits<UnaryInstruction >::op_begin(const_cast<UnaryInstruction*>(this))[i_nocapture ].get()); } void UnaryInstruction::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture , Value *Val_nocapture) { ((void)0); OperandTraits<UnaryInstruction >::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned UnaryInstruction::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits <UnaryInstruction>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture > Use &UnaryInstruction::Op() { return this->OpFrom <Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture > const Use &UnaryInstruction::Op() const { return this ->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } |
| 97 | |
| 98 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 99 | // UnaryOperator Class |
| 100 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 101 | |
| 102 | class UnaryOperator : public UnaryInstruction { |
| 103 | void AssertOK(); |
| 104 | |
| 105 | protected: |
| 106 | UnaryOperator(UnaryOps iType, Value *S, Type *Ty, |
| 107 | const Twine &Name, Instruction *InsertBefore); |
| 108 | UnaryOperator(UnaryOps iType, Value *S, Type *Ty, |
| 109 | const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
| 110 | |
| 111 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
| 112 | friend class Instruction; |
| 113 | |
| 114 | UnaryOperator *cloneImpl() const; |
| 115 | |
| 116 | public: |
| 117 | |
| 118 | /// Construct a unary instruction, given the opcode and an operand. |
| 119 | /// Optionally (if InstBefore is specified) insert the instruction |
| 120 | /// into a BasicBlock right before the specified instruction. The specified |
| 121 | /// Instruction is allowed to be a dereferenced end iterator. |
| 122 | /// |
| 123 | static UnaryOperator *Create(UnaryOps Op, Value *S, |
| 124 | const Twine &Name = Twine(), |
| 125 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
| 126 | |
| 127 | /// Construct a unary instruction, given the opcode and an operand. |
| 128 | /// Also automatically insert this instruction to the end of the |
| 129 | /// BasicBlock specified. |
| 130 | /// |
| 131 | static UnaryOperator *Create(UnaryOps Op, Value *S, |
| 132 | const Twine &Name, |
| 133 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
| 134 | |
| 135 | /// These methods just forward to Create, and are useful when you |
| 136 | /// statically know what type of instruction you're going to create. These |
| 137 | /// helpers just save some typing. |
| 138 | #define HANDLE_UNARY_INST(N, OPC, CLASS) \ |
| 139 | static UnaryOperator *Create##OPC(Value *V, const Twine &Name = "") {\ |
| 140 | return Create(Instruction::OPC, V, Name);\ |
| 141 | } |
| 142 | #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.def" |
| 143 | #define HANDLE_UNARY_INST(N, OPC, CLASS) \ |
| 144 | static UnaryOperator *Create##OPC(Value *V, const Twine &Name, \ |
| 145 | BasicBlock *BB) {\ |
| 146 | return Create(Instruction::OPC, V, Name, BB);\ |
| 147 | } |
| 148 | #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.def" |
| 149 | #define HANDLE_UNARY_INST(N, OPC, CLASS) \ |
| 150 | static UnaryOperator *Create##OPC(Value *V, const Twine &Name, \ |
| 151 | Instruction *I) {\ |
| 152 | return Create(Instruction::OPC, V, Name, I);\ |
| 153 | } |
| 154 | #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.def" |
| 155 | |
| 156 | static UnaryOperator * |
| 157 | CreateWithCopiedFlags(UnaryOps Opc, Value *V, Instruction *CopyO, |
| 158 | const Twine &Name = "", |
| 159 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
| 160 | UnaryOperator *UO = Create(Opc, V, Name, InsertBefore); |
| 161 | UO->copyIRFlags(CopyO); |
| 162 | return UO; |
| 163 | } |
| 164 | |
| 165 | static UnaryOperator *CreateFNegFMF(Value *Op, Instruction *FMFSource, |
| 166 | const Twine &Name = "", |
| 167 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
| 168 | return CreateWithCopiedFlags(Instruction::FNeg, Op, FMFSource, Name, |
| 169 | InsertBefore); |
| 170 | } |
| 171 | |
| 172 | UnaryOps getOpcode() const { |
| 173 | return static_cast<UnaryOps>(Instruction::getOpcode()); |
| 174 | } |
| 175 | |
| 176 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
| 177 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
| 178 | return I->isUnaryOp(); |
| 179 | } |
| 180 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
| 181 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
| 182 | } |
| 183 | }; |
| 184 | |
| 185 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 186 | // BinaryOperator Class |
| 187 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 188 | |
| 189 | class BinaryOperator : public Instruction { |
| 190 | void AssertOK(); |
| 191 | |
| 192 | protected: |
| 193 | BinaryOperator(BinaryOps iType, Value *S1, Value *S2, Type *Ty, |
| 194 | const Twine &Name, Instruction *InsertBefore); |
| 195 | BinaryOperator(BinaryOps iType, Value *S1, Value *S2, Type *Ty, |
| 196 | const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
| 197 | |
| 198 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
| 199 | friend class Instruction; |
| 200 | |
| 201 | BinaryOperator *cloneImpl() const; |
| 202 | |
| 203 | public: |
| 204 | // allocate space for exactly two operands |
| 205 | void *operator new(size_t S) { return User::operator new(S, 2); } |
| 206 | void operator delete(void *Ptr) { User::operator delete(Ptr); } |
| 207 | |
| 208 | /// Transparently provide more efficient getOperand methods. |
| 209 | DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin(); inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected : template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int > inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned getNumOperands() const; |
| 210 | |
| 211 | /// Construct a binary instruction, given the opcode and the two |
| 212 | /// operands. Optionally (if InstBefore is specified) insert the instruction |
| 213 | /// into a BasicBlock right before the specified instruction. The specified |
| 214 | /// Instruction is allowed to be a dereferenced end iterator. |
| 215 | /// |
| 216 | static BinaryOperator *Create(BinaryOps Op, Value *S1, Value *S2, |
| 217 | const Twine &Name = Twine(), |
| 218 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
| 219 | |
| 220 | /// Construct a binary instruction, given the opcode and the two |
| 221 | /// operands. Also automatically insert this instruction to the end of the |
| 222 | /// BasicBlock specified. |
| 223 | /// |
| 224 | static BinaryOperator *Create(BinaryOps Op, Value *S1, Value *S2, |
| 225 | const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
| 226 | |
| 227 | /// These methods just forward to Create, and are useful when you |
| 228 | /// statically know what type of instruction you're going to create. These |
| 229 | /// helpers just save some typing. |
| 230 | #define HANDLE_BINARY_INST(N, OPC, CLASS) \ |
| 231 | static BinaryOperator *Create##OPC(Value *V1, Value *V2, \ |
| 232 | const Twine &Name = "") {\ |
| 233 | return Create(Instruction::OPC, V1, V2, Name);\ |
| 234 | } |
| 235 | #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.def" |
| 236 | #define HANDLE_BINARY_INST(N, OPC, CLASS) \ |
| 237 | static BinaryOperator *Create##OPC(Value *V1, Value *V2, \ |
| 238 | const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *BB) {\ |
| 239 | return Create(Instruction::OPC, V1, V2, Name, BB);\ |
| 240 | } |
| 241 | #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.def" |
| 242 | #define HANDLE_BINARY_INST(N, OPC, CLASS) \ |
| 243 | static BinaryOperator *Create##OPC(Value *V1, Value *V2, \ |
| 244 | const Twine &Name, Instruction *I) {\ |
| 245 | return Create(Instruction::OPC, V1, V2, Name, I);\ |
| 246 | } |
| 247 | #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.def" |
| 248 | |
| 249 | static BinaryOperator * |
| 250 | CreateWithCopiedFlags(BinaryOps Opc, Value *V1, Value *V2, Instruction *CopyO, |
| 251 | const Twine &Name = "", |
| 252 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
| 253 | BinaryOperator *BO = Create(Opc, V1, V2, Name, InsertBefore); |
| 254 | BO->copyIRFlags(CopyO); |
| 255 | return BO; |
| 256 | } |
| 257 | |
| 258 | static BinaryOperator *CreateFAddFMF(Value *V1, Value *V2, |
| 259 | Instruction *FMFSource, |
| 260 | const Twine &Name = "") { |
| 261 | return CreateWithCopiedFlags(Instruction::FAdd, V1, V2, FMFSource, Name); |
| 262 | } |
| 263 | static BinaryOperator *CreateFSubFMF(Value *V1, Value *V2, |
| 264 | Instruction *FMFSource, |
| 265 | const Twine &Name = "") { |
| 266 | return CreateWithCopiedFlags(Instruction::FSub, V1, V2, FMFSource, Name); |
| 267 | } |
| 268 | static BinaryOperator *CreateFMulFMF(Value *V1, Value *V2, |
| 269 | Instruction *FMFSource, |
| 270 | const Twine &Name = "") { |
| 271 | return CreateWithCopiedFlags(Instruction::FMul, V1, V2, FMFSource, Name); |
| 272 | } |
| 273 | static BinaryOperator *CreateFDivFMF(Value *V1, Value *V2, |
| 274 | Instruction *FMFSource, |
| 275 | const Twine &Name = "") { |
| 276 | return CreateWithCopiedFlags(Instruction::FDiv, V1, V2, FMFSource, Name); |
| 277 | } |
| 278 | static BinaryOperator *CreateFRemFMF(Value *V1, Value *V2, |
| 279 | Instruction *FMFSource, |
| 280 | const Twine &Name = "") { |
| 281 | return CreateWithCopiedFlags(Instruction::FRem, V1, V2, FMFSource, Name); |
| 282 | } |
| 283 | |
| 284 | static BinaryOperator *CreateNSW(BinaryOps Opc, Value *V1, Value *V2, |
| 285 | const Twine &Name = "") { |
| 286 | BinaryOperator *BO = Create(Opc, V1, V2, Name); |
| 287 | BO->setHasNoSignedWrap(true); |
| 288 | return BO; |
| 289 | } |
| 290 | static BinaryOperator *CreateNSW(BinaryOps Opc, Value *V1, Value *V2, |
| 291 | const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *BB) { |
| 292 | BinaryOperator *BO = Create(Opc, V1, V2, Name, BB); |
| 293 | BO->setHasNoSignedWrap(true); |
| 294 | return BO; |
| 295 | } |
| 296 | static BinaryOperator *CreateNSW(BinaryOps Opc, Value *V1, Value *V2, |
| 297 | const Twine &Name, Instruction *I) { |
| 298 | BinaryOperator *BO = Create(Opc, V1, V2, Name, I); |
| 299 | BO->setHasNoSignedWrap(true); |
| 300 | return BO; |
| 301 | } |
| 302 | |
| 303 | static BinaryOperator *CreateNUW(BinaryOps Opc, Value *V1, Value *V2, |
| 304 | const Twine &Name = "") { |
| 305 | BinaryOperator *BO = Create(Opc, V1, V2, Name); |
| 306 | BO->setHasNoUnsignedWrap(true); |
| 307 | return BO; |
| 308 | } |
| 309 | static BinaryOperator *CreateNUW(BinaryOps Opc, Value *V1, Value *V2, |
| 310 | const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *BB) { |
| 311 | BinaryOperator *BO = Create(Opc, V1, V2, Name, BB); |
| 312 | BO->setHasNoUnsignedWrap(true); |
| 313 | return BO; |
| 314 | } |
| 315 | static BinaryOperator *CreateNUW(BinaryOps Opc, Value *V1, Value *V2, |
| 316 | const Twine &Name, Instruction *I) { |
| 317 | BinaryOperator *BO = Create(Opc, V1, V2, Name, I); |
| 318 | BO->setHasNoUnsignedWrap(true); |
| 319 | return BO; |
| 320 | } |
| 321 | |
| 322 | static BinaryOperator *CreateExact(BinaryOps Opc, Value *V1, Value *V2, |
| 323 | const Twine &Name = "") { |
| 324 | BinaryOperator *BO = Create(Opc, V1, V2, Name); |
| 325 | BO->setIsExact(true); |
| 326 | return BO; |
| 327 | } |
| 328 | static BinaryOperator *CreateExact(BinaryOps Opc, Value *V1, Value *V2, |
| 329 | const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *BB) { |
| 330 | BinaryOperator *BO = Create(Opc, V1, V2, Name, BB); |
| 331 | BO->setIsExact(true); |
| 332 | return BO; |
| 333 | } |
| 334 | static BinaryOperator *CreateExact(BinaryOps Opc, Value *V1, Value *V2, |
| 335 | const Twine &Name, Instruction *I) { |
| 336 | BinaryOperator *BO = Create(Opc, V1, V2, Name, I); |
| 337 | BO->setIsExact(true); |
| 338 | return BO; |
| 339 | } |
| 340 | |
| 341 | #define DEFINE_HELPERS(OPC, NUWNSWEXACT) \ |
| 342 | static BinaryOperator *Create##NUWNSWEXACT##OPC(Value *V1, Value *V2, \ |
| 343 | const Twine &Name = "") { \ |
| 344 | return Create##NUWNSWEXACT(Instruction::OPC, V1, V2, Name); \ |
| 345 | } \ |
| 346 | static BinaryOperator *Create##NUWNSWEXACT##OPC( \ |
| 347 | Value *V1, Value *V2, const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *BB) { \ |
| 348 | return Create##NUWNSWEXACT(Instruction::OPC, V1, V2, Name, BB); \ |
| 349 | } \ |
| 350 | static BinaryOperator *Create##NUWNSWEXACT##OPC( \ |
| 351 | Value *V1, Value *V2, const Twine &Name, Instruction *I) { \ |
| 352 | return Create##NUWNSWEXACT(Instruction::OPC, V1, V2, Name, I); \ |
| 353 | } |
| 354 | |
| 355 | DEFINE_HELPERS(Add, NSW) // CreateNSWAdd |
| 356 | DEFINE_HELPERS(Add, NUW) // CreateNUWAdd |
| 357 | DEFINE_HELPERS(Sub, NSW) // CreateNSWSub |
| 358 | DEFINE_HELPERS(Sub, NUW) // CreateNUWSub |
| 359 | DEFINE_HELPERS(Mul, NSW) // CreateNSWMul |
| 360 | DEFINE_HELPERS(Mul, NUW) // CreateNUWMul |
| 361 | DEFINE_HELPERS(Shl, NSW) // CreateNSWShl |
| 362 | DEFINE_HELPERS(Shl, NUW) // CreateNUWShl |
| 363 | |
| 364 | DEFINE_HELPERS(SDiv, Exact) // CreateExactSDiv |
| 365 | DEFINE_HELPERS(UDiv, Exact) // CreateExactUDiv |
| 366 | DEFINE_HELPERS(AShr, Exact) // CreateExactAShr |
| 367 | DEFINE_HELPERS(LShr, Exact) // CreateExactLShr |
| 368 | |
| 369 | #undef DEFINE_HELPERS |
| 370 | |
| 371 | /// Helper functions to construct and inspect unary operations (NEG and NOT) |
| 372 | /// via binary operators SUB and XOR: |
| 373 | /// |
| 374 | /// Create the NEG and NOT instructions out of SUB and XOR instructions. |
| 375 | /// |
| 376 | static BinaryOperator *CreateNeg(Value *Op, const Twine &Name = "", |
| 377 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
| 378 | static BinaryOperator *CreateNeg(Value *Op, const Twine &Name, |
| 379 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
| 380 | static BinaryOperator *CreateNSWNeg(Value *Op, const Twine &Name = "", |
| 381 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
| 382 | static BinaryOperator *CreateNSWNeg(Value *Op, const Twine &Name, |
| 383 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
| 384 | static BinaryOperator *CreateNUWNeg(Value *Op, const Twine &Name = "", |
| 385 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
| 386 | static BinaryOperator *CreateNUWNeg(Value *Op, const Twine &Name, |
| 387 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
| 388 | static BinaryOperator *CreateNot(Value *Op, const Twine &Name = "", |
| 389 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
| 390 | static BinaryOperator *CreateNot(Value *Op, const Twine &Name, |
| 391 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
| 392 | |
| 393 | BinaryOps getOpcode() const { |
| 394 | return static_cast<BinaryOps>(Instruction::getOpcode()); |
| 395 | } |
| 396 | |
| 397 | /// Exchange the two operands to this instruction. |
| 398 | /// This instruction is safe to use on any binary instruction and |
| 399 | /// does not modify the semantics of the instruction. If the instruction |
| 400 | /// cannot be reversed (ie, it's a Div), then return true. |
| 401 | /// |
| 402 | bool swapOperands(); |
| 403 | |
| 404 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
| 405 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
| 406 | return I->isBinaryOp(); |
| 407 | } |
| 408 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
| 409 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
| 410 | } |
| 411 | }; |
| 412 | |
| 413 | template <> |
| 414 | struct OperandTraits<BinaryOperator> : |
| 415 | public FixedNumOperandTraits<BinaryOperator, 2> { |
| 416 | }; |
| 417 | |
| 418 | DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(BinaryOperator, Value)BinaryOperator::op_iterator BinaryOperator::op_begin() { return OperandTraits<BinaryOperator>::op_begin(this); } BinaryOperator ::const_op_iterator BinaryOperator::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<BinaryOperator>::op_begin(const_cast< BinaryOperator*>(this)); } BinaryOperator::op_iterator BinaryOperator ::op_end() { return OperandTraits<BinaryOperator>::op_end (this); } BinaryOperator::const_op_iterator BinaryOperator::op_end () const { return OperandTraits<BinaryOperator>::op_end (const_cast<BinaryOperator*>(this)); } Value *BinaryOperator ::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { ((void)0); return cast_or_null <Value>( OperandTraits<BinaryOperator>::op_begin( const_cast<BinaryOperator*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void BinaryOperator::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture) { ((void)0); OperandTraits<BinaryOperator >::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned BinaryOperator::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits <BinaryOperator>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture > Use &BinaryOperator::Op() { return this->OpFrom< Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use &BinaryOperator::Op() const { return this-> OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } |
| 419 | |
| 420 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 421 | // CastInst Class |
| 422 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 423 | |
| 424 | /// This is the base class for all instructions that perform data |
| 425 | /// casts. It is simply provided so that instruction category testing |
| 426 | /// can be performed with code like: |
| 427 | /// |
| 428 | /// if (isa<CastInst>(Instr)) { ... } |
| 429 | /// Base class of casting instructions. |
| 430 | class CastInst : public UnaryInstruction { |
| 431 | protected: |
| 432 | /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics for subclasses |
| 433 | CastInst(Type *Ty, unsigned iType, Value *S, |
| 434 | const Twine &NameStr = "", Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) |
| 435 | : UnaryInstruction(Ty, iType, S, InsertBefore) { |
| 436 | setName(NameStr); |
| 437 | } |
| 438 | /// Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics for subclasses |
| 439 | CastInst(Type *Ty, unsigned iType, Value *S, |
| 440 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) |
| 441 | : UnaryInstruction(Ty, iType, S, InsertAtEnd) { |
| 442 | setName(NameStr); |
| 443 | } |
| 444 | |
| 445 | public: |
| 446 | /// Provides a way to construct any of the CastInst subclasses using an |
| 447 | /// opcode instead of the subclass's constructor. The opcode must be in the |
| 448 | /// CastOps category (Instruction::isCast(opcode) returns true). This |
| 449 | /// constructor has insert-before-instruction semantics to automatically |
| 450 | /// insert the new CastInst before InsertBefore (if it is non-null). |
| 451 | /// Construct any of the CastInst subclasses |
| 452 | static CastInst *Create( |
| 453 | Instruction::CastOps, ///< The opcode of the cast instruction |
| 454 | Value *S, ///< The value to be casted (operand 0) |
| 455 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to which cast should be made |
| 456 | const Twine &Name = "", ///< Name for the instruction |
| 457 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Place to insert the instruction |
| 458 | ); |
| 459 | /// Provides a way to construct any of the CastInst subclasses using an |
| 460 | /// opcode instead of the subclass's constructor. The opcode must be in the |
| 461 | /// CastOps category. This constructor has insert-at-end-of-block semantics |
| 462 | /// to automatically insert the new CastInst at the end of InsertAtEnd (if |
| 463 | /// its non-null). |
| 464 | /// Construct any of the CastInst subclasses |
| 465 | static CastInst *Create( |
| 466 | Instruction::CastOps, ///< The opcode for the cast instruction |
| 467 | Value *S, ///< The value to be casted (operand 0) |
| 468 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to which operand is casted |
| 469 | const Twine &Name, ///< The name for the instruction |
| 470 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into |
| 471 | ); |
| 472 | |
| 473 | /// Create a ZExt or BitCast cast instruction |
| 474 | static CastInst *CreateZExtOrBitCast( |
| 475 | Value *S, ///< The value to be casted (operand 0) |
| 476 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to which cast should be made |
| 477 | const Twine &Name = "", ///< Name for the instruction |
| 478 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Place to insert the instruction |
| 479 | ); |
| 480 | |
| 481 | /// Create a ZExt or BitCast cast instruction |
| 482 | static CastInst *CreateZExtOrBitCast( |
| 483 | Value *S, ///< The value to be casted (operand 0) |
| 484 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to which operand is casted |
| 485 | const Twine &Name, ///< The name for the instruction |
| 486 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into |
| 487 | ); |
| 488 | |
| 489 | /// Create a SExt or BitCast cast instruction |
| 490 | static CastInst *CreateSExtOrBitCast( |
| 491 | Value *S, ///< The value to be casted (operand 0) |
| 492 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to which cast should be made |
| 493 | const Twine &Name = "", ///< Name for the instruction |
| 494 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Place to insert the instruction |
| 495 | ); |
| 496 | |
| 497 | /// Create a SExt or BitCast cast instruction |
| 498 | static CastInst *CreateSExtOrBitCast( |
| 499 | Value *S, ///< The value to be casted (operand 0) |
| 500 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to which operand is casted |
| 501 | const Twine &Name, ///< The name for the instruction |
| 502 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into |
| 503 | ); |
| 504 | |
| 505 | /// Create a BitCast AddrSpaceCast, or a PtrToInt cast instruction. |
| 506 | static CastInst *CreatePointerCast( |
| 507 | Value *S, ///< The pointer value to be casted (operand 0) |
| 508 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to which operand is casted |
| 509 | const Twine &Name, ///< The name for the instruction |
| 510 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into |
| 511 | ); |
| 512 | |
| 513 | /// Create a BitCast, AddrSpaceCast or a PtrToInt cast instruction. |
| 514 | static CastInst *CreatePointerCast( |
| 515 | Value *S, ///< The pointer value to be casted (operand 0) |
| 516 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to which cast should be made |
| 517 | const Twine &Name = "", ///< Name for the instruction |
| 518 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Place to insert the instruction |
| 519 | ); |
| 520 | |
| 521 | /// Create a BitCast or an AddrSpaceCast cast instruction. |
| 522 | static CastInst *CreatePointerBitCastOrAddrSpaceCast( |
| 523 | Value *S, ///< The pointer value to be casted (operand 0) |
| 524 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to which operand is casted |
| 525 | const Twine &Name, ///< The name for the instruction |
| 526 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into |
| 527 | ); |
| 528 | |
| 529 | /// Create a BitCast or an AddrSpaceCast cast instruction. |
| 530 | static CastInst *CreatePointerBitCastOrAddrSpaceCast( |
| 531 | Value *S, ///< The pointer value to be casted (operand 0) |
| 532 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to which cast should be made |
| 533 | const Twine &Name = "", ///< Name for the instruction |
| 534 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Place to insert the instruction |
| 535 | ); |
| 536 | |
| 537 | /// Create a BitCast, a PtrToInt, or an IntToPTr cast instruction. |
| 538 | /// |
| 539 | /// If the value is a pointer type and the destination an integer type, |
| 540 | /// creates a PtrToInt cast. If the value is an integer type and the |
| 541 | /// destination a pointer type, creates an IntToPtr cast. Otherwise, creates |
| 542 | /// a bitcast. |
| 543 | static CastInst *CreateBitOrPointerCast( |
| 544 | Value *S, ///< The pointer value to be casted (operand 0) |
| 545 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to which cast should be made |
| 546 | const Twine &Name = "", ///< Name for the instruction |
| 547 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Place to insert the instruction |
| 548 | ); |
| 549 | |
| 550 | /// Create a ZExt, BitCast, or Trunc for int -> int casts. |
| 551 | static CastInst *CreateIntegerCast( |
| 552 | Value *S, ///< The pointer value to be casted (operand 0) |
| 553 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to which cast should be made |
| 554 | bool isSigned, ///< Whether to regard S as signed or not |
| 555 | const Twine &Name = "", ///< Name for the instruction |
| 556 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Place to insert the instruction |
| 557 | ); |
| 558 | |
| 559 | /// Create a ZExt, BitCast, or Trunc for int -> int casts. |
| 560 | static CastInst *CreateIntegerCast( |
| 561 | Value *S, ///< The integer value to be casted (operand 0) |
| 562 | Type *Ty, ///< The integer type to which operand is casted |
| 563 | bool isSigned, ///< Whether to regard S as signed or not |
| 564 | const Twine &Name, ///< The name for the instruction |
| 565 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into |
| 566 | ); |
| 567 | |
| 568 | /// Create an FPExt, BitCast, or FPTrunc for fp -> fp casts |
| 569 | static CastInst *CreateFPCast( |
| 570 | Value *S, ///< The floating point value to be casted |
| 571 | Type *Ty, ///< The floating point type to cast to |
| 572 | const Twine &Name = "", ///< Name for the instruction |
| 573 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Place to insert the instruction |
| 574 | ); |
| 575 | |
| 576 | /// Create an FPExt, BitCast, or FPTrunc for fp -> fp casts |
| 577 | static CastInst *CreateFPCast( |
| 578 | Value *S, ///< The floating point value to be casted |
| 579 | Type *Ty, ///< The floating point type to cast to |
| 580 | const Twine &Name, ///< The name for the instruction |
| 581 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into |
| 582 | ); |
| 583 | |
| 584 | /// Create a Trunc or BitCast cast instruction |
| 585 | static CastInst *CreateTruncOrBitCast( |
| 586 | Value *S, ///< The value to be casted (operand 0) |
| 587 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to which cast should be made |
| 588 | const Twine &Name = "", ///< Name for the instruction |
| 589 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Place to insert the instruction |
| 590 | ); |
| 591 | |
| 592 | /// Create a Trunc or BitCast cast instruction |
| 593 | static CastInst *CreateTruncOrBitCast( |
| 594 | Value *S, ///< The value to be casted (operand 0) |
| 595 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to which operand is casted |
| 596 | const Twine &Name, ///< The name for the instruction |
| 597 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into |
| 598 | ); |
| 599 | |
| 600 | /// Check whether a bitcast between these types is valid |
| 601 | static bool isBitCastable( |
| 602 | Type *SrcTy, ///< The Type from which the value should be cast. |
| 603 | Type *DestTy ///< The Type to which the value should be cast. |
| 604 | ); |
| 605 | |
| 606 | /// Check whether a bitcast, inttoptr, or ptrtoint cast between these |
| 607 | /// types is valid and a no-op. |
| 608 | /// |
| 609 | /// This ensures that any pointer<->integer cast has enough bits in the |
| 610 | /// integer and any other cast is a bitcast. |
| 611 | static bool isBitOrNoopPointerCastable( |
| 612 | Type *SrcTy, ///< The Type from which the value should be cast. |
| 613 | Type *DestTy, ///< The Type to which the value should be cast. |
| 614 | const DataLayout &DL); |
| 615 | |
| 616 | /// Returns the opcode necessary to cast Val into Ty using usual casting |
| 617 | /// rules. |
| 618 | /// Infer the opcode for cast operand and type |
| 619 | static Instruction::CastOps getCastOpcode( |
| 620 | const Value *Val, ///< The value to cast |
| 621 | bool SrcIsSigned, ///< Whether to treat the source as signed |
| 622 | Type *Ty, ///< The Type to which the value should be casted |
| 623 | bool DstIsSigned ///< Whether to treate the dest. as signed |
| 624 | ); |
| 625 | |
| 626 | /// There are several places where we need to know if a cast instruction |
| 627 | /// only deals with integer source and destination types. To simplify that |
| 628 | /// logic, this method is provided. |
| 629 | /// @returns true iff the cast has only integral typed operand and dest type. |
| 630 | /// Determine if this is an integer-only cast. |
| 631 | bool isIntegerCast() const; |
| 632 | |
| 633 | /// A lossless cast is one that does not alter the basic value. It implies |
| 634 | /// a no-op cast but is more stringent, preventing things like int->float, |
| 635 | /// long->double, or int->ptr. |
| 636 | /// @returns true iff the cast is lossless. |
| 637 | /// Determine if this is a lossless cast. |
| 638 | bool isLosslessCast() const; |
| 639 | |
| 640 | /// A no-op cast is one that can be effected without changing any bits. |
| 641 | /// It implies that the source and destination types are the same size. The |
| 642 | /// DataLayout argument is to determine the pointer size when examining casts |
| 643 | /// involving Integer and Pointer types. They are no-op casts if the integer |
| 644 | /// is the same size as the pointer. However, pointer size varies with |
| 645 | /// platform. Note that a precondition of this method is that the cast is |
| 646 | /// legal - i.e. the instruction formed with these operands would verify. |
| 647 | static bool isNoopCast( |
| 648 | Instruction::CastOps Opcode, ///< Opcode of cast |
| 649 | Type *SrcTy, ///< SrcTy of cast |
| 650 | Type *DstTy, ///< DstTy of cast |
| 651 | const DataLayout &DL ///< DataLayout to get the Int Ptr type from. |
| 652 | ); |
| 653 | |
| 654 | /// Determine if this cast is a no-op cast. |
| 655 | /// |
| 656 | /// \param DL is the DataLayout to determine pointer size. |
| 657 | bool isNoopCast(const DataLayout &DL) const; |
| 658 | |
| 659 | /// Determine how a pair of casts can be eliminated, if they can be at all. |
| 660 | /// This is a helper function for both CastInst and ConstantExpr. |
| 661 | /// @returns 0 if the CastInst pair can't be eliminated, otherwise |
| 662 | /// returns Instruction::CastOps value for a cast that can replace |
| 663 | /// the pair, casting SrcTy to DstTy. |
| 664 | /// Determine if a cast pair is eliminable |
| 665 | static unsigned isEliminableCastPair( |
| 666 | Instruction::CastOps firstOpcode, ///< Opcode of first cast |
| 667 | Instruction::CastOps secondOpcode, ///< Opcode of second cast |
| 668 | Type *SrcTy, ///< SrcTy of 1st cast |
| 669 | Type *MidTy, ///< DstTy of 1st cast & SrcTy of 2nd cast |
| 670 | Type *DstTy, ///< DstTy of 2nd cast |
| 671 | Type *SrcIntPtrTy, ///< Integer type corresponding to Ptr SrcTy, or null |
| 672 | Type *MidIntPtrTy, ///< Integer type corresponding to Ptr MidTy, or null |
| 673 | Type *DstIntPtrTy ///< Integer type corresponding to Ptr DstTy, or null |
| 674 | ); |
| 675 | |
| 676 | /// Return the opcode of this CastInst |
| 677 | Instruction::CastOps getOpcode() const { |
| 678 | return Instruction::CastOps(Instruction::getOpcode()); |
| 679 | } |
| 680 | |
| 681 | /// Return the source type, as a convenience |
| 682 | Type* getSrcTy() const { return getOperand(0)->getType(); } |
| 683 | /// Return the destination type, as a convenience |
| 684 | Type* getDestTy() const { return getType(); } |
| 685 | |
| 686 | /// This method can be used to determine if a cast from SrcTy to DstTy using |
| 687 | /// Opcode op is valid or not. |
| 688 | /// @returns true iff the proposed cast is valid. |
| 689 | /// Determine if a cast is valid without creating one. |
| 690 | static bool castIsValid(Instruction::CastOps op, Type *SrcTy, Type *DstTy); |
| 691 | static bool castIsValid(Instruction::CastOps op, Value *S, Type *DstTy) { |
| 692 | return castIsValid(op, S->getType(), DstTy); |
| 693 | } |
| 694 | |
| 695 | /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
| 696 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
| 697 | return I->isCast(); |
| 698 | } |
| 699 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
| 700 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
| 701 | } |
| 702 | }; |
| 703 | |
| 704 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 705 | // CmpInst Class |
| 706 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 707 | |
| 708 | /// This class is the base class for the comparison instructions. |
| 709 | /// Abstract base class of comparison instructions. |
| 710 | class CmpInst : public Instruction { |
| 711 | public: |
| 712 | /// This enumeration lists the possible predicates for CmpInst subclasses. |
| 713 | /// Values in the range 0-31 are reserved for FCmpInst, while values in the |
| 714 | /// range 32-64 are reserved for ICmpInst. This is necessary to ensure the |
| 715 | /// predicate values are not overlapping between the classes. |
| 716 | /// |
| 717 | /// Some passes (e.g. InstCombine) depend on the bit-wise characteristics of |
| 718 | /// FCMP_* values. Changing the bit patterns requires a potential change to |
| 719 | /// those passes. |
| 720 | enum Predicate : unsigned { |
| 721 | // Opcode U L G E Intuitive operation |
| 722 | FCMP_FALSE = 0, ///< 0 0 0 0 Always false (always folded) |
| 723 | FCMP_OEQ = 1, ///< 0 0 0 1 True if ordered and equal |
| 724 | FCMP_OGT = 2, ///< 0 0 1 0 True if ordered and greater than |
| 725 | FCMP_OGE = 3, ///< 0 0 1 1 True if ordered and greater than or equal |
| 726 | FCMP_OLT = 4, ///< 0 1 0 0 True if ordered and less than |
| 727 | FCMP_OLE = 5, ///< 0 1 0 1 True if ordered and less than or equal |
| 728 | FCMP_ONE = 6, ///< 0 1 1 0 True if ordered and operands are unequal |
| 729 | FCMP_ORD = 7, ///< 0 1 1 1 True if ordered (no nans) |
| 730 | FCMP_UNO = 8, ///< 1 0 0 0 True if unordered: isnan(X) | isnan(Y) |
| 731 | FCMP_UEQ = 9, ///< 1 0 0 1 True if unordered or equal |
| 732 | FCMP_UGT = 10, ///< 1 0 1 0 True if unordered or greater than |
| 733 | FCMP_UGE = 11, ///< 1 0 1 1 True if unordered, greater than, or equal |
| 734 | FCMP_ULT = 12, ///< 1 1 0 0 True if unordered or less than |
| 735 | FCMP_ULE = 13, ///< 1 1 0 1 True if unordered, less than, or equal |
| 736 | FCMP_UNE = 14, ///< 1 1 1 0 True if unordered or not equal |
| 737 | FCMP_TRUE = 15, ///< 1 1 1 1 Always true (always folded) |
| 738 | FIRST_FCMP_PREDICATE = FCMP_FALSE, |
| 739 | LAST_FCMP_PREDICATE = FCMP_TRUE, |
| 740 | BAD_FCMP_PREDICATE = FCMP_TRUE + 1, |
| 741 | ICMP_EQ = 32, ///< equal |
| 742 | ICMP_NE = 33, ///< not equal |
| 743 | ICMP_UGT = 34, ///< unsigned greater than |
| 744 | ICMP_UGE = 35, ///< unsigned greater or equal |
| 745 | ICMP_ULT = 36, ///< unsigned less than |
| 746 | ICMP_ULE = 37, ///< unsigned less or equal |
| 747 | ICMP_SGT = 38, ///< signed greater than |
| 748 | ICMP_SGE = 39, ///< signed greater or equal |
| 749 | ICMP_SLT = 40, ///< signed less than |
| 750 | ICMP_SLE = 41, ///< signed less or equal |
| 751 | FIRST_ICMP_PREDICATE = ICMP_EQ, |
| 752 | LAST_ICMP_PREDICATE = ICMP_SLE, |
| 753 | BAD_ICMP_PREDICATE = ICMP_SLE + 1 |
| 754 | }; |
| 755 | using PredicateField = |
| 756 | Bitfield::Element<Predicate, 0, 6, LAST_ICMP_PREDICATE>; |
| 757 | |
| 758 | protected: |
| 759 | CmpInst(Type *ty, Instruction::OtherOps op, Predicate pred, |
| 760 | Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const Twine &Name = "", |
| 761 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr, |
| 762 | Instruction *FlagsSource = nullptr); |
| 763 | |
| 764 | CmpInst(Type *ty, Instruction::OtherOps op, Predicate pred, |
| 765 | Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const Twine &Name, |
| 766 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
| 767 | |
| 768 | public: |
| 769 | // allocate space for exactly two operands |
| 770 | void *operator new(size_t S) { return User::operator new(S, 2); } |
| 771 | void operator delete(void *Ptr) { User::operator delete(Ptr); } |
| 772 | |
| 773 | /// Construct a compare instruction, given the opcode, the predicate and |
| 774 | /// the two operands. Optionally (if InstBefore is specified) insert the |
| 775 | /// instruction into a BasicBlock right before the specified instruction. |
| 776 | /// The specified Instruction is allowed to be a dereferenced end iterator. |
| 777 | /// Create a CmpInst |
| 778 | static CmpInst *Create(OtherOps Op, |
| 779 | Predicate predicate, Value *S1, |
| 780 | Value *S2, const Twine &Name = "", |
| 781 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
| 782 | |
| 783 | /// Construct a compare instruction, given the opcode, the predicate and the |
| 784 | /// two operands. Also automatically insert this instruction to the end of |
| 785 | /// the BasicBlock specified. |
| 786 | /// Create a CmpInst |
| 787 | static CmpInst *Create(OtherOps Op, Predicate predicate, Value *S1, |
| 788 | Value *S2, const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
| 789 | |
| 790 | /// Get the opcode casted to the right type |
| 791 | OtherOps getOpcode() const { |
| 792 | return static_cast<OtherOps>(Instruction::getOpcode()); |
| 793 | } |
| 794 | |
| 795 | /// Return the predicate for this instruction. |
| 796 | Predicate getPredicate() const { return getSubclassData<PredicateField>(); } |
| 797 | |
| 798 | /// Set the predicate for this instruction to the specified value. |
| 799 | void setPredicate(Predicate P) { setSubclassData<PredicateField>(P); } |
| 800 | |
| 801 | static bool isFPPredicate(Predicate P) { |
| 802 | static_assert(FIRST_FCMP_PREDICATE == 0, |
| 803 | "FIRST_FCMP_PREDICATE is required to be 0"); |
| 804 | return P <= LAST_FCMP_PREDICATE; |
| 805 | } |
| 806 | |
| 807 | static bool isIntPredicate(Predicate P) { |
| 808 | return P >= FIRST_ICMP_PREDICATE && P <= LAST_ICMP_PREDICATE; |
| 809 | } |
| 810 | |
| 811 | static StringRef getPredicateName(Predicate P); |
| 812 | |
| 813 | bool isFPPredicate() const { return isFPPredicate(getPredicate()); } |
| 814 | bool isIntPredicate() const { return isIntPredicate(getPredicate()); } |
| 815 | |
| 816 | /// For example, EQ -> NE, UGT -> ULE, SLT -> SGE, |
| 817 | /// OEQ -> UNE, UGT -> OLE, OLT -> UGE, etc. |
| 818 | /// @returns the inverse predicate for the instruction's current predicate. |
| 819 | /// Return the inverse of the instruction's predicate. |
| 820 | Predicate getInversePredicate() const { |
| 821 | return getInversePredicate(getPredicate()); |
| 822 | } |
| 823 | |
| 824 | /// For example, EQ -> NE, UGT -> ULE, SLT -> SGE, |
| 825 | /// OEQ -> UNE, UGT -> OLE, OLT -> UGE, etc. |
| 826 | /// @returns the inverse predicate for predicate provided in \p pred. |
| 827 | /// Return the inverse of a given predicate |
| 828 | static Predicate getInversePredicate(Predicate pred); |
| 829 | |
| 830 | /// For example, EQ->EQ, SLE->SGE, ULT->UGT, |
| 831 | /// OEQ->OEQ, ULE->UGE, OLT->OGT, etc. |
| 832 | /// @returns the predicate that would be the result of exchanging the two |
| 833 | /// operands of the CmpInst instruction without changing the result |
| 834 | /// produced. |
| 835 | /// Return the predicate as if the operands were swapped |
| 836 | Predicate getSwappedPredicate() const { |
| 837 | return getSwappedPredicate(getPredicate()); |
| 838 | } |
| 839 | |
| 840 | /// This is a static version that you can use without an instruction |
| 841 | /// available. |
| 842 | /// Return the predicate as if the operands were swapped. |
| 843 | static Predicate getSwappedPredicate(Predicate pred); |
| 844 | |
| 845 | /// This is a static version that you can use without an instruction |
| 846 | /// available. |
| 847 | /// @returns true if the comparison predicate is strict, false otherwise. |
| 848 | static bool isStrictPredicate(Predicate predicate); |
| 849 | |
| 850 | /// @returns true if the comparison predicate is strict, false otherwise. |
| 851 | /// Determine if this instruction is using an strict comparison predicate. |
| 852 | bool isStrictPredicate() const { return isStrictPredicate(getPredicate()); } |
| 853 | |
| 854 | /// This is a static version that you can use without an instruction |
| 855 | /// available. |
| 856 | /// @returns true if the comparison predicate is non-strict, false otherwise. |
| 857 | static bool isNonStrictPredicate(Predicate predicate); |
| 858 | |
| 859 | /// @returns true if the comparison predicate is non-strict, false otherwise. |
| 860 | /// Determine if this instruction is using an non-strict comparison predicate. |
| 861 | bool isNonStrictPredicate() const { |
| 862 | return isNonStrictPredicate(getPredicate()); |
| 863 | } |
| 864 | |
| 865 | /// For example, SGE -> SGT, SLE -> SLT, ULE -> ULT, UGE -> UGT. |
| 866 | /// Returns the strict version of non-strict comparisons. |
| 867 | Predicate getStrictPredicate() const { |
| 868 | return getStrictPredicate(getPredicate()); |
| 869 | } |
| 870 | |
| 871 | /// This is a static version that you can use without an instruction |
| 872 | /// available. |
| 873 | /// @returns the strict version of comparison provided in \p pred. |
| 874 | /// If \p pred is not a strict comparison predicate, returns \p pred. |
| 875 | /// Returns the strict version of non-strict comparisons. |
| 876 | static Predicate getStrictPredicate(Predicate pred); |
| 877 | |
| 878 | /// For example, SGT -> SGE, SLT -> SLE, ULT -> ULE, UGT -> UGE. |
| 879 | /// Returns the non-strict version of strict comparisons. |
| 880 | Predicate getNonStrictPredicate() const { |
| 881 | return getNonStrictPredicate(getPredicate()); |
| 882 | } |
| 883 | |
| 884 | /// This is a static version that you can use without an instruction |
| 885 | /// available. |
| 886 | /// @returns the non-strict version of comparison provided in \p pred. |
| 887 | /// If \p pred is not a strict comparison predicate, returns \p pred. |
| 888 | /// Returns the non-strict version of strict comparisons. |
| 889 | static Predicate getNonStrictPredicate(Predicate pred); |
| 890 | |
| 891 | /// This is a static version that you can use without an instruction |
| 892 | /// available. |
| 893 | /// Return the flipped strictness of predicate |
| 894 | static Predicate getFlippedStrictnessPredicate(Predicate pred); |
| 895 | |
| 896 | /// For predicate of kind "is X or equal to 0" returns the predicate "is X". |
| 897 | /// For predicate of kind "is X" returns the predicate "is X or equal to 0". |
| 898 | /// does not support other kind of predicates. |
| 899 | /// @returns the predicate that does not contains is equal to zero if |
| 900 | /// it had and vice versa. |
| 901 | /// Return the flipped strictness of predicate |
| 902 | Predicate getFlippedStrictnessPredicate() const { |
| 903 | return getFlippedStrictnessPredicate(getPredicate()); |
| 904 | } |
| 905 | |
| 906 | /// Provide more efficient getOperand methods. |
| 907 | DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin(); inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected : template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int > inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned getNumOperands() const; |
| 908 | |
| 909 | /// This is just a convenience that dispatches to the subclasses. |
| 910 | /// Swap the operands and adjust predicate accordingly to retain |
| 911 | /// the same comparison. |
| 912 | void swapOperands(); |
| 913 | |
| 914 | /// This is just a convenience that dispatches to the subclasses. |
| 915 | /// Determine if this CmpInst is commutative. |
| 916 | bool isCommutative() const; |
| 917 | |
| 918 | /// Determine if this is an equals/not equals predicate. |
| 919 | /// This is a static version that you can use without an instruction |
| 920 | /// available. |
| 921 | static bool isEquality(Predicate pred); |
| 922 | |
| 923 | /// Determine if this is an equals/not equals predicate. |
| 924 | bool isEquality() const { return isEquality(getPredicate()); } |
| 925 | |
| 926 | /// Return true if the predicate is relational (not EQ or NE). |
| 927 | static bool isRelational(Predicate P) { return !isEquality(P); } |
| 928 | |
| 929 | /// Return true if the predicate is relational (not EQ or NE). |
| 930 | bool isRelational() const { return !isEquality(); } |
| 931 | |
| 932 | /// @returns true if the comparison is signed, false otherwise. |
| 933 | /// Determine if this instruction is using a signed comparison. |
| 934 | bool isSigned() const { |
| 935 | return isSigned(getPredicate()); |
| 936 | } |
| 937 | |
| 938 | /// @returns true if the comparison is unsigned, false otherwise. |
| 939 | /// Determine if this instruction is using an unsigned comparison. |
| 940 | bool isUnsigned() const { |
| 941 | return isUnsigned(getPredicate()); |
| 942 | } |
| 943 | |
| 944 | /// For example, ULT->SLT, ULE->SLE, UGT->SGT, UGE->SGE, SLT->Failed assert |
| 945 | /// @returns the signed version of the unsigned predicate pred. |
| 946 | /// return the signed version of a predicate |
| 947 | static Predicate getSignedPredicate(Predicate pred); |
| 948 | |
| 949 | /// For example, ULT->SLT, ULE->SLE, UGT->SGT, UGE->SGE, SLT->Failed assert |
| 950 | /// @returns the signed version of the predicate for this instruction (which |
| 951 | /// has to be an unsigned predicate). |
| 952 | /// return the signed version of a predicate |
| 953 | Predicate getSignedPredicate() { |
| 954 | return getSignedPredicate(getPredicate()); |
| 955 | } |
| 956 | |
| 957 | /// For example, SLT->ULT, SLE->ULE, SGT->UGT, SGE->UGE, ULT->Failed assert |
| 958 | /// @returns the unsigned version of the signed predicate pred. |
| 959 | static Predicate getUnsignedPredicate(Predicate pred); |
| 960 | |
| 961 | /// For example, SLT->ULT, SLE->ULE, SGT->UGT, SGE->UGE, ULT->Failed assert |
| 962 | /// @returns the unsigned version of the predicate for this instruction (which |
| 963 | /// has to be an signed predicate). |
| 964 | /// return the unsigned version of a predicate |
| 965 | Predicate getUnsignedPredicate() { |
| 966 | return getUnsignedPredicate(getPredicate()); |
| 967 | } |
| 968 | |
| 969 | /// For example, SLT->ULT, ULT->SLT, SLE->ULE, ULE->SLE, EQ->Failed assert |
| 970 | /// @returns the unsigned version of the signed predicate pred or |
| 971 | /// the signed version of the signed predicate pred. |
| 972 | static Predicate getFlippedSignednessPredicate(Predicate pred); |
| 973 | |
| 974 | /// For example, SLT->ULT, ULT->SLT, SLE->ULE, ULE->SLE, EQ->Failed assert |
| 975 | /// @returns the unsigned version of the signed predicate pred or |
| 976 | /// the signed version of the signed predicate pred. |
| 977 | Predicate getFlippedSignednessPredicate() { |
| 978 | return getFlippedSignednessPredicate(getPredicate()); |
| 979 | } |
| 980 | |
| 981 | /// This is just a convenience. |
| 982 | /// Determine if this is true when both operands are the same. |
| 983 | bool isTrueWhenEqual() const { |
| 984 | return isTrueWhenEqual(getPredicate()); |
| 985 | } |
| 986 | |
| 987 | /// This is just a convenience. |
| 988 | /// Determine if this is false when both operands are the same. |
| 989 | bool isFalseWhenEqual() const { |
| 990 | return isFalseWhenEqual(getPredicate()); |
| 991 | } |
| 992 | |
| 993 | /// @returns true if the predicate is unsigned, false otherwise. |
| 994 | /// Determine if the predicate is an unsigned operation. |
| 995 | static bool isUnsigned(Predicate predicate); |
| 996 | |
| 997 | /// @returns true if the predicate is signed, false otherwise. |
| 998 | /// Determine if the predicate is an signed operation. |
| 999 | static bool isSigned(Predicate predicate); |
| 1000 | |
| 1001 | /// Determine if the predicate is an ordered operation. |
| 1002 | static bool isOrdered(Predicate predicate); |
| 1003 | |
| 1004 | /// Determine if the predicate is an unordered operation. |
| 1005 | static bool isUnordered(Predicate predicate); |
| 1006 | |
| 1007 | /// Determine if the predicate is true when comparing a value with itself. |
| 1008 | static bool isTrueWhenEqual(Predicate predicate); |
| 1009 | |
| 1010 | /// Determine if the predicate is false when comparing a value with itself. |
| 1011 | static bool isFalseWhenEqual(Predicate predicate); |
| 1012 | |
| 1013 | /// Determine if Pred1 implies Pred2 is true when two compares have matching |
| 1014 | /// operands. |
| 1015 | static bool isImpliedTrueByMatchingCmp(Predicate Pred1, Predicate Pred2); |
| 1016 | |
| 1017 | /// Determine if Pred1 implies Pred2 is false when two compares have matching |
| 1018 | /// operands. |
| 1019 | static bool isImpliedFalseByMatchingCmp(Predicate Pred1, Predicate Pred2); |
| 1020 | |
| 1021 | /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
| 1022 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
| 1023 | return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::ICmp || |
| 1024 | I->getOpcode() == Instruction::FCmp; |
| 1025 | } |
| 1026 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
| 1027 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
| 1028 | } |
| 1029 | |
| 1030 | /// Create a result type for fcmp/icmp |
| 1031 | static Type* makeCmpResultType(Type* opnd_type) { |
| 1032 | if (VectorType* vt = dyn_cast<VectorType>(opnd_type)) { |
| 1033 | return VectorType::get(Type::getInt1Ty(opnd_type->getContext()), |
| 1034 | vt->getElementCount()); |
| 1035 | } |
| 1036 | return Type::getInt1Ty(opnd_type->getContext()); |
| 1037 | } |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 | private: |
| 1040 | // Shadow Value::setValueSubclassData with a private forwarding method so that |
| 1041 | // subclasses cannot accidentally use it. |
| 1042 | void setValueSubclassData(unsigned short D) { |
| 1043 | Value::setValueSubclassData(D); |
| 1044 | } |
| 1045 | }; |
| 1046 | |
| 1047 | // FIXME: these are redundant if CmpInst < BinaryOperator |
| 1048 | template <> |
| 1049 | struct OperandTraits<CmpInst> : public FixedNumOperandTraits<CmpInst, 2> { |
| 1050 | }; |
| 1051 | |
| 1052 | DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(CmpInst, Value)CmpInst::op_iterator CmpInst::op_begin() { return OperandTraits <CmpInst>::op_begin(this); } CmpInst::const_op_iterator CmpInst::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<CmpInst> ::op_begin(const_cast<CmpInst*>(this)); } CmpInst::op_iterator CmpInst::op_end() { return OperandTraits<CmpInst>::op_end (this); } CmpInst::const_op_iterator CmpInst::op_end() const { return OperandTraits<CmpInst>::op_end(const_cast<CmpInst *>(this)); } Value *CmpInst::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture ) const { ((void)0); return cast_or_null<Value>( OperandTraits <CmpInst>::op_begin(const_cast<CmpInst*>(this))[i_nocapture ].get()); } void CmpInst::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture) { ((void)0); OperandTraits<CmpInst>::op_begin (this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned CmpInst::getNumOperands () const { return OperandTraits<CmpInst>::operands(this ); } template <int Idx_nocapture> Use &CmpInst::Op( ) { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use &CmpInst::Op() const { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } |
| 1053 | |
| 1054 | /// A lightweight accessor for an operand bundle meant to be passed |
| 1055 | /// around by value. |
| 1056 | struct OperandBundleUse { |
| 1057 | ArrayRef<Use> Inputs; |
| 1058 | |
| 1059 | OperandBundleUse() = default; |
| 1060 | explicit OperandBundleUse(StringMapEntry<uint32_t> *Tag, ArrayRef<Use> Inputs) |
| 1061 | : Inputs(Inputs), Tag(Tag) {} |
| 1062 | |
| 1063 | /// Return true if the operand at index \p Idx in this operand bundle |
| 1064 | /// has the attribute A. |
| 1065 | bool operandHasAttr(unsigned Idx, Attribute::AttrKind A) const { |
| 1066 | if (isDeoptOperandBundle()) |
| 1067 | if (A == Attribute::ReadOnly || A == Attribute::NoCapture) |
| 1068 | return Inputs[Idx]->getType()->isPointerTy(); |
| 1069 | |
| 1070 | // Conservative answer: no operands have any attributes. |
| 1071 | return false; |
| 1072 | } |
| 1073 | |
| 1074 | /// Return the tag of this operand bundle as a string. |
| 1075 | StringRef getTagName() const { |
| 1076 | return Tag->getKey(); |
| 1077 | } |
| 1078 | |
| 1079 | /// Return the tag of this operand bundle as an integer. |
| 1080 | /// |
| 1081 | /// Operand bundle tags are interned by LLVMContextImpl::getOrInsertBundleTag, |
| 1082 | /// and this function returns the unique integer getOrInsertBundleTag |
| 1083 | /// associated the tag of this operand bundle to. |
| 1084 | uint32_t getTagID() const { |
| 1085 | return Tag->getValue(); |
| 1086 | } |
| 1087 | |
| 1088 | /// Return true if this is a "deopt" operand bundle. |
| 1089 | bool isDeoptOperandBundle() const { |
| 1090 | return getTagID() == LLVMContext::OB_deopt; |
| 1091 | } |
| 1092 | |
| 1093 | /// Return true if this is a "funclet" operand bundle. |
| 1094 | bool isFuncletOperandBundle() const { |
| 1095 | return getTagID() == LLVMContext::OB_funclet; |
| 1096 | } |
| 1097 | |
| 1098 | /// Return true if this is a "cfguardtarget" operand bundle. |
| 1099 | bool isCFGuardTargetOperandBundle() const { |
| 1100 | return getTagID() == LLVMContext::OB_cfguardtarget; |
| 1101 | } |
| 1102 | |
| 1103 | private: |
| 1104 | /// Pointer to an entry in LLVMContextImpl::getOrInsertBundleTag. |
| 1105 | StringMapEntry<uint32_t> *Tag; |
| 1106 | }; |
| 1107 | |
| 1108 | /// A container for an operand bundle being viewed as a set of values |
| 1109 | /// rather than a set of uses. |
| 1110 | /// |
| 1111 | /// Unlike OperandBundleUse, OperandBundleDefT owns the memory it carries, and |
| 1112 | /// so it is possible to create and pass around "self-contained" instances of |
| 1113 | /// OperandBundleDef and ConstOperandBundleDef. |
| 1114 | template <typename InputTy> class OperandBundleDefT { |
| 1115 | std::string Tag; |
| 1116 | std::vector<InputTy> Inputs; |
| 1117 | |
| 1118 | public: |
| 1119 | explicit OperandBundleDefT(std::string Tag, std::vector<InputTy> Inputs) |
| 1120 | : Tag(std::move(Tag)), Inputs(std::move(Inputs)) {} |
| 1121 | explicit OperandBundleDefT(std::string Tag, ArrayRef<InputTy> Inputs) |
| 1122 | : Tag(std::move(Tag)), Inputs(Inputs) {} |
| 1123 | |
| 1124 | explicit OperandBundleDefT(const OperandBundleUse &OBU) { |
| 1125 | Tag = std::string(OBU.getTagName()); |
| 1126 | llvm::append_range(Inputs, OBU.Inputs); |
| 1127 | } |
| 1128 | |
| 1129 | ArrayRef<InputTy> inputs() const { return Inputs; } |
| 1130 | |
| 1131 | using input_iterator = typename std::vector<InputTy>::const_iterator; |
| 1132 | |
| 1133 | size_t input_size() const { return Inputs.size(); } |
| 1134 | input_iterator input_begin() const { return Inputs.begin(); } |
| 1135 | input_iterator input_end() const { return Inputs.end(); } |
| 1136 | |
| 1137 | StringRef getTag() const { return Tag; } |
| 1138 | }; |
| 1139 | |
| 1140 | using OperandBundleDef = OperandBundleDefT<Value *>; |
| 1141 | using ConstOperandBundleDef = OperandBundleDefT<const Value *>; |
| 1142 | |
| 1143 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 1144 | // CallBase Class |
| 1145 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 1146 | |
| 1147 | /// Base class for all callable instructions (InvokeInst and CallInst) |
| 1148 | /// Holds everything related to calling a function. |
| 1149 | /// |
| 1150 | /// All call-like instructions are required to use a common operand layout: |
| 1151 | /// - Zero or more arguments to the call, |
| 1152 | /// - Zero or more operand bundles with zero or more operand inputs each |
| 1153 | /// bundle, |
| 1154 | /// - Zero or more subclass controlled operands |
| 1155 | /// - The called function. |
| 1156 | /// |
| 1157 | /// This allows this base class to easily access the called function and the |
| 1158 | /// start of the arguments without knowing how many other operands a particular |
| 1159 | /// subclass requires. Note that accessing the end of the argument list isn't |
| 1160 | /// as cheap as most other operations on the base class. |
| 1161 | class CallBase : public Instruction { |
| 1162 | protected: |
| 1163 | // The first two bits are reserved by CallInst for fast retrieval, |
| 1164 | using CallInstReservedField = Bitfield::Element<unsigned, 0, 2>; |
| 1165 | using CallingConvField = |
| 1166 | Bitfield::Element<CallingConv::ID, CallInstReservedField::NextBit, 10, |
| 1167 | CallingConv::MaxID>; |
| 1168 | static_assert( |
| 1169 | Bitfield::areContiguous<CallInstReservedField, CallingConvField>(), |
| 1170 | "Bitfields must be contiguous"); |
| 1171 | |
| 1172 | /// The last operand is the called operand. |
| 1173 | static constexpr int CalledOperandOpEndIdx = -1; |
| 1174 | |
| 1175 | AttributeList Attrs; ///< parameter attributes for callable |
| 1176 | FunctionType *FTy; |
| 1177 | |
| 1178 | template <class... ArgsTy> |
| 1179 | CallBase(AttributeList const &A, FunctionType *FT, ArgsTy &&... Args) |
| 1180 | : Instruction(std::forward<ArgsTy>(Args)...), Attrs(A), FTy(FT) {} |
| 1181 | |
| 1182 | using Instruction::Instruction; |
| 1183 | |
| 1184 | bool hasDescriptor() const { return Value::HasDescriptor; } |
| 1185 | |
| 1186 | unsigned getNumSubclassExtraOperands() const { |
| 1187 | switch (getOpcode()) { |
| 1188 | case Instruction::Call: |
| 1189 | return 0; |
| 1190 | case Instruction::Invoke: |
| 1191 | return 2; |
| 1192 | case Instruction::CallBr: |
| 1193 | return getNumSubclassExtraOperandsDynamic(); |
| 1194 | } |
| 1195 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid opcode!")__builtin_unreachable(); |
| 1196 | } |
| 1197 | |
| 1198 | /// Get the number of extra operands for instructions that don't have a fixed |
| 1199 | /// number of extra operands. |
| 1200 | unsigned getNumSubclassExtraOperandsDynamic() const; |
| 1201 | |
| 1202 | public: |
| 1203 | using Instruction::getContext; |
| 1204 | |
| 1205 | /// Create a clone of \p CB with a different set of operand bundles and |
| 1206 | /// insert it before \p InsertPt. |
| 1207 | /// |
| 1208 | /// The returned call instruction is identical \p CB in every way except that |
| 1209 | /// the operand bundles for the new instruction are set to the operand bundles |
| 1210 | /// in \p Bundles. |
| 1211 | static CallBase *Create(CallBase *CB, ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, |
| 1212 | Instruction *InsertPt = nullptr); |
| 1213 | |
| 1214 | /// Create a clone of \p CB with the operand bundle with the tag matching |
| 1215 | /// \p Bundle's tag replaced with Bundle, and insert it before \p InsertPt. |
| 1216 | /// |
| 1217 | /// The returned call instruction is identical \p CI in every way except that |
| 1218 | /// the specified operand bundle has been replaced. |
| 1219 | static CallBase *Create(CallBase *CB, |
| 1220 | OperandBundleDef Bundle, |
| 1221 | Instruction *InsertPt = nullptr); |
| 1222 | |
| 1223 | /// Create a clone of \p CB with operand bundle \p OB added. |
| 1224 | static CallBase *addOperandBundle(CallBase *CB, uint32_t ID, |
| 1225 | OperandBundleDef OB, |
| 1226 | Instruction *InsertPt = nullptr); |
| 1227 | |
| 1228 | /// Create a clone of \p CB with operand bundle \p ID removed. |
| 1229 | static CallBase *removeOperandBundle(CallBase *CB, uint32_t ID, |
| 1230 | Instruction *InsertPt = nullptr); |
| 1231 | |
| 1232 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
| 1233 | return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Call || |
| 1234 | I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Invoke || |
| 1235 | I->getOpcode() == Instruction::CallBr; |
| 1236 | } |
| 1237 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
| 1238 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
| 1239 | } |
| 1240 | |
| 1241 | FunctionType *getFunctionType() const { return FTy; } |
| 1242 | |
| 1243 | void mutateFunctionType(FunctionType *FTy) { |
| 1244 | Value::mutateType(FTy->getReturnType()); |
| 1245 | this->FTy = FTy; |
| 1246 | } |
| 1247 | |
| 1248 | DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin(); inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected : template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int > inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned getNumOperands() const; |
| 1249 | |
| 1250 | /// data_operands_begin/data_operands_end - Return iterators iterating over |
| 1251 | /// the call / invoke argument list and bundle operands. For invokes, this is |
| 1252 | /// the set of instruction operands except the invoke target and the two |
| 1253 | /// successor blocks; and for calls this is the set of instruction operands |
| 1254 | /// except the call target. |
| 1255 | User::op_iterator data_operands_begin() { return op_begin(); } |
| 1256 | User::const_op_iterator data_operands_begin() const { |
| 1257 | return const_cast<CallBase *>(this)->data_operands_begin(); |
| 1258 | } |
| 1259 | User::op_iterator data_operands_end() { |
| 1260 | // Walk from the end of the operands over the called operand and any |
| 1261 | // subclass operands. |
| 1262 | return op_end() - getNumSubclassExtraOperands() - 1; |
| 1263 | } |
| 1264 | User::const_op_iterator data_operands_end() const { |
| 1265 | return const_cast<CallBase *>(this)->data_operands_end(); |
| 1266 | } |
| 1267 | iterator_range<User::op_iterator> data_ops() { |
| 1268 | return make_range(data_operands_begin(), data_operands_end()); |
| 1269 | } |
| 1270 | iterator_range<User::const_op_iterator> data_ops() const { |
| 1271 | return make_range(data_operands_begin(), data_operands_end()); |
| 1272 | } |
| 1273 | bool data_operands_empty() const { |
| 1274 | return data_operands_end() == data_operands_begin(); |
| 1275 | } |
| 1276 | unsigned data_operands_size() const { |
| 1277 | return std::distance(data_operands_begin(), data_operands_end()); |
| 1278 | } |
| 1279 | |
| 1280 | bool isDataOperand(const Use *U) const { |
| 1281 | assert(this == U->getUser() &&((void)0) |
| 1282 | "Only valid to query with a use of this instruction!")((void)0); |
| 1283 | return data_operands_begin() <= U && U < data_operands_end(); |
| 1284 | } |
| 1285 | bool isDataOperand(Value::const_user_iterator UI) const { |
| 1286 | return isDataOperand(&UI.getUse()); |
| 1287 | } |
| 1288 | |
| 1289 | /// Given a value use iterator, return the data operand corresponding to it. |
| 1290 | /// Iterator must actually correspond to a data operand. |
| 1291 | unsigned getDataOperandNo(Value::const_user_iterator UI) const { |
| 1292 | return getDataOperandNo(&UI.getUse()); |
| 1293 | } |
| 1294 | |
| 1295 | /// Given a use for a data operand, get the data operand number that |
| 1296 | /// corresponds to it. |
| 1297 | unsigned getDataOperandNo(const Use *U) const { |
| 1298 | assert(isDataOperand(U) && "Data operand # out of range!")((void)0); |
| 1299 | return U - data_operands_begin(); |
| 1300 | } |
| 1301 | |
| 1302 | /// Return the iterator pointing to the beginning of the argument list. |
| 1303 | User::op_iterator arg_begin() { return op_begin(); } |
| 1304 | User::const_op_iterator arg_begin() const { |
| 1305 | return const_cast<CallBase *>(this)->arg_begin(); |
| 1306 | } |
| 1307 | |
| 1308 | /// Return the iterator pointing to the end of the argument list. |
| 1309 | User::op_iterator arg_end() { |
| 1310 | // From the end of the data operands, walk backwards past the bundle |
| 1311 | // operands. |
| 1312 | return data_operands_end() - getNumTotalBundleOperands(); |
| 1313 | } |
| 1314 | User::const_op_iterator arg_end() const { |
| 1315 | return const_cast<CallBase *>(this)->arg_end(); |
| 1316 | } |
| 1317 | |
| 1318 | /// Iteration adapter for range-for loops. |
| 1319 | iterator_range<User::op_iterator> args() { |
| 1320 | return make_range(arg_begin(), arg_end()); |
| 1321 | } |
| 1322 | iterator_range<User::const_op_iterator> args() const { |
| 1323 | return make_range(arg_begin(), arg_end()); |
| 1324 | } |
| 1325 | bool arg_empty() const { return arg_end() == arg_begin(); } |
| 1326 | unsigned arg_size() const { return arg_end() - arg_begin(); } |
| 1327 | |
| 1328 | // Legacy API names that duplicate the above and will be removed once users |
| 1329 | // are migrated. |
| 1330 | iterator_range<User::op_iterator> arg_operands() { |
| 1331 | return make_range(arg_begin(), arg_end()); |
| 1332 | } |
| 1333 | iterator_range<User::const_op_iterator> arg_operands() const { |
| 1334 | return make_range(arg_begin(), arg_end()); |
| 1335 | } |
| 1336 | unsigned getNumArgOperands() const { return arg_size(); } |
| 1337 | |
| 1338 | Value *getArgOperand(unsigned i) const { |
| 1339 | assert(i < getNumArgOperands() && "Out of bounds!")((void)0); |
| 1340 | return getOperand(i); |
| 1341 | } |
| 1342 | |
| 1343 | void setArgOperand(unsigned i, Value *v) { |
| 1344 | assert(i < getNumArgOperands() && "Out of bounds!")((void)0); |
| 1345 | setOperand(i, v); |
| 1346 | } |
| 1347 | |
| 1348 | /// Wrappers for getting the \c Use of a call argument. |
| 1349 | const Use &getArgOperandUse(unsigned i) const { |
| 1350 | assert(i < getNumArgOperands() && "Out of bounds!")((void)0); |
| 1351 | return User::getOperandUse(i); |
| 1352 | } |
| 1353 | Use &getArgOperandUse(unsigned i) { |
| 1354 | assert(i < getNumArgOperands() && "Out of bounds!")((void)0); |
| 1355 | return User::getOperandUse(i); |
| 1356 | } |
| 1357 | |
| 1358 | bool isArgOperand(const Use *U) const { |
| 1359 | assert(this == U->getUser() &&((void)0) |
| 1360 | "Only valid to query with a use of this instruction!")((void)0); |
| 1361 | return arg_begin() <= U && U < arg_end(); |
| 1362 | } |
| 1363 | bool isArgOperand(Value::const_user_iterator UI) const { |
| 1364 | return isArgOperand(&UI.getUse()); |
| 1365 | } |
| 1366 | |
| 1367 | /// Given a use for a arg operand, get the arg operand number that |
| 1368 | /// corresponds to it. |
| 1369 | unsigned getArgOperandNo(const Use *U) const { |
| 1370 | assert(isArgOperand(U) && "Arg operand # out of range!")((void)0); |
| 1371 | return U - arg_begin(); |
| 1372 | } |
| 1373 | |
| 1374 | /// Given a value use iterator, return the arg operand number corresponding to |
| 1375 | /// it. Iterator must actually correspond to a data operand. |
| 1376 | unsigned getArgOperandNo(Value::const_user_iterator UI) const { |
| 1377 | return getArgOperandNo(&UI.getUse()); |
| 1378 | } |
| 1379 | |
| 1380 | /// Returns true if this CallSite passes the given Value* as an argument to |
| 1381 | /// the called function. |
| 1382 | bool hasArgument(const Value *V) const { |
| 1383 | return llvm::is_contained(args(), V); |
| 1384 | } |
| 1385 | |
| 1386 | Value *getCalledOperand() const { return Op<CalledOperandOpEndIdx>(); } |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 | const Use &getCalledOperandUse() const { return Op<CalledOperandOpEndIdx>(); } |
| 1389 | Use &getCalledOperandUse() { return Op<CalledOperandOpEndIdx>(); } |
| 1390 | |
| 1391 | /// Returns the function called, or null if this is an |
| 1392 | /// indirect function invocation. |
| 1393 | Function *getCalledFunction() const { |
| 1394 | return dyn_cast_or_null<Function>(getCalledOperand()); |
| 1395 | } |
| 1396 | |
| 1397 | /// Return true if the callsite is an indirect call. |
| 1398 | bool isIndirectCall() const; |
| 1399 | |
| 1400 | /// Determine whether the passed iterator points to the callee operand's Use. |
| 1401 | bool isCallee(Value::const_user_iterator UI) const { |
| 1402 | return isCallee(&UI.getUse()); |
| 1403 | } |
| 1404 | |
| 1405 | /// Determine whether this Use is the callee operand's Use. |
| 1406 | bool isCallee(const Use *U) const { return &getCalledOperandUse() == U; } |
| 1407 | |
| 1408 | /// Helper to get the caller (the parent function). |
| 1409 | Function *getCaller(); |
| 1410 | const Function *getCaller() const { |
| 1411 | return const_cast<CallBase *>(this)->getCaller(); |
| 1412 | } |
| 1413 | |
| 1414 | /// Tests if this call site must be tail call optimized. Only a CallInst can |
| 1415 | /// be tail call optimized. |
| 1416 | bool isMustTailCall() const; |
| 1417 | |
| 1418 | /// Tests if this call site is marked as a tail call. |
| 1419 | bool isTailCall() const; |
| 1420 | |
| 1421 | /// Returns the intrinsic ID of the intrinsic called or |
| 1422 | /// Intrinsic::not_intrinsic if the called function is not an intrinsic, or if |
| 1423 | /// this is an indirect call. |
| 1424 | Intrinsic::ID getIntrinsicID() const; |
| 1425 | |
| 1426 | void setCalledOperand(Value *V) { Op<CalledOperandOpEndIdx>() = V; } |
| 1427 | |
| 1428 | /// Sets the function called, including updating the function type. |
| 1429 | void setCalledFunction(Function *Fn) { |
| 1430 | setCalledFunction(Fn->getFunctionType(), Fn); |
| 1431 | } |
| 1432 | |
| 1433 | /// Sets the function called, including updating the function type. |
| 1434 | void setCalledFunction(FunctionCallee Fn) { |
| 1435 | setCalledFunction(Fn.getFunctionType(), Fn.getCallee()); |
| 1436 | } |
| 1437 | |
| 1438 | /// Sets the function called, including updating to the specified function |
| 1439 | /// type. |
| 1440 | void setCalledFunction(FunctionType *FTy, Value *Fn) { |
| 1441 | this->FTy = FTy; |
| 1442 | assert(cast<PointerType>(Fn->getType())->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(FTy))((void)0); |
| 1443 | // This function doesn't mutate the return type, only the function |
| 1444 | // type. Seems broken, but I'm just gonna stick an assert in for now. |
| 1445 | assert(getType() == FTy->getReturnType())((void)0); |
| 1446 | setCalledOperand(Fn); |
| 1447 | } |
| 1448 | |
| 1449 | CallingConv::ID getCallingConv() const { |
| 1450 | return getSubclassData<CallingConvField>(); |
| 1451 | } |
| 1452 | |
| 1453 | void setCallingConv(CallingConv::ID CC) { |
| 1454 | setSubclassData<CallingConvField>(CC); |
| 1455 | } |
| 1456 | |
| 1457 | /// Check if this call is an inline asm statement. |
| 1458 | bool isInlineAsm() const { return isa<InlineAsm>(getCalledOperand()); } |
| 1459 | |
| 1460 | /// \name Attribute API |
| 1461 | /// |
| 1462 | /// These methods access and modify attributes on this call (including |
| 1463 | /// looking through to the attributes on the called function when necessary). |
| 1464 | ///@{ |
| 1465 | |
| 1466 | /// Return the parameter attributes for this call. |
| 1467 | /// |
| 1468 | AttributeList getAttributes() const { return Attrs; } |
| 1469 | |
| 1470 | /// Set the parameter attributes for this call. |
| 1471 | /// |
| 1472 | void setAttributes(AttributeList A) { Attrs = A; } |
| 1473 | |
| 1474 | /// Determine whether this call has the given attribute. If it does not |
| 1475 | /// then determine if the called function has the attribute, but only if |
| 1476 | /// the attribute is allowed for the call. |
| 1477 | bool hasFnAttr(Attribute::AttrKind Kind) const { |
| 1478 | assert(Kind != Attribute::NoBuiltin &&((void)0) |
| 1479 | "Use CallBase::isNoBuiltin() to check for Attribute::NoBuiltin")((void)0); |
| 1480 | return hasFnAttrImpl(Kind); |
| 1481 | } |
| 1482 | |
| 1483 | /// Determine whether this call has the given attribute. If it does not |
| 1484 | /// then determine if the called function has the attribute, but only if |
| 1485 | /// the attribute is allowed for the call. |
| 1486 | bool hasFnAttr(StringRef Kind) const { return hasFnAttrImpl(Kind); } |
| 1487 | |
| 1488 | /// adds the attribute to the list of attributes. |
| 1489 | void addAttribute(unsigned i, Attribute::AttrKind Kind) { |
| 1490 | AttributeList PAL = getAttributes(); |
| 1491 | PAL = PAL.addAttribute(getContext(), i, Kind); |
| 1492 | setAttributes(PAL); |
| 1493 | } |
| 1494 | |
| 1495 | /// adds the attribute to the list of attributes. |
| 1496 | void addAttribute(unsigned i, Attribute Attr) { |
| 1497 | AttributeList PAL = getAttributes(); |
| 1498 | PAL = PAL.addAttribute(getContext(), i, Attr); |
| 1499 | setAttributes(PAL); |
| 1500 | } |
| 1501 | |
| 1502 | /// Adds the attribute to the indicated argument |
| 1503 | void addParamAttr(unsigned ArgNo, Attribute::AttrKind Kind) { |
| 1504 | assert(ArgNo < getNumArgOperands() && "Out of bounds")((void)0); |
| 1505 | AttributeList PAL = getAttributes(); |
| 1506 | PAL = PAL.addParamAttribute(getContext(), ArgNo, Kind); |
| 1507 | setAttributes(PAL); |
| 1508 | } |
| 1509 | |
| 1510 | /// Adds the attribute to the indicated argument |
| 1511 | void addParamAttr(unsigned ArgNo, Attribute Attr) { |
| 1512 | assert(ArgNo < getNumArgOperands() && "Out of bounds")((void)0); |
| 1513 | AttributeList PAL = getAttributes(); |
| 1514 | PAL = PAL.addParamAttribute(getContext(), ArgNo, Attr); |
| 1515 | setAttributes(PAL); |
| 1516 | } |
| 1517 | |
| 1518 | /// removes the attribute from the list of attributes. |
| 1519 | void removeAttribute(unsigned i, Attribute::AttrKind Kind) { |
| 1520 | AttributeList PAL = getAttributes(); |
| 1521 | PAL = PAL.removeAttribute(getContext(), i, Kind); |
| 1522 | setAttributes(PAL); |
| 1523 | } |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 | /// removes the attribute from the list of attributes. |
| 1526 | void removeAttribute(unsigned i, StringRef Kind) { |
| 1527 | AttributeList PAL = getAttributes(); |
| 1528 | PAL = PAL.removeAttribute(getContext(), i, Kind); |
| 1529 | setAttributes(PAL); |
| 1530 | } |
| 1531 | |
| 1532 | void removeAttributes(unsigned i, const AttrBuilder &Attrs) { |
| 1533 | AttributeList PAL = getAttributes(); |
| 1534 | PAL = PAL.removeAttributes(getContext(), i, Attrs); |
| 1535 | setAttributes(PAL); |
| 1536 | } |
| 1537 | |
| 1538 | /// Removes the attribute from the given argument |
| 1539 | void removeParamAttr(unsigned ArgNo, Attribute::AttrKind Kind) { |
| 1540 | assert(ArgNo < getNumArgOperands() && "Out of bounds")((void)0); |
| 1541 | AttributeList PAL = getAttributes(); |
| 1542 | PAL = PAL.removeParamAttribute(getContext(), ArgNo, Kind); |
| 1543 | setAttributes(PAL); |
| 1544 | } |
| 1545 | |
| 1546 | /// Removes the attribute from the given argument |
| 1547 | void removeParamAttr(unsigned ArgNo, StringRef Kind) { |
| 1548 | assert(ArgNo < getNumArgOperands() && "Out of bounds")((void)0); |
| 1549 | AttributeList PAL = getAttributes(); |
| 1550 | PAL = PAL.removeParamAttribute(getContext(), ArgNo, Kind); |
| 1551 | setAttributes(PAL); |
| 1552 | } |
| 1553 | |
| 1554 | /// Removes the attributes from the given argument |
| 1555 | void removeParamAttrs(unsigned ArgNo, const AttrBuilder &Attrs) { |
| 1556 | AttributeList PAL = getAttributes(); |
| 1557 | PAL = PAL.removeParamAttributes(getContext(), ArgNo, Attrs); |
| 1558 | setAttributes(PAL); |
| 1559 | } |
| 1560 | |
| 1561 | /// adds the dereferenceable attribute to the list of attributes. |
| 1562 | void addDereferenceableAttr(unsigned i, uint64_t Bytes) { |
| 1563 | AttributeList PAL = getAttributes(); |
| 1564 | PAL = PAL.addDereferenceableAttr(getContext(), i, Bytes); |
| 1565 | setAttributes(PAL); |
| 1566 | } |
| 1567 | |
| 1568 | /// adds the dereferenceable_or_null attribute to the list of |
| 1569 | /// attributes. |
| 1570 | void addDereferenceableOrNullAttr(unsigned i, uint64_t Bytes) { |
| 1571 | AttributeList PAL = getAttributes(); |
| 1572 | PAL = PAL.addDereferenceableOrNullAttr(getContext(), i, Bytes); |
| 1573 | setAttributes(PAL); |
| 1574 | } |
| 1575 | |
| 1576 | /// Determine whether the return value has the given attribute. |
| 1577 | bool hasRetAttr(Attribute::AttrKind Kind) const { |
| 1578 | return hasRetAttrImpl(Kind); |
| 1579 | } |
| 1580 | /// Determine whether the return value has the given attribute. |
| 1581 | bool hasRetAttr(StringRef Kind) const { return hasRetAttrImpl(Kind); } |
| 1582 | |
| 1583 | /// Determine whether the argument or parameter has the given attribute. |
| 1584 | bool paramHasAttr(unsigned ArgNo, Attribute::AttrKind Kind) const; |
| 1585 | |
| 1586 | /// Get the attribute of a given kind at a position. |
| 1587 | Attribute getAttribute(unsigned i, Attribute::AttrKind Kind) const { |
| 1588 | return getAttributes().getAttribute(i, Kind); |
| 1589 | } |
| 1590 | |
| 1591 | /// Get the attribute of a given kind at a position. |
| 1592 | Attribute getAttribute(unsigned i, StringRef Kind) const { |
| 1593 | return getAttributes().getAttribute(i, Kind); |
| 1594 | } |
| 1595 | |
| 1596 | /// Get the attribute of a given kind from a given arg |
| 1597 | Attribute getParamAttr(unsigned ArgNo, Attribute::AttrKind Kind) const { |
| 1598 | assert(ArgNo < getNumArgOperands() && "Out of bounds")((void)0); |
| 1599 | return getAttributes().getParamAttr(ArgNo, Kind); |
| 1600 | } |
| 1601 | |
| 1602 | /// Get the attribute of a given kind from a given arg |
| 1603 | Attribute getParamAttr(unsigned ArgNo, StringRef Kind) const { |
| 1604 | assert(ArgNo < getNumArgOperands() && "Out of bounds")((void)0); |
| 1605 | return getAttributes().getParamAttr(ArgNo, Kind); |
| 1606 | } |
| 1607 | |
| 1608 | /// Return true if the data operand at index \p i has the attribute \p |
| 1609 | /// A. |
| 1610 | /// |
| 1611 | /// Data operands include call arguments and values used in operand bundles, |
| 1612 | /// but does not include the callee operand. This routine dispatches to the |
| 1613 | /// underlying AttributeList or the OperandBundleUser as appropriate. |
| 1614 | /// |
| 1615 | /// The index \p i is interpreted as |
| 1616 | /// |
| 1617 | /// \p i == Attribute::ReturnIndex -> the return value |
| 1618 | /// \p i in [1, arg_size + 1) -> argument number (\p i - 1) |
| 1619 | /// \p i in [arg_size + 1, data_operand_size + 1) -> bundle operand at index |
| 1620 | /// (\p i - 1) in the operand list. |
| 1621 | bool dataOperandHasImpliedAttr(unsigned i, Attribute::AttrKind Kind) const { |
| 1622 | // Note that we have to add one because `i` isn't zero-indexed. |
| 1623 | assert(i < (getNumArgOperands() + getNumTotalBundleOperands() + 1) &&((void)0) |
| 1624 | "Data operand index out of bounds!")((void)0); |
| 1625 | |
| 1626 | // The attribute A can either be directly specified, if the operand in |
| 1627 | // question is a call argument; or be indirectly implied by the kind of its |
| 1628 | // containing operand bundle, if the operand is a bundle operand. |
| 1629 | |
| 1630 | if (i == AttributeList::ReturnIndex) |
| 1631 | return hasRetAttr(Kind); |
| 1632 | |
| 1633 | // FIXME: Avoid these i - 1 calculations and update the API to use |
| 1634 | // zero-based indices. |
| 1635 | if (i < (getNumArgOperands() + 1)) |
| 1636 | return paramHasAttr(i - 1, Kind); |
| 1637 | |
| 1638 | assert(hasOperandBundles() && i >= (getBundleOperandsStartIndex() + 1) &&((void)0) |
| 1639 | "Must be either a call argument or an operand bundle!")((void)0); |
| 1640 | return bundleOperandHasAttr(i - 1, Kind); |
| 1641 | } |
| 1642 | |
| 1643 | /// Determine whether this data operand is not captured. |
| 1644 | // FIXME: Once this API is no longer duplicated in `CallSite`, rename this to |
| 1645 | // better indicate that this may return a conservative answer. |
| 1646 | bool doesNotCapture(unsigned OpNo) const { |
| 1647 | return dataOperandHasImpliedAttr(OpNo + 1, Attribute::NoCapture); |
| 1648 | } |
| 1649 | |
| 1650 | /// Determine whether this argument is passed by value. |
| 1651 | bool isByValArgument(unsigned ArgNo) const { |
| 1652 | return paramHasAttr(ArgNo, Attribute::ByVal); |
| 1653 | } |
| 1654 | |
| 1655 | /// Determine whether this argument is passed in an alloca. |
| 1656 | bool isInAllocaArgument(unsigned ArgNo) const { |
| 1657 | return paramHasAttr(ArgNo, Attribute::InAlloca); |
| 1658 | } |
| 1659 | |
| 1660 | /// Determine whether this argument is passed by value, in an alloca, or is |
| 1661 | /// preallocated. |
| 1662 | bool isPassPointeeByValueArgument(unsigned ArgNo) const { |
| 1663 | return paramHasAttr(ArgNo, Attribute::ByVal) || |
| 1664 | paramHasAttr(ArgNo, Attribute::InAlloca) || |
| 1665 | paramHasAttr(ArgNo, Attribute::Preallocated); |
| 1666 | } |
| 1667 | |
| 1668 | /// Determine whether passing undef to this argument is undefined behavior. |
| 1669 | /// If passing undef to this argument is UB, passing poison is UB as well |
| 1670 | /// because poison is more undefined than undef. |
| 1671 | bool isPassingUndefUB(unsigned ArgNo) const { |
| 1672 | return paramHasAttr(ArgNo, Attribute::NoUndef) || |
| 1673 | // dereferenceable implies noundef. |
| 1674 | paramHasAttr(ArgNo, Attribute::Dereferenceable) || |
| 1675 | // dereferenceable implies noundef, and null is a well-defined value. |
| 1676 | paramHasAttr(ArgNo, Attribute::DereferenceableOrNull); |
| 1677 | } |
| 1678 | |
| 1679 | /// Determine if there are is an inalloca argument. Only the last argument can |
| 1680 | /// have the inalloca attribute. |
| 1681 | bool hasInAllocaArgument() const { |
| 1682 | return !arg_empty() && paramHasAttr(arg_size() - 1, Attribute::InAlloca); |
| 1683 | } |
| 1684 | |
| 1685 | // FIXME: Once this API is no longer duplicated in `CallSite`, rename this to |
| 1686 | // better indicate that this may return a conservative answer. |
| 1687 | bool doesNotAccessMemory(unsigned OpNo) const { |
| 1688 | return dataOperandHasImpliedAttr(OpNo + 1, Attribute::ReadNone); |
| 1689 | } |
| 1690 | |
| 1691 | // FIXME: Once this API is no longer duplicated in `CallSite`, rename this to |
| 1692 | // better indicate that this may return a conservative answer. |
| 1693 | bool onlyReadsMemory(unsigned OpNo) const { |
| 1694 | return dataOperandHasImpliedAttr(OpNo + 1, Attribute::ReadOnly) || |
| 1695 | dataOperandHasImpliedAttr(OpNo + 1, Attribute::ReadNone); |
| 1696 | } |
| 1697 | |
| 1698 | // FIXME: Once this API is no longer duplicated in `CallSite`, rename this to |
| 1699 | // better indicate that this may return a conservative answer. |
| 1700 | bool doesNotReadMemory(unsigned OpNo) const { |
| 1701 | return dataOperandHasImpliedAttr(OpNo + 1, Attribute::WriteOnly) || |
| 1702 | dataOperandHasImpliedAttr(OpNo + 1, Attribute::ReadNone); |
| 1703 | } |
| 1704 | |
| 1705 | /// Extract the alignment of the return value. |
| 1706 | MaybeAlign getRetAlign() const { return Attrs.getRetAlignment(); } |
| 1707 | |
| 1708 | /// Extract the alignment for a call or parameter (0=unknown). |
| 1709 | MaybeAlign getParamAlign(unsigned ArgNo) const { |
| 1710 | return Attrs.getParamAlignment(ArgNo); |
| 1711 | } |
| 1712 | |
| 1713 | MaybeAlign getParamStackAlign(unsigned ArgNo) const { |
| 1714 | return Attrs.getParamStackAlignment(ArgNo); |
| 1715 | } |
| 1716 | |
| 1717 | /// Extract the byval type for a call or parameter. |
| 1718 | Type *getParamByValType(unsigned ArgNo) const { |
| 1719 | if (auto *Ty = Attrs.getParamByValType(ArgNo)) |
| 1720 | return Ty; |
| 1721 | if (const Function *F = getCalledFunction()) |
| 1722 | return F->getAttributes().getParamByValType(ArgNo); |
| 1723 | return nullptr; |
| 1724 | } |
| 1725 | |
| 1726 | /// Extract the preallocated type for a call or parameter. |
| 1727 | Type *getParamPreallocatedType(unsigned ArgNo) const { |
| 1728 | if (auto *Ty = Attrs.getParamPreallocatedType(ArgNo)) |
| 1729 | return Ty; |
| 1730 | if (const Function *F = getCalledFunction()) |
| 1731 | return F->getAttributes().getParamPreallocatedType(ArgNo); |
| 1732 | return nullptr; |
| 1733 | } |
| 1734 | |
| 1735 | /// Extract the preallocated type for a call or parameter. |
| 1736 | Type *getParamInAllocaType(unsigned ArgNo) const { |
| 1737 | if (auto *Ty = Attrs.getParamInAllocaType(ArgNo)) |
| 1738 | return Ty; |
| 1739 | if (const Function *F = getCalledFunction()) |
| 1740 | return F->getAttributes().getParamInAllocaType(ArgNo); |
| 1741 | return nullptr; |
| 1742 | } |
| 1743 | |
| 1744 | /// Extract the number of dereferenceable bytes for a call or |
| 1745 | /// parameter (0=unknown). |
| 1746 | uint64_t getDereferenceableBytes(unsigned i) const { |
| 1747 | return Attrs.getDereferenceableBytes(i); |
| 1748 | } |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 | /// Extract the number of dereferenceable_or_null bytes for a call or |
| 1751 | /// parameter (0=unknown). |
| 1752 | uint64_t getDereferenceableOrNullBytes(unsigned i) const { |
| 1753 | return Attrs.getDereferenceableOrNullBytes(i); |
| 1754 | } |
| 1755 | |
| 1756 | /// Return true if the return value is known to be not null. |
| 1757 | /// This may be because it has the nonnull attribute, or because at least |
| 1758 | /// one byte is dereferenceable and the pointer is in addrspace(0). |
| 1759 | bool isReturnNonNull() const; |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 | /// Determine if the return value is marked with NoAlias attribute. |
| 1762 | bool returnDoesNotAlias() const { |
| 1763 | return Attrs.hasAttribute(AttributeList::ReturnIndex, Attribute::NoAlias); |
| 1764 | } |
| 1765 | |
| 1766 | /// If one of the arguments has the 'returned' attribute, returns its |
| 1767 | /// operand value. Otherwise, return nullptr. |
| 1768 | Value *getReturnedArgOperand() const; |
| 1769 | |
| 1770 | /// Return true if the call should not be treated as a call to a |
| 1771 | /// builtin. |
| 1772 | bool isNoBuiltin() const { |
| 1773 | return hasFnAttrImpl(Attribute::NoBuiltin) && |
| 1774 | !hasFnAttrImpl(Attribute::Builtin); |
| 1775 | } |
| 1776 | |
| 1777 | /// Determine if the call requires strict floating point semantics. |
| 1778 | bool isStrictFP() const { return hasFnAttr(Attribute::StrictFP); } |
| 1779 | |
| 1780 | /// Return true if the call should not be inlined. |
| 1781 | bool isNoInline() const { return hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoInline); } |
| 1782 | void setIsNoInline() { |
| 1783 | addAttribute(AttributeList::FunctionIndex, Attribute::NoInline); |
| 1784 | } |
| 1785 | /// Determine if the call does not access memory. |
| 1786 | bool doesNotAccessMemory() const { return hasFnAttr(Attribute::ReadNone); } |
| 1787 | void setDoesNotAccessMemory() { |
| 1788 | addAttribute(AttributeList::FunctionIndex, Attribute::ReadNone); |
| 1789 | } |
| 1790 | |
| 1791 | /// Determine if the call does not access or only reads memory. |
| 1792 | bool onlyReadsMemory() const { |
| 1793 | return doesNotAccessMemory() || hasFnAttr(Attribute::ReadOnly); |
| 1794 | } |
| 1795 | |
| 1796 | void setOnlyReadsMemory() { |
| 1797 | addAttribute(AttributeList::FunctionIndex, Attribute::ReadOnly); |
| 1798 | } |
| 1799 | |
| 1800 | /// Determine if the call does not access or only writes memory. |
| 1801 | bool doesNotReadMemory() const { |
| 1802 | return doesNotAccessMemory() || hasFnAttr(Attribute::WriteOnly); |
| 1803 | } |
| 1804 | void setDoesNotReadMemory() { |
| 1805 | addAttribute(AttributeList::FunctionIndex, Attribute::WriteOnly); |
| 1806 | } |
| 1807 | |
| 1808 | /// Determine if the call can access memmory only using pointers based |
| 1809 | /// on its arguments. |
| 1810 | bool onlyAccessesArgMemory() const { |
| 1811 | return hasFnAttr(Attribute::ArgMemOnly); |
| 1812 | } |
| 1813 | void setOnlyAccessesArgMemory() { |
| 1814 | addAttribute(AttributeList::FunctionIndex, Attribute::ArgMemOnly); |
| 1815 | } |
| 1816 | |
| 1817 | /// Determine if the function may only access memory that is |
| 1818 | /// inaccessible from the IR. |
| 1819 | bool onlyAccessesInaccessibleMemory() const { |
| 1820 | return hasFnAttr(Attribute::InaccessibleMemOnly); |
| 1821 | } |
| 1822 | void setOnlyAccessesInaccessibleMemory() { |
| 1823 | addAttribute(AttributeList::FunctionIndex, Attribute::InaccessibleMemOnly); |
| 1824 | } |
| 1825 | |
| 1826 | /// Determine if the function may only access memory that is |
| 1827 | /// either inaccessible from the IR or pointed to by its arguments. |
| 1828 | bool onlyAccessesInaccessibleMemOrArgMem() const { |
| 1829 | return hasFnAttr(Attribute::InaccessibleMemOrArgMemOnly); |
| 1830 | } |
| 1831 | void setOnlyAccessesInaccessibleMemOrArgMem() { |
| 1832 | addAttribute(AttributeList::FunctionIndex, |
| 1833 | Attribute::InaccessibleMemOrArgMemOnly); |
| 1834 | } |
| 1835 | /// Determine if the call cannot return. |
| 1836 | bool doesNotReturn() const { return hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoReturn); } |
| 1837 | void setDoesNotReturn() { |
| 1838 | addAttribute(AttributeList::FunctionIndex, Attribute::NoReturn); |
| 1839 | } |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 | /// Determine if the call should not perform indirect branch tracking. |
| 1842 | bool doesNoCfCheck() const { return hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoCfCheck); } |
| 1843 | |
| 1844 | /// Determine if the call cannot unwind. |
| 1845 | bool doesNotThrow() const { return hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoUnwind); } |
| 1846 | void setDoesNotThrow() { |
| 1847 | addAttribute(AttributeList::FunctionIndex, Attribute::NoUnwind); |
| 1848 | } |
| 1849 | |
| 1850 | /// Determine if the invoke cannot be duplicated. |
| 1851 | bool cannotDuplicate() const { return hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoDuplicate); } |
| 1852 | void setCannotDuplicate() { |
| 1853 | addAttribute(AttributeList::FunctionIndex, Attribute::NoDuplicate); |
| 1854 | } |
| 1855 | |
| 1856 | /// Determine if the call cannot be tail merged. |
| 1857 | bool cannotMerge() const { return hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoMerge); } |
| 1858 | void setCannotMerge() { |
| 1859 | addAttribute(AttributeList::FunctionIndex, Attribute::NoMerge); |
| 1860 | } |
| 1861 | |
| 1862 | /// Determine if the invoke is convergent |
| 1863 | bool isConvergent() const { return hasFnAttr(Attribute::Convergent); } |
| 1864 | void setConvergent() { |
| 1865 | addAttribute(AttributeList::FunctionIndex, Attribute::Convergent); |
| 1866 | } |
| 1867 | void setNotConvergent() { |
| 1868 | removeAttribute(AttributeList::FunctionIndex, Attribute::Convergent); |
| 1869 | } |
| 1870 | |
| 1871 | /// Determine if the call returns a structure through first |
| 1872 | /// pointer argument. |
| 1873 | bool hasStructRetAttr() const { |
| 1874 | if (getNumArgOperands() == 0) |
| 1875 | return false; |
| 1876 | |
| 1877 | // Be friendly and also check the callee. |
| 1878 | return paramHasAttr(0, Attribute::StructRet); |
| 1879 | } |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 | /// Determine if any call argument is an aggregate passed by value. |
| 1882 | bool hasByValArgument() const { |
| 1883 | return Attrs.hasAttrSomewhere(Attribute::ByVal); |
| 1884 | } |
| 1885 | |
| 1886 | ///@{ |
| 1887 | // End of attribute API. |
| 1888 | |
| 1889 | /// \name Operand Bundle API |
| 1890 | /// |
| 1891 | /// This group of methods provides the API to access and manipulate operand |
| 1892 | /// bundles on this call. |
| 1893 | /// @{ |
| 1894 | |
| 1895 | /// Return the number of operand bundles associated with this User. |
| 1896 | unsigned getNumOperandBundles() const { |
| 1897 | return std::distance(bundle_op_info_begin(), bundle_op_info_end()); |
| 1898 | } |
| 1899 | |
| 1900 | /// Return true if this User has any operand bundles. |
| 1901 | bool hasOperandBundles() const { return getNumOperandBundles() != 0; } |
| 1902 | |
| 1903 | /// Return the index of the first bundle operand in the Use array. |
| 1904 | unsigned getBundleOperandsStartIndex() const { |
| 1905 | assert(hasOperandBundles() && "Don't call otherwise!")((void)0); |
| 1906 | return bundle_op_info_begin()->Begin; |
| 1907 | } |
| 1908 | |
| 1909 | /// Return the index of the last bundle operand in the Use array. |
| 1910 | unsigned getBundleOperandsEndIndex() const { |
| 1911 | assert(hasOperandBundles() && "Don't call otherwise!")((void)0); |
| 1912 | return bundle_op_info_end()[-1].End; |
| 1913 | } |
| 1914 | |
| 1915 | /// Return true if the operand at index \p Idx is a bundle operand. |
| 1916 | bool isBundleOperand(unsigned Idx) const { |
| 1917 | return hasOperandBundles() && Idx >= getBundleOperandsStartIndex() && |
| 1918 | Idx < getBundleOperandsEndIndex(); |
| 1919 | } |
| 1920 | |
| 1921 | /// Returns true if the use is a bundle operand. |
| 1922 | bool isBundleOperand(const Use *U) const { |
| 1923 | assert(this == U->getUser() &&((void)0) |
| 1924 | "Only valid to query with a use of this instruction!")((void)0); |
| 1925 | return hasOperandBundles() && isBundleOperand(U - op_begin()); |
| 1926 | } |
| 1927 | bool isBundleOperand(Value::const_user_iterator UI) const { |
| 1928 | return isBundleOperand(&UI.getUse()); |
| 1929 | } |
| 1930 | |
| 1931 | /// Return the total number operands (not operand bundles) used by |
| 1932 | /// every operand bundle in this OperandBundleUser. |
| 1933 | unsigned getNumTotalBundleOperands() const { |
| 1934 | if (!hasOperandBundles()) |
| 1935 | return 0; |
| 1936 | |
| 1937 | unsigned Begin = getBundleOperandsStartIndex(); |
| 1938 | unsigned End = getBundleOperandsEndIndex(); |
| 1939 | |
| 1940 | assert(Begin <= End && "Should be!")((void)0); |
| 1941 | return End - Begin; |
| 1942 | } |
| 1943 | |
| 1944 | /// Return the operand bundle at a specific index. |
| 1945 | OperandBundleUse getOperandBundleAt(unsigned Index) const { |
| 1946 | assert(Index < getNumOperandBundles() && "Index out of bounds!")((void)0); |
| 1947 | return operandBundleFromBundleOpInfo(*(bundle_op_info_begin() + Index)); |
| 1948 | } |
| 1949 | |
| 1950 | /// Return the number of operand bundles with the tag Name attached to |
| 1951 | /// this instruction. |
| 1952 | unsigned countOperandBundlesOfType(StringRef Name) const { |
| 1953 | unsigned Count = 0; |
| 1954 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumOperandBundles(); i != e; ++i) |
| 1955 | if (getOperandBundleAt(i).getTagName() == Name) |
| 1956 | Count++; |
| 1957 | |
| 1958 | return Count; |
| 1959 | } |
| 1960 | |
| 1961 | /// Return the number of operand bundles with the tag ID attached to |
| 1962 | /// this instruction. |
| 1963 | unsigned countOperandBundlesOfType(uint32_t ID) const { |
| 1964 | unsigned Count = 0; |
| 1965 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumOperandBundles(); i != e; ++i) |
| 1966 | if (getOperandBundleAt(i).getTagID() == ID) |
| 1967 | Count++; |
| 1968 | |
| 1969 | return Count; |
| 1970 | } |
| 1971 | |
| 1972 | /// Return an operand bundle by name, if present. |
| 1973 | /// |
| 1974 | /// It is an error to call this for operand bundle types that may have |
| 1975 | /// multiple instances of them on the same instruction. |
| 1976 | Optional<OperandBundleUse> getOperandBundle(StringRef Name) const { |
| 1977 | assert(countOperandBundlesOfType(Name) < 2 && "Precondition violated!")((void)0); |
| 1978 | |
| 1979 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumOperandBundles(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 1980 | OperandBundleUse U = getOperandBundleAt(i); |
| 1981 | if (U.getTagName() == Name) |
| 1982 | return U; |
| 1983 | } |
| 1984 | |
| 1985 | return None; |
| 1986 | } |
| 1987 | |
| 1988 | /// Return an operand bundle by tag ID, if present. |
| 1989 | /// |
| 1990 | /// It is an error to call this for operand bundle types that may have |
| 1991 | /// multiple instances of them on the same instruction. |
| 1992 | Optional<OperandBundleUse> getOperandBundle(uint32_t ID) const { |
| 1993 | assert(countOperandBundlesOfType(ID) < 2 && "Precondition violated!")((void)0); |
| 1994 | |
| 1995 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumOperandBundles(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 1996 | OperandBundleUse U = getOperandBundleAt(i); |
| 1997 | if (U.getTagID() == ID) |
| 1998 | return U; |
| 1999 | } |
| 2000 | |
| 2001 | return None; |
| 2002 | } |
| 2003 | |
| 2004 | /// Return the list of operand bundles attached to this instruction as |
| 2005 | /// a vector of OperandBundleDefs. |
| 2006 | /// |
| 2007 | /// This function copies the OperandBundeUse instances associated with this |
| 2008 | /// OperandBundleUser to a vector of OperandBundleDefs. Note: |
| 2009 | /// OperandBundeUses and OperandBundleDefs are non-trivially *different* |
| 2010 | /// representations of operand bundles (see documentation above). |
| 2011 | void getOperandBundlesAsDefs(SmallVectorImpl<OperandBundleDef> &Defs) const; |
| 2012 | |
| 2013 | /// Return the operand bundle for the operand at index OpIdx. |
| 2014 | /// |
| 2015 | /// It is an error to call this with an OpIdx that does not correspond to an |
| 2016 | /// bundle operand. |
| 2017 | OperandBundleUse getOperandBundleForOperand(unsigned OpIdx) const { |
| 2018 | return operandBundleFromBundleOpInfo(getBundleOpInfoForOperand(OpIdx)); |
| 2019 | } |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 | /// Return true if this operand bundle user has operand bundles that |
| 2022 | /// may read from the heap. |
| 2023 | bool hasReadingOperandBundles() const; |
| 2024 | |
| 2025 | /// Return true if this operand bundle user has operand bundles that |
| 2026 | /// may write to the heap. |
| 2027 | bool hasClobberingOperandBundles() const { |
| 2028 | for (auto &BOI : bundle_op_infos()) { |
| 2029 | if (BOI.Tag->second == LLVMContext::OB_deopt || |
| 2030 | BOI.Tag->second == LLVMContext::OB_funclet) |
| 2031 | continue; |
| 2032 | |
| 2033 | // This instruction has an operand bundle that is not known to us. |
| 2034 | // Assume the worst. |
| 2035 | return true; |
| 2036 | } |
| 2037 | |
| 2038 | return false; |
| 2039 | } |
| 2040 | |
| 2041 | /// Return true if the bundle operand at index \p OpIdx has the |
| 2042 | /// attribute \p A. |
| 2043 | bool bundleOperandHasAttr(unsigned OpIdx, Attribute::AttrKind A) const { |
| 2044 | auto &BOI = getBundleOpInfoForOperand(OpIdx); |
| 2045 | auto OBU = operandBundleFromBundleOpInfo(BOI); |
| 2046 | return OBU.operandHasAttr(OpIdx - BOI.Begin, A); |
| 2047 | } |
| 2048 | |
| 2049 | /// Return true if \p Other has the same sequence of operand bundle |
| 2050 | /// tags with the same number of operands on each one of them as this |
| 2051 | /// OperandBundleUser. |
| 2052 | bool hasIdenticalOperandBundleSchema(const CallBase &Other) const { |
| 2053 | if (getNumOperandBundles() != Other.getNumOperandBundles()) |
| 2054 | return false; |
| 2055 | |
| 2056 | return std::equal(bundle_op_info_begin(), bundle_op_info_end(), |
| 2057 | Other.bundle_op_info_begin()); |
| 2058 | } |
| 2059 | |
| 2060 | /// Return true if this operand bundle user contains operand bundles |
| 2061 | /// with tags other than those specified in \p IDs. |
| 2062 | bool hasOperandBundlesOtherThan(ArrayRef<uint32_t> IDs) const { |
| 2063 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumOperandBundles(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 2064 | uint32_t ID = getOperandBundleAt(i).getTagID(); |
| 2065 | if (!is_contained(IDs, ID)) |
| 2066 | return true; |
| 2067 | } |
| 2068 | return false; |
| 2069 | } |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 | /// Is the function attribute S disallowed by some operand bundle on |
| 2072 | /// this operand bundle user? |
| 2073 | bool isFnAttrDisallowedByOpBundle(StringRef S) const { |
| 2074 | // Operand bundles only possibly disallow readnone, readonly and argmemonly |
| 2075 | // attributes. All String attributes are fine. |
| 2076 | return false; |
| 2077 | } |
| 2078 | |
| 2079 | /// Is the function attribute A disallowed by some operand bundle on |
| 2080 | /// this operand bundle user? |
| 2081 | bool isFnAttrDisallowedByOpBundle(Attribute::AttrKind A) const { |
| 2082 | switch (A) { |
| 2083 | default: |
| 2084 | return false; |
| 2085 | |
| 2086 | case Attribute::InaccessibleMemOrArgMemOnly: |
| 2087 | return hasReadingOperandBundles(); |
| 2088 | |
| 2089 | case Attribute::InaccessibleMemOnly: |
| 2090 | return hasReadingOperandBundles(); |
| 2091 | |
| 2092 | case Attribute::ArgMemOnly: |
| 2093 | return hasReadingOperandBundles(); |
| 2094 | |
| 2095 | case Attribute::ReadNone: |
| 2096 | return hasReadingOperandBundles(); |
| 2097 | |
| 2098 | case Attribute::ReadOnly: |
| 2099 | return hasClobberingOperandBundles(); |
| 2100 | } |
| 2101 | |
| 2102 | llvm_unreachable("switch has a default case!")__builtin_unreachable(); |
| 2103 | } |
| 2104 | |
| 2105 | /// Used to keep track of an operand bundle. See the main comment on |
| 2106 | /// OperandBundleUser above. |
| 2107 | struct BundleOpInfo { |
| 2108 | /// The operand bundle tag, interned by |
| 2109 | /// LLVMContextImpl::getOrInsertBundleTag. |
| 2110 | StringMapEntry<uint32_t> *Tag; |
| 2111 | |
| 2112 | /// The index in the Use& vector where operands for this operand |
| 2113 | /// bundle starts. |
| 2114 | uint32_t Begin; |
| 2115 | |
| 2116 | /// The index in the Use& vector where operands for this operand |
| 2117 | /// bundle ends. |
| 2118 | uint32_t End; |
| 2119 | |
| 2120 | bool operator==(const BundleOpInfo &Other) const { |
| 2121 | return Tag == Other.Tag && Begin == Other.Begin && End == Other.End; |
| 2122 | } |
| 2123 | }; |
| 2124 | |
| 2125 | /// Simple helper function to map a BundleOpInfo to an |
| 2126 | /// OperandBundleUse. |
| 2127 | OperandBundleUse |
| 2128 | operandBundleFromBundleOpInfo(const BundleOpInfo &BOI) const { |
| 2129 | auto begin = op_begin(); |
| 2130 | ArrayRef<Use> Inputs(begin + BOI.Begin, begin + BOI.End); |
| 2131 | return OperandBundleUse(BOI.Tag, Inputs); |
| 2132 | } |
| 2133 | |
| 2134 | using bundle_op_iterator = BundleOpInfo *; |
| 2135 | using const_bundle_op_iterator = const BundleOpInfo *; |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 | /// Return the start of the list of BundleOpInfo instances associated |
| 2138 | /// with this OperandBundleUser. |
| 2139 | /// |
| 2140 | /// OperandBundleUser uses the descriptor area co-allocated with the host User |
| 2141 | /// to store some meta information about which operands are "normal" operands, |
| 2142 | /// and which ones belong to some operand bundle. |
| 2143 | /// |
| 2144 | /// The layout of an operand bundle user is |
| 2145 | /// |
| 2146 | /// +-----------uint32_t End-------------------------------------+ |
| 2147 | /// | | |
| 2148 | /// | +--------uint32_t Begin--------------------+ | |
| 2149 | /// | | | | |
| 2150 | /// ^ ^ v v |
| 2151 | /// |------|------|----|----|----|----|----|---------|----|---------|----|----- |
| 2152 | /// | BOI0 | BOI1 | .. | DU | U0 | U1 | .. | BOI0_U0 | .. | BOI1_U0 | .. | Un |
| 2153 | /// |------|------|----|----|----|----|----|---------|----|---------|----|----- |
| 2154 | /// v v ^ ^ |
| 2155 | /// | | | | |
| 2156 | /// | +--------uint32_t Begin------------+ | |
| 2157 | /// | | |
| 2158 | /// +-----------uint32_t End-----------------------------+ |
| 2159 | /// |
| 2160 | /// |
| 2161 | /// BOI0, BOI1 ... are descriptions of operand bundles in this User's use |
| 2162 | /// list. These descriptions are installed and managed by this class, and |
| 2163 | /// they're all instances of OperandBundleUser<T>::BundleOpInfo. |
| 2164 | /// |
| 2165 | /// DU is an additional descriptor installed by User's 'operator new' to keep |
| 2166 | /// track of the 'BOI0 ... BOIN' co-allocation. OperandBundleUser does not |
| 2167 | /// access or modify DU in any way, it's an implementation detail private to |
| 2168 | /// User. |
| 2169 | /// |
| 2170 | /// The regular Use& vector for the User starts at U0. The operand bundle |
| 2171 | /// uses are part of the Use& vector, just like normal uses. In the diagram |
| 2172 | /// above, the operand bundle uses start at BOI0_U0. Each instance of |
| 2173 | /// BundleOpInfo has information about a contiguous set of uses constituting |
| 2174 | /// an operand bundle, and the total set of operand bundle uses themselves |
| 2175 | /// form a contiguous set of uses (i.e. there are no gaps between uses |
| 2176 | /// corresponding to individual operand bundles). |
| 2177 | /// |
| 2178 | /// This class does not know the location of the set of operand bundle uses |
| 2179 | /// within the use list -- that is decided by the User using this class via |
| 2180 | /// the BeginIdx argument in populateBundleOperandInfos. |
| 2181 | /// |
| 2182 | /// Currently operand bundle users with hung-off operands are not supported. |
| 2183 | bundle_op_iterator bundle_op_info_begin() { |
| 2184 | if (!hasDescriptor()) |
| 2185 | return nullptr; |
| 2186 | |
| 2187 | uint8_t *BytesBegin = getDescriptor().begin(); |
| 2188 | return reinterpret_cast<bundle_op_iterator>(BytesBegin); |
| 2189 | } |
| 2190 | |
| 2191 | /// Return the start of the list of BundleOpInfo instances associated |
| 2192 | /// with this OperandBundleUser. |
| 2193 | const_bundle_op_iterator bundle_op_info_begin() const { |
| 2194 | auto *NonConstThis = const_cast<CallBase *>(this); |
| 2195 | return NonConstThis->bundle_op_info_begin(); |
| 2196 | } |
| 2197 | |
| 2198 | /// Return the end of the list of BundleOpInfo instances associated |
| 2199 | /// with this OperandBundleUser. |
| 2200 | bundle_op_iterator bundle_op_info_end() { |
| 2201 | if (!hasDescriptor()) |
| 2202 | return nullptr; |
| 2203 | |
| 2204 | uint8_t *BytesEnd = getDescriptor().end(); |
| 2205 | return reinterpret_cast<bundle_op_iterator>(BytesEnd); |
| 2206 | } |
| 2207 | |
| 2208 | /// Return the end of the list of BundleOpInfo instances associated |
| 2209 | /// with this OperandBundleUser. |
| 2210 | const_bundle_op_iterator bundle_op_info_end() const { |
| 2211 | auto *NonConstThis = const_cast<CallBase *>(this); |
| 2212 | return NonConstThis->bundle_op_info_end(); |
| 2213 | } |
| 2214 | |
| 2215 | /// Return the range [\p bundle_op_info_begin, \p bundle_op_info_end). |
| 2216 | iterator_range<bundle_op_iterator> bundle_op_infos() { |
| 2217 | return make_range(bundle_op_info_begin(), bundle_op_info_end()); |
| 2218 | } |
| 2219 | |
| 2220 | /// Return the range [\p bundle_op_info_begin, \p bundle_op_info_end). |
| 2221 | iterator_range<const_bundle_op_iterator> bundle_op_infos() const { |
| 2222 | return make_range(bundle_op_info_begin(), bundle_op_info_end()); |
| 2223 | } |
| 2224 | |
| 2225 | /// Populate the BundleOpInfo instances and the Use& vector from \p |
| 2226 | /// Bundles. Return the op_iterator pointing to the Use& one past the last |
| 2227 | /// last bundle operand use. |
| 2228 | /// |
| 2229 | /// Each \p OperandBundleDef instance is tracked by a OperandBundleInfo |
| 2230 | /// instance allocated in this User's descriptor. |
| 2231 | op_iterator populateBundleOperandInfos(ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, |
| 2232 | const unsigned BeginIndex); |
| 2233 | |
| 2234 | public: |
| 2235 | /// Return the BundleOpInfo for the operand at index OpIdx. |
| 2236 | /// |
| 2237 | /// It is an error to call this with an OpIdx that does not correspond to an |
| 2238 | /// bundle operand. |
| 2239 | BundleOpInfo &getBundleOpInfoForOperand(unsigned OpIdx); |
| 2240 | const BundleOpInfo &getBundleOpInfoForOperand(unsigned OpIdx) const { |
| 2241 | return const_cast<CallBase *>(this)->getBundleOpInfoForOperand(OpIdx); |
| 2242 | } |
| 2243 | |
| 2244 | protected: |
| 2245 | /// Return the total number of values used in \p Bundles. |
| 2246 | static unsigned CountBundleInputs(ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles) { |
| 2247 | unsigned Total = 0; |
| 2248 | for (auto &B : Bundles) |
| 2249 | Total += B.input_size(); |
| 2250 | return Total; |
| 2251 | } |
| 2252 | |
| 2253 | /// @} |
| 2254 | // End of operand bundle API. |
| 2255 | |
| 2256 | private: |
| 2257 | bool hasFnAttrOnCalledFunction(Attribute::AttrKind Kind) const; |
| 2258 | bool hasFnAttrOnCalledFunction(StringRef Kind) const; |
| 2259 | |
| 2260 | template <typename AttrKind> bool hasFnAttrImpl(AttrKind Kind) const { |
| 2261 | if (Attrs.hasFnAttribute(Kind)) |
| 2262 | return true; |
| 2263 | |
| 2264 | // Operand bundles override attributes on the called function, but don't |
| 2265 | // override attributes directly present on the call instruction. |
| 2266 | if (isFnAttrDisallowedByOpBundle(Kind)) |
| 2267 | return false; |
| 2268 | |
| 2269 | return hasFnAttrOnCalledFunction(Kind); |
| 2270 | } |
| 2271 | |
| 2272 | /// Determine whether the return value has the given attribute. Supports |
| 2273 | /// Attribute::AttrKind and StringRef as \p AttrKind types. |
| 2274 | template <typename AttrKind> bool hasRetAttrImpl(AttrKind Kind) const { |
| 2275 | if (Attrs.hasAttribute(AttributeList::ReturnIndex, Kind)) |
| 2276 | return true; |
| 2277 | |
| 2278 | // Look at the callee, if available. |
| 2279 | if (const Function *F = getCalledFunction()) |
| 2280 | return F->getAttributes().hasAttribute(AttributeList::ReturnIndex, Kind); |
| 2281 | return false; |
| 2282 | } |
| 2283 | }; |
| 2284 | |
| 2285 | template <> |
| 2286 | struct OperandTraits<CallBase> : public VariadicOperandTraits<CallBase, 1> {}; |
| 2287 | |
| 2288 | DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(CallBase, Value)CallBase::op_iterator CallBase::op_begin() { return OperandTraits <CallBase>::op_begin(this); } CallBase::const_op_iterator CallBase::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<CallBase >::op_begin(const_cast<CallBase*>(this)); } CallBase ::op_iterator CallBase::op_end() { return OperandTraits<CallBase >::op_end(this); } CallBase::const_op_iterator CallBase::op_end () const { return OperandTraits<CallBase>::op_end(const_cast <CallBase*>(this)); } Value *CallBase::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { ((void)0); return cast_or_null<Value >( OperandTraits<CallBase>::op_begin(const_cast<CallBase *>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void CallBase::setOperand (unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture) { ((void)0); OperandTraits <CallBase>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture ; } unsigned CallBase::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits <CallBase>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture > Use &CallBase::Op() { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture >(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use & CallBase::Op() const { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture >(this); } |
| 2289 | |
| 2290 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 2291 | // FuncletPadInst Class |
| 2292 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 2293 | class FuncletPadInst : public Instruction { |
| 2294 | private: |
| 2295 | FuncletPadInst(const FuncletPadInst &CPI); |
| 2296 | |
| 2297 | explicit FuncletPadInst(Instruction::FuncletPadOps Op, Value *ParentPad, |
| 2298 | ArrayRef<Value *> Args, unsigned Values, |
| 2299 | const Twine &NameStr, Instruction *InsertBefore); |
| 2300 | explicit FuncletPadInst(Instruction::FuncletPadOps Op, Value *ParentPad, |
| 2301 | ArrayRef<Value *> Args, unsigned Values, |
| 2302 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
| 2303 | |
| 2304 | void init(Value *ParentPad, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, const Twine &NameStr); |
| 2305 | |
| 2306 | protected: |
| 2307 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
| 2308 | friend class Instruction; |
| 2309 | friend class CatchPadInst; |
| 2310 | friend class CleanupPadInst; |
| 2311 | |
| 2312 | FuncletPadInst *cloneImpl() const; |
| 2313 | |
| 2314 | public: |
| 2315 | /// Provide fast operand accessors |
| 2316 | DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin(); inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected : template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int > inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned getNumOperands() const; |
| 2317 | |
| 2318 | /// getNumArgOperands - Return the number of funcletpad arguments. |
| 2319 | /// |
| 2320 | unsigned getNumArgOperands() const { return getNumOperands() - 1; } |
| 2321 | |
| 2322 | /// Convenience accessors |
| 2323 | |
| 2324 | /// Return the outer EH-pad this funclet is nested within. |
| 2325 | /// |
| 2326 | /// Note: This returns the associated CatchSwitchInst if this FuncletPadInst |
| 2327 | /// is a CatchPadInst. |
| 2328 | Value *getParentPad() const { return Op<-1>(); } |
| 2329 | void setParentPad(Value *ParentPad) { |
| 2330 | assert(ParentPad)((void)0); |
| 2331 | Op<-1>() = ParentPad; |
| 2332 | } |
| 2333 | |
| 2334 | /// getArgOperand/setArgOperand - Return/set the i-th funcletpad argument. |
| 2335 | /// |
| 2336 | Value *getArgOperand(unsigned i) const { return getOperand(i); } |
| 2337 | void setArgOperand(unsigned i, Value *v) { setOperand(i, v); } |
| 2338 | |
| 2339 | /// arg_operands - iteration adapter for range-for loops. |
| 2340 | op_range arg_operands() { return op_range(op_begin(), op_end() - 1); } |
| 2341 | |
| 2342 | /// arg_operands - iteration adapter for range-for loops. |
| 2343 | const_op_range arg_operands() const { |
| 2344 | return const_op_range(op_begin(), op_end() - 1); |
| 2345 | } |
| 2346 | |
| 2347 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
| 2348 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { return I->isFuncletPad(); } |
| 2349 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
| 2350 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
| 2351 | } |
| 2352 | }; |
| 2353 | |
| 2354 | template <> |
| 2355 | struct OperandTraits<FuncletPadInst> |
| 2356 | : public VariadicOperandTraits<FuncletPadInst, /*MINARITY=*/1> {}; |
| 2357 | |
| 2358 | DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(FuncletPadInst, Value)FuncletPadInst::op_iterator FuncletPadInst::op_begin() { return OperandTraits<FuncletPadInst>::op_begin(this); } FuncletPadInst ::const_op_iterator FuncletPadInst::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<FuncletPadInst>::op_begin(const_cast< FuncletPadInst*>(this)); } FuncletPadInst::op_iterator FuncletPadInst ::op_end() { return OperandTraits<FuncletPadInst>::op_end (this); } FuncletPadInst::const_op_iterator FuncletPadInst::op_end () const { return OperandTraits<FuncletPadInst>::op_end (const_cast<FuncletPadInst*>(this)); } Value *FuncletPadInst ::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { ((void)0); return cast_or_null <Value>( OperandTraits<FuncletPadInst>::op_begin( const_cast<FuncletPadInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void FuncletPadInst::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture) { ((void)0); OperandTraits<FuncletPadInst >::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned FuncletPadInst::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits <FuncletPadInst>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture > Use &FuncletPadInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom< Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use &FuncletPadInst::Op() const { return this-> OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } |
| 2359 | |
| 2360 | } // end namespace llvm |
| 2361 | |
| 2362 | #endif // LLVM_IR_INSTRTYPES_H |